1. Drug Product Development
Introduction
Active pharmaceutical ingredient (API): component that produces pharmacological activity (drug
substance). May be produced by chemical synthesis, from natural product, enzymatic reaction,
recombinant DNA, fermentation, etc.
New chemical entity (NCE): drug substance with unknown clinical, toxicological, physical, chemical
properties. According to the FDA, NCE is an unapproved API.
Drug product: finished dosage form containing API and excipients.
Generic drug products: after patent expiration of brand drug. Therapeutically equivalent to the brand
and has the same drug amount in the same dosage form. Must be bioequivalent (same rate and extent
of absorption)  same clinical results. May differ from brand in excipients (tablets only unless safety
studies are done) or physical appearance.
Abbreviated New Drug Application (ANDA): submitted to the FDA for approval of generic drugs.
Preclinical safety and efficacy studies are not required. Human bioequivalence is needed (on healthy
human volunteers). Chemistry, manufacturing and controls for generics are similar to the brand.
Specialty drug products: existing products developed for new delivery system or new therapeutic
indication. Safety and efficacy studies are not required. Example nitroglycerin transdermal patch after
sublignual tablets.
New drug approval
Preclinical (animal safety / pharma)  IND  Phase I (healthy human safety)  Phase II (↓# patients)
 Phase III (↑# patients)  NDA  FDA green light for marketing Phase IV (scale up)  Phase V
(continuous improvements).
Preclinical stage: animal pharmacology and toxicology to determine safety and efficacy. Formulation is
not final.
Phase I: Submit an Investigational New Drug (IND)  clinical studies on healthy volunteers to
determine toxicity and tolerance. For oral drugs  simple hard gelatin capsule.
Phase II: small number of patients under close supervision. Dose-response studies to determine
optimum dosage for treatment. Determine the therapeutic index (toxic dose/effective dose). Develop
final drug formulation (bioequivalent to that used in initial clinical studies). Start chronic toxicity studies for
2 years in 2 species.
Phase III: large-scale multicenter clinical studies with final dosage form (from phase II) to determine
safety and efficacy in patients. Watch for new, rare, toxic or side effects.
NDA submission: FDA satisfaction with safety and efficacy for marketing.
Phase IV: scale-up in preparation for marketing. Only minor modifications on the formulation are allowed.
Phase V: continuous drug product improvements after marketing.
Product development
New chemical entities
Preformulation:
Physical and chemical characterization of the drug and dosage form during preclinical phase. Includes
general properties (particle size / shape, polymorphism, crystalline structure, density, surface area,
hygroscopicity), solubility (dissolution, pH-solubility profile, various solvents), chemical properties (surface
energy, pH stability profile, pKa, temperature stability, excipient interactions), stability analytical methods.
Formulation development: continuing process.
Injections: final formulation is developed in preclinical phase, stability in solution is critical, few excipients
allowed, no bioavailability for IV.
Topicals / local: final formulation developed in phase I, study release in in vitro diffusion cell models,
local irritation and systemic absorption are the issues.
Topicals / systemic: drug delivery through skin / mucosa / rectum, final formulation in phase III.
Oral drugs: final formulation in phase II.
Final product considerations: size, shape, color, taste, skin feel, viscosity, physical appearance,
production equipment / site.
Product line extensions:
Dosage forms with change in physical form or strength but not use or indication. Usually occurs during
Phases III, IV, V.
Regulatory approval: based on stability, analytical / manufacturing controls, bioequivalence studies,
clinical trials
Solid products:
Different strength in a tablet or capsule form  only bioequivalence required (simplest case). Easier if in
vitro dissolution / in vivo bioavailability correlation exists.
Modified release: clinical trials required.
If new indication  new NDA and new efficacy studies.
Liquid products:
If an extension of a liquid  same as above for solids
If an extension of a solid  if big difference in extent / rate of absorption  new clinical trials.
Preapproval inspections
Manufacturing facility is inspected prior to NDA / ANDA approval or after a major reported change to NDA
/ ANDA.
Includes: general cGMP inspection, reviews documentation, verifies traceability of information to
documentation, consults the chemistry / manfucaturing / control (CMC) section of NDA / ANDA, make a
final recommendation.
Scale-up and post-approval changes (SUPAC)
Guidelines to  # of manufacutring changes that require preapproval by the FDA.
Examples: minor formulation changes, change site of manufacture, batch size  or , change
manufacturing process / equipment.
1. Very minor changes not requiring approval are reported in an annual report. Examples: compliance
with guidance, label description, deletion of colorant, expiration date extension, ∆ container / closure type
(not size), analytical method
2. Changes being effected supplement: minor changes but require some validation, documentation. A
supplement but no pre-approval is required. Examples: new specs, label changes on clinical info,
different cGMP manufacturing facility but same process.
3. Preapproval supplement: major changes require specific preapproval. Examples: adding or deleting
an ingredient, relaxing specs, deleting a spec or method, method of manufacture, in-process controls.
Therapeutic and Bio-equivalence: must be shown for any change. Minor change  comparable
dissolution profiles. Major change  in vivo bioequivalence study.
GMPs
Minimum requirements for manufacturing, processing, packing, or holding drugs. Include criteria for
personnel, facilities, processes to ensure final product has the correct identity, strength, quality, purity.
Quality Control (QC): department responsible for establishing process and product specifications. The
QC dept test the product and verifies specs are met. This includes acceptance / rejection of incoming raw
materials, packaging components, water, drug products, environmental conditions.
Quality Assurance (QA): a department that determines that the systems and facilities are adequate and
that written procedures are followed.
2. Pharmaceutical Calculations and Statistics
Fundamentals of measurement and calculation
Inverse proportion: the inverse of the ‘scissors’ method is used in case of dilutions. Example: 100 ml of
10% solution is diluted to 200 ml, what is the final concentration? Inverse ‘scissors’  200/10 = 100/x 
5%.
Aliquot: used when the sensitivity of the measurement device is not great enough for the required
measurement.
Example: balance sensitivity is 6 mg, accuracy is +/-5%  minimum weighable quantity is: 5/100=6/x =
120 mg. If you need to weigh 10 mg drug  add a diluent to get a final concentration of 120 mg drug in
the diluted mixture (120x120 = 1440 mg)  then weigh 120 mg of the diluted mixture.
Systems of measure: Apothecaries’ system of fluid measure, Apothecaries’ system for measuring
weight, Avoirdupois system for measuring weight (pound, ounce, grain=65 mg), metric system.
Children doses
First choice: body weight or mass and mg/kg dosing.
Fried’s rule for infants: (age in month / 150) x adult dose
Clark’s rule: (weight in lb / 150) x adult dose
Child’s dosage based on body surface area: (BSA in m2 / 1.73) x adult dose
Percentage, ratio strength, concentrations
Percentage w/v, Percentage v/v, Percentage w/w, Ratio strength
Be careful 3 g drug in 27 g water is 10% solution (3/30) BUT 3 g drug in 30 g water is 9% (3/33).
Molarity: number of moles of solute dissolved in 1 liter of solution
Molality: number of moles of solute dissolved in 1 kg of solution. Advantage over molarity: using weight
avoids problems with volume expansion or contraction upon the addition of solutes.
Normality: is the number of equivalent weights of solute per liter of solution. Equivalent weight = atomic
weight or molecular weight / valence. Preferred way of expressing concentration of acids, bases and
electrolytes. One equivalent is the quantity that supplies or donates one mole of H+ or OH-. One
equivalent of acid reacts with one equivalent of base.
Mole fraction: ratio of number of moles of one component to the total moles of a mixture or solution.
Dilution and concentration
Constant amount of drug  volume is inversely proportional to concentration.
Quantity1 x concentration1 = quantity2 x concentration2.
Allegation medial: method for calculating average concentration of a mixture of two or more substances.
Allegation alternate: method for calculating number of parts (relative amounts) of two or more
components of known concentration to be mixed when final concentration is known. IMPORTANT. See
example is page 16.
Dilution of alcohols: alcohol + water  volume contraction. Use w/w instead of v/v for accuracy.
Percentage strength: of concentrated acids is expressed in w/w. For diluted acid  w/v. To determine
the volume of concentrated acid for dilution, use specific gravity.
Electrolyte solutions
Divalent: calcium, ferrous, magnesium, sulfate. Trivalent: aluminum, ferric, citrate. All others are
monovalent.
Milliequivalents (mEq)
Definition: amount in mg equivalent to a solute equal to 0.001 of its gram equivalent weight.
Unit used to express concentration of electrolytes
Milliosmoles (mOsmol)
Osmotic pressure is directly proportional to the total number of particles in solution. Unit for measuring
osmotic concentration: mOsmol.
For non-electrolytes: 1 millimole = 1 mOsmol (1 molecule = 1 particle)
For electrolytes: number of particles depends on degree of dissociation.
Example: completely dissociated KCl  1 millimole = 2 mOsmol (2 particles, K and Cl for each molecule).
Example: completely dissociated CaCl2  1 millimole = 3 mOsmol
↑ solute concentration  ↑ interaction between dissolved particles  ↓ actual osmolar concentration
compared to ideal osmolar concentration.
Isotonic solutions
Isosmotic: solution with the same osmotic pressure.
Isotonic: solution with the same osmotic pressure as body fluids.
Hypotonic: solution with ↓ osmotic pressure than body fluid (opposite is hypertonic)
Preparation of isotonic solutions
Colligative properties (e.g. freezing point depression) are representative of the number of particles in
solution.
Dissolve 1 g MWt of non-electrolyte in 1 L of water  depression of freezing point by -1.86 C.
For electrolytes: freezing point depression = -1.86 x number of species produces upon dissociation.
Freezing point depression of body fluids = -0.52 C.
Take dissociation of weak electrolytes into account.
In weak solutions, every 2 ions produce 1.8 ions, every 3 ions produce 2.6 ions (about 10% loss).
NaCl equivalents
Definition: the amount of NaCl that is equivalent to the amount of particular drug in question.
Isotonic fluid: 0.9% NaCl.
Example: NaCl equivalent for KCl to 0.78  1 gram KCl = 0.78 g of NaCl.
Calculating amount of NaCl required to adjust isotonicity: calculate the total amount of NaCl required
(volume x 0.9%)  calculate the NaCl equivalent of all substances in the solution  calculate and add
the difference as NaCl or another material (as NaCl equivalent).
Statistics
Frequency distribution: classify individual observations into categories corresponding to fixed numeric
intervals (interval frequencies)  plot number of observations in each category versus category
descriptor.
Normal distribution: bell-shaped (Gaussian) curve.
Estimates of population mean: the population mean is the best estimate of the true value. Sample
mean: arithmetic average. Accuracy: degree to which measured value agrees with true value. Error
(bias): difference between measured value and true value. Median: midmost value of a data distribution
(average of two midmost values if even number of observations). Normal distribution  median = mean.
Median is less affected by outliers or skewed distribution. Mode: most frequently occurring value in a
distribution, it is useful for non-normal distributions especially bimodal distributions.
Estimates of variability: infinite # of observations  population variance. Finite # of observations 
sample variance. Range: useful to describe variability only in very small number of observations.
Standard deviation: square root of variance. Precision (reproducibility): degree to which replicate
measurements made exactly the same way agree with each other (expressed as relative standard
deviation).
Standard deviation of the mean (standard error): estimate of variability or error in the mean obtained
from N observations. SE = SD/(sq. root of N). Used to establish confidence intervals.
3. Pharmaceutical Principles and Drug Dosage Forms
I. Intermolecular forces of attraction
Atoms vary in electronegativity, so, electron sharing between atoms will be unequal. So, the molecule
behaves like a dipole over a covalent bond.
Dipole moment (mu) = distance of charge separation X charge
Nonpolar molecules: perfect symmetry and dipole moment = zero. Example: carbon tetrachloride.
When the negative pole of a dipole approach the positive pole of another  molecular attraction called
“dipole-dipole interaction”.
If similar poles approach  molecular repulsion (intermolecular repulsive forces)
Types of intermolecular forces of attraction
Van der Waals forces (liquids)
Induced dipole induced dipole (London dispersion force): when a transient dipole in a nonpolar
molecule induces another transient dipole in another molecule. Force = 0.5-1 Kcal/mole
Dipole-induced dipole (Debye induction force): A transient dipole is induced by a permanent dipole.
Force = 2 Kcal/mole
Permanent dipole (Keesom orientation force): 4 Kcal/mole
Hydrogen bonds
Hydrogen ions are small and have a large electrostatic field, so it approaches highly electronegative
atoms (O, F, Cl, N, S) and interact electrostatically to form a hydrogen bond. Force = 5 Kcal/mole.
Ion-ion, ion-dipole, ion-induced dipole
Force of positive-negative ion interaction in the solid state = 150 Kcal/mole. Covalent and ionic forces are
much stronger than van der Waals forces.
States of matter
Gases
Molecules move in straight path at high speed until they randomly collide with another molecule, creating
pressure. Intermolecular forces ~ zero.
Ideal gas law:
Pressure (P) x Volume (V) = number of moles (n) X Molar Gas Constant (R) X Temperature (T)
Gases in pharmacy: anesthetics (nitrous oxide, halothane), compressed oxygen, liquefiable aerosol
propellants (nitrogen, CO2, hydrocarbons, halohydrocarbons), ethylene oxide for sterilization of heat
labile objects.
Volatile liquids (ether, halothane, methoxyfurane) are used as anesthetics. Amyl nitrite (volatile liquid) is
inhaled as a vasodilator in acute angina.
Sublimation: a solid is heated directly to the gaseous or vapor state (or vice versa, also called deposition)
without passing through the liquid state. Examples: camphor, iodine.
Liquids
Van der Waals intermolecular forces are sufficient to impose some ordering. Hydrogen bonding 
cohesion in liquids.
Surface and interfacial tension
Molecules at the surface of the liquid experience a net inward pull from the interior and they tend to
contract. This makes liquids assume a spherical shape as it is the volume with minimum surface and
least free energy.
Surface free energy / surface tension: the work required to  the surface area A of the liquid by 1 unit
area. Example: SFE for water = 72 mN/m.
Interfacial tension: at the surface of two immiscible liquids.
Viscosity
Viscosity = shear stress / shear rate
Non-Newtonian viscosity: exhibit shear dependent or time dependent (apparent) viscosity.
Shear dependent viscosity: Shear thickening (dilatancy) as in suspensions of small deflocculated
particles with high solid content. Shear thinning (pseudoplastic): as in polymer solutions. Plastic
(Bingham body): as in flocculated particles in concentrated suspensions that have yield value.
Time dependent viscosity: yield value of plastic systems may be time dependent. Thixotropic systems
are shear thinning but they do not recover viscosity after shear is removed, i.e., structural recovery is slow
compared to structural breakdown. It occurs in heterogenous systems with three dimensional structural
network (gel-sol transformation). Negative (anti)thixotropy: viscosity  with  shear up to an
equilibrium (sol-gel transformation).
Solids
High intermolecular forces.
Crystalline solids: fixed molecular order, distinct melting point, anisotropic (properties are nto the same
in all directions).
Amorphous solids: randomly arranged molecules, nondistinct melting point, isotropic (properties are the
same in all direction).
Polymorphs: substance has more than one crystalline form. Different molecular arrangments /
crystalline lattice structure, melting point, solubility, dissolution rate, density, stability. Polymorphs are
common in steroids, theobroma oil, cocoa butter.
Latent heat of fusion: heat absorbed when 1 g of solid melts.
III. Physicochemical behavior
Homogenous systems
Solution: homogenous system in which a solute is molecularly dispersed or dissolved in a solvent.
Nonelectrolytes: substances that do not form ions in solution, e.g., estradiol, glycerin, urea, sucrose.
Solution doesn’t conduct electricity.
Electrolytes: form ions in solutions. Solution conducts electricity. Can be strong (completely ionized in
water; HCl, NaCl) or weak (partially ionized; aspirin, atropine).
Colligative properties:
Depend on the total number of ionic and nonionic solute molecules in solution. They are dependent on
ionization but independent of other chemical properties of the solute.
Vapor pressure depression: (Raoult’s law): partial vapor pressure is equal to the product of the mole
fraction of the component in solution and the vapor pressure of the pure component.
Boiling point elevation and freezing / melting point depression
Osmotic pressure: Osmosis is the process by which solvent molecules pass through semipermeable
membrane from dilute solution to concentrated solution. That is because solvent molecules have lower
chemical potential in concentrated solution. Osmotic pressure is the pressure that must be applied to
solution to prevent the flow of pure solvent. It is defined by the van’t Hoff equation.
Electrolyte solutions and ionic equilibria
+
Arrhenius dissociation theory: an acid is a substance that liberates H (donates protons) in water, a
base liberates OH (accpets protons). Lowry Bronsted theory: applies to both aqueous and
+
nonaqueous systems. In water, a free proton combines with water forming hydronium ion (H3O ). A
strong acid in water can behave as a weak acid in a different solvent.
Lewis theory: defines acid as a molecule or ion that accepts an electron pair from another atom. A base
donates an electron pair to be shared with another atom.
pH is the negative logarithm of molar H+ concentration.
As pH , H+ concentration  exponentially.
Ionization: is the complete separation fo the ions in a crystal lattice when the salt is dissolved.
Dissociation: is the separation of ions in solution when the ions are associated by interionic interactions.
For weak electrolytes, dissociation is reversible. According to the law of mass action,  concentration of
dissociation products results in  dissociation. pKa is the dissociation constant of a weak acid. pKb is
used for weak bases.
Acids and bases that can accept or donate more than one proton will have more than one dissociation
constant.
Henderson-Hasselbalch equation: describes the relationship between ionized and nonionized species
of a weak electrolyte (base is UP). pH = pKa when [dissociated species] = [nondissociated species], i.e.,
50% ionization.
Solubility of a weak electrolyte varies as a function of pH. Solubility of a weak acid  with  pH. Opposite
is true for weak bases.
Buffer: a mixture of salt with acid or base that resists changes in pH when small quantities of acid or salt
are added. Buffer is a combination of weak acid and its conjugate base (salt) (more common), or a weak
base and its conjugate acid (salt).
Buffer capacity: is the number of gram equivalents in an acid or base that changes the pH of 1 liter
buffer by 1 unit. Maximum buffer capacity occurs when pH = pKa. Higher concentration of buffer
constituents  buffer capacity due to the  acid or base reserve.
Heterogenous (disperse) systems:
Suspension: two phas system that is composed of solid material dispersed in a liquid. Particle size is >
0.5 mm.
Emulsion: heterogeneous system that consists of one immiscible liquid dispersed in another as droplets.
Droplets diameter > 0.1 micron. Emulsions are inherently unstable because the droplet tend to coalesce.
An emulsifying agent is used to prevent coalescence.
In ideal (not real) dispersion, the dispersed particles are uniform in size and do not interact.
Stokes’s law defines Sedimentation rate. The rate  with  particle size and the difference in density
between particles and medium. The rate  with  medium viscosity.
High particulate (dispersed phase) concentration leads to  particle collision and  aggregation,
coalsecnce, instability.
Avoidance of particle-particle interactions: if particles have similar electrical charge (e.g. from the
surfactant). Zeta potential (magnitude of the charge) is the difference in electrical potential between the
particle charged surface and dispesion medium. When zeta potential is high (<25 mV), interparticulate
repulsive forces > attractive forces, which results in deflocculation and stability.
Coalescence of droplets in O/W emulsions is  by electrostatic repulsion of similarly charged particles.
Creaming: is the reversible separation of a layer of emulsified particles. Mixing or shaking may be
sufficient to reconstitute the emulsion.
Phase inversion: from o/w to w/o emulsion or vice versa.
IV Chemical kinetics and drug stability
Degradation rate depends on concentration, temperature, pH, solvents, additives, light, radiation,
catalysts (polyvalent cations), surfactants, buffers, complexing agents.
Order of reaction: the way in which the concentration affects rate.
Zero order: rate is independent of concentration, e.g., 5 mg/hr, i.e., straight line concentration vs. time.
First order: rate depends on the first power of concentration, e.g., 5% / hr. Concentration 
exponentially with time. Straight line log concentration vs. time. t1/2 = 0.693/k, t90% = 0.104/k. Half life
is concentration independent.
Temperature:  T   reaction rate (Arrenius equation).
Solvent: may change pKa, surface tension, viscosity, reaction rate, etc. Additional reaction pathways
may be created (e.g. aspirin in ethanol).
pH: H+ catalysis occurs at  pH, OH- catalysis occurs to  pH. Rate constant at intermediate pH range is
usually lower than at  or  pH. pH of optimum stability (point of inflection) is measured.
Aromatic esters (benzocaine, procaine, tetracaine)  t1/2 is presence of caffeine due to complex
formation.
Modes of pharmaceutical degradation:
Hydrolysis: most common. Occurs for esters, amides, lactams. H+ and OH- are the most common
catalysts. Esters easily hydrolize and should be avoided in liquids.
Oxidation: by oxygen in the air or in solvent. Oxidizable compounds should be packed in an inert
atmosphere (nitrogen or CO2). Oxidation involves free radical mechanism and chain reaction. Free
radicals take electrons from other compounds. Antioxidants react with free radicals by providing
electrons. Antioxidants include: ascorbic acid, tocopherols, sodium bisulfite, sodium sulfite, butylated
hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), propyl gallate.
Photolysis: degradation in sunlight or room light. Molecules may absorb the proper wavelenght of light
(usually <400 nm) and acquire sufficient energy to undergo reaction. Prevent by using opaque container
or amber glass bottle. Examle: sodium nitroprusside in water.
Determination of shelf life. It’s affected by storage temperature. Preparation is considered fit if it varies
from nominal concentration by no more than 65% provided the decomposition products are not more toxic.
Stability testing at 4 C and room temperature (22C). Rate of decomposition is determined. Temperatureccelerated stability is also conducted. Arrhenius equation can be used. T90% can also be calculated.
Drug dosage forms:
Oral solutions
May contains polyols (e.g. sorbitol, glycerin) to ↓ crystallization, modify solubility, taste, mouth feel.
Advantages (over solid forms): more homogenous, easier to swallow, ↑ bioavailability and ↓ onset of
action for slow dissolution drugs. Disadvantage: bulkier, degrade faster, ↑ interactions with constituents
Types of water:
Purified water USP: obtained from distillation, reverse osmosis, ion exchange. Solids < 10 ppm. pH =
57. It can not be used for ophthalmics or parenterals.
Water for injection USP: purified water that is pyrogen free
Sterile water for injection USP: water for injection that is sterilized and packaged in single dose
containers < 1 liter for type I or II glass
Bacteriostatic water for injection USP: sterile water for injection containing bacteriostatic agent(s) in
one or multiple dose containers < 30 ml in type I or II glass.
Sterile water for inhalation USP: purified by distillation or reverse osmosis and rendered sterile. It
contains no antimicrobials.
Sterile water for irrigation USP: water for injection that is sterilized and contains no antimicrobials.
Oral drug solutions
Syrups: contains ↑ sugar concentration. Sweet and viscous. Syrup NF (simple syrup): 85% w/v sugar.
Sugars have low solvent capacity for water soluble drugs because hydrogen bonding between sugar and
water is very strong. Dilute sucrose solutions are excellent media for microbial growth. As sugar
concentration approaches saturation, the solution becomes self-preserved, however temperature
fluctuations may cause sugar crystallization. Syrup USP is self-preserved with ↓ crystallization potential.
Elixirs: contain alcohol as a solvent (5-40%). Elixirs become turbid when diluted by aqueous liquids.
Alcohol ↑ salt taste. Salts also have limited solubility in alcohol. Aromatic elixir NF: mixture of two
alcohol concentrations resulting in 22% alcohol.
Miscellaneous solutions
Aromatic waters: are saturated aqueous solutions of volatile oils. Used for flavoring. Stored in tight,
light resistant containers. Adding large amount of water soluble drug may cause insoluble layer to form
(salting out) due to better attraction with the water solvent than the oils.
Spirits (essences): volatile substances in 50-90% alcohol. It water is added, oils separate. Used
medicinally or as flavors. Store in tight containers.
Tinctures: stable alcohol solutions of chemicals or soluble constituents or vegetable drugs. Prepared
using extraction using maceration or percolation. Alcohol content varies widely.
Fluidextracts: liquid extracts of vegetable drugs that contain alcohol as a solvent, preservative, or both.
Prepared by percolation. Ten times as concentrated and potent as tinctures (100% vs. 10%).
Mouthwashes: use alcohol or glycerin to dissolve volatile ingredients.
Astringents: locally applied solutions that ppt protein. Astringents ↓ cell permeability without causing
injury. They cause constriction, wrinkling and blanching of skin. They ↓ secretions and are used as
antiperspirants. Examples: alulminum acetate, aluminum subacetate, calcium hydroxide.
Antibacterial topical solutions: e.g. benzalkonium chloride, strong iodine, providone-iodine. .
Suspensions
Magmas: suspensions of finely divided material in a small amount of water.
Drugs may be packed dry to avoid instability in aqueous dispersions.
Advantages:
Sustained effect: requires dissolution or diffusion step. Stability: drug degradation is slower than in a
solution. Taste: for insoluble drugs used in suspension. Solubility: when solvent is not available.
Example: only water can be used in ophthalmics, but suspension offer an alternative.
Preparation: first solids are wetted by levigation (addition of nonsolvent levigating agent to solid material
to form a paste). A surfactant can be used. Then suspending agent is added as aqueous dispersion by
geometric dilution.
Suspending agents:
A. Hydrophilic colloids
↑ viscosity by binding with water. Support microbial growth and require preservation. Mostly anionic,
except methyl cellulose (neutral) and chitosan (cationic), therefore incompatible with quaternary
antimicrobials. Insoluble in alcohol.
Acacia: used as 35% water dispersion (mucilage). Neutral pH.
Tragacanth: 6% mucilage (less needed).
Methyl cellulose: heat and light stable polymer. Soluble in cold but not hot water. Prepared using
boiling water.
Carboxy methyl cellulose: anionic and water soluble.
B. Clays
Anionic silicates. Strongly hydrated and exhibit thixotropy. Examples: bentonite (5% magma), veegum.
Emulsions
Advantages:
↑ Solubility: e.g. oil soluble drug in aqueous formulation. ↑ Stability: usually better than in aqueous
solution. ↑ Drug action: as in IM injections. ↑ Taste: oil soluble drug hidden in aqueous outer phase. ↑
Appearance: as in oily material for topical application.
Phases of emulsions: most are 2-phases. Internal phase (dispersed or discontinuous phase) in an
external phase (dispersion medium or continuous phase).
Type of emulsion is determined by relative phase volumes and emulsifying agent used (more important).
Maximum volume of internal phase is 74%.
Emulsifying agents: lower interfacial tension and form a film at the interface.
Natural emulsifying agents: see hydrophilic colloids under suspending agents (acacia, tragacanth,
celluloses). Also pectin, gelatin and agar. Agar: ↑ viscosity. Gelatin: 1%, can be anionic or cationic.
Preparation methods:
1. Wet gum (English) method: emulsion of fixed oil, water, acacia. Make mucilage of water and acacia,
then add oil gradually.
2. Dry gum (Continental) method: emulsion of fixed oil, water, acacia. Fixed oil added to acacia and
then water is all added at once followed by rapid titration.
Electrolyte in high concentration can break the emulsion. Add last.
Alcohol can dehydrate and ppt hyrocolloids. Use in ↓ concentration.
3. Bottle method: similar to dry method. Used for volatile oils.
4. Nascent soap method: by mixing equal portions of oil and alkali solution to form soap, which acts as
an emulsifying agent. Example: olive oil (contains oleic acid, free fatty acid) and lime water  calcium
oleate for calamine lotion.
The drug can be added after emulsion formation if it is soluble in the external phase. If drug is soluble in
internal phase, it should be dissolved first during emulsion formation.
Synthetic emulsifying agents:
1. Anionic: Soaps form w/o except alkali soap. Examples: SLS
2. Cationic: e.g. benzalkonium chloride. Incompatible with soap.
3. Nonionic: Spans (sorbitan esters, ↑ HLB) for w/o, Tweens (polysorbates, ↓ HLB) for o/w
Ointments
Used as emollients (make skin more pliable), protective barriers, or vehicles for drugs.
Ointment bases
1. Oleaginous bases: not washable. Petrolatum: occlusive, does not rancid, use wax to ↑ viscosity.
Synthetic esters: e.g. glyceryl monostearate, isopropyl myristate, butyl palmitate, PEG, long chain
alcohols. Lanolins: e.g. lanolin oil and hydrogenated lanolin.
2. Absorption bases: anhydrous, water-insoluble, not washable, but can absorb water. Example:
anhydrous lanolin (wool fat), hydrophilic petrolatum (petrolatum, bees wax, stearyl alcohol, cholesterol),
e.g. Aquaphor.
3. Emulsion bases: Hydrous wool fat (lanolin): w/o with 25% water, emollient and occlusive. Cold
cream: w/o with almond oil, white wax, sodium borate. Vanishing cream: o/w with ↑ water and
humectants (PEG, glycerin). Hydrophilic ointment: o/w with SLS.
4. Water soluble bases: washable and absorb water. PEG ointment: PEG 400 and 4000 by fusion
method. PG and PG-alcohol: forms clear gel with 2% hydroxypropyl cellulose.
Preparation: metal spatula may interact with iodine or mercuric salts. Use levigation or fusion method.
Fusion method: used for solids with ↑ melting point. Oil phase melted with highest melting point
materials first. Heat water soluble ingredient separately to above the highest melting point. Mixed the
two phases in the appropriate order for o/w or w/o.
Suppositories
Used for local (hemorrhoids, infection) or systemic effect.
Systemic effect bypasses the first pass metabolism
Used when oral route is not possible, e.g., infants, nausea, vomiting, GI distress, coma, debilitation.
Types of suppositories:
1. Rectal: cylindrical, tapered bullet like. Adult: 2 g.
2. Vaginal: oval, 5 g, for antiseptics, contraceptives, anti-infective.
3. Urethral: long (6 cm), tapered, local anti-infective.
Suppository bases:
Minimum 30 C narrow, sharp melting point. Oil soluble drug has ↑ mucous absorption from an oil base,
and vice versa.
Bases that melt: cocoa butter (theobroma oil), witepsol (saturated fatty acid mixture), wecobee (from
coconut oil); or Bases that dissolve: PEG.
Preparation: the suppository is molded with the fingers after a plastic mass is formed.
1. Hand-rolling: Correct the amount of base needed based on the quantity of the drug and density of the
base.
2. Compression: Mixture is placed into compression device. Pressure is applied and mixture is forced
into lubricated mold cavities. Used with cocoa butter.
3. Fusion (molds): most common. Use mineral oil to lubricate mold. Pour melt continuously to avoid
layering. Avoid for thermolabile drugs and insoluble powders (settle).
Powders
Advantages: compounding flexibility, chemical stability, rapid ingredients dispersion. Disadvantages:
time consuming preparation, inaccurate dosing, unsuitable for bad taste / hygroscopic drugs.
Milling: mechanical process of reducing particle size (comminution). Micrometrics: is the study of
particles.
Advantages of milling: ↑ surface area  ↑ dissolution rate and bioavailability (e.g. griseofulvin),  ↑
drying of wet masses. ↑ ointment texture / stability / appearance. ↑ uniform distribution of colorants.
Particles of same size  ↑ mixing, ↓ segregation.
Disadvantages of milling: may change polymorphic form  ↓ activity. ↑ heat / adsorption 
degradation. Flow problems and segregation. ↑ static charge  particle aggregation / ↓ dissolution.
↑ surface area  ↑ air adsorption / ↓ wettability.
Comminution techniques: Trituration  reducing particle size or mixing with a mortar and pestle.
Pulverization by intervention  a solvent is added to help pulverization and then evaporated (e.g.
alcohol to camphor). Used with gummy substances that reagglomerate or resist grinding. Levigation 
add a nonsolvent (levigating agent, e.g., mineral oil) to form a past and help pulverization in mortar and
pestle or ointment slab and spatula. Avoid gritty feel of solids.
Mixing powders:
Spatulation: using spatula to mix small amounts of powder on paper or pill tile. Not possible for potent
drugs or large quantities. Useful to eutectic mixtures (mixture melting point is lower than each ingredient),
such as phenol, camphor, menthol, thymol, aspirin, phenyl salicylate, phenacetin. Inert diluent can be
used to minimize contact (MgO, MgCO3, kaolin, starch).
Trituration: used both to comminute and mix. For comminution, use porcelain or ceramic mortar with
rough surface. For mixing, colorants and easy cleaning, use glass mortar.
Geometric dilution: used for mixing potent drugs with large amount of diluent. First mix equal amounts
of drug and diluent in a mortar by trituration, repeat until diluent is used up.
Sifting: powders are passed through sifters similar to flour sifters, resulting in a light fluffy product. Not
suitable for potent drugs.
Tumbling: mix powders in a large container rotated by motor.
Use and packaging of powders:
As bulk powders or divided powders. For bulk powders, a perforated sifter can is used for external dusting
or an aerosol container is used for spraying onto skin.
Powders dispensed in bulk: antacids and laxatives (e.g. PEG is mixed with a drink). Douches are
mixed with water and applied vaginally. Dentifrices and dental cleansing powders. Powders for ear, nose,
throat, tooth sockets, vagina. Non potent substances.
Divided powders: dispensed usually in folded paper (chartulae). If drug is not potent, approximate
portions by block and divide method (do not weight).
Special problems: volatile substances (camphor, menthol, essential oils)  use sealed containers.
Liquids  added to divided powders in small amounts. Hygroscopic substances become moist  divide,
add diluent, double wrap. Eutectic mixtures.
Capsules
Hard gelatin capsules
Storage: contain 15% water, so when ↓ humidity  capsules become brittle, when ↑ humidity 
capsules become shapeless.
Size: empty capsules are numbered (000  largest / 600 mg, 5  smallest / 30 mg). Large capsules are
for veterinary use. May add lubricant to ↑ flow or wetting agent to ↑ dissolution.
Filling: by the punch method. Powder is placed on paper and the capsule is pressed into powder until
filled.
Soft gelatin capsules
Preparation: from gelatin shells. Glycerin or polyhydric alcohol (sorbitol) is added to make shells more
elastic. Contain preservatives (sorbic acid, parabens).
Uniformity and disintegration
Uniformity is demonstrated by weight variation or content uniformity. Disintegration are usually not
requires unless they are enteric coated.
Contents may be designed for sprinkling on food (e.g. Theo-Dur Sprinkle).
Tablets
Advantages of solid dosage forms: accurate dose, easy shipping / handling, less shelf space, no
preservative, no taste masking problems, more stable / longer expiration.
Advantages of liquid dosage forms: more effective (antacids, adsorbents), easier to swallow.
Advantages of tablets; precise dose, ↓ content variability, ↓ manufacturing cost, easy packaging and
shipping, easy to identify, easy to swallow, specific release forms, stable, tamperproof.
Disadvantages of tablets: difficult compression, difficult formulation / ↓ bioavailability (poor wetting, ↓
dissolution, ↑ dose).
Ideal tablet: free of defects, strong / durable, stable, predictable drug release.
Tablet design and formulation (excipients)
Diluents: fillers to make up the tablet bulk of ↓ dose drugs. May ↑ cohesion, flow, or direct compression.
Examples: kaolin, lactose, mannitol, sugar, starch, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium phosphate. Do not
use calcium salts with tetracycline (↓ absorption).
Binders / adhesives: added dry or liquid to ↑ granulation or direct compression. Examples: cornstarch,
glucose, molasses, natural gum (acacia, may be contaminated), celluloses (methylcellulose, CMC,
microcrystalline cellulose), gelatins, provide (PVP). Liquid binders are more effective.
↑↑  too hard, ↓ dissolution. ↓↓  soft crumbling tablets.
Disintegrants: ↑ disintegration on gastric fluid contact (critical for dissolution and bioavailability). They
draw water to tablet, swell and burst. Examples: cornstarch, potato starch, sodium starch glycolate,
celluloses (sodium CMC), clays (veegum, bentonite), cation exchange resins.
A portion can be added with the diluent and another with the lubricant after granulation  double
disintegration.
Lubricants / antiadherents / glidants: lubricants  ↓ friction between tablet and die upon ejection (talc,
magnesium stearate, calcium stearate). Anti-adherents  ↓ sticking, adhesion of granules to the
punches or die. Glidants  ↓ particle friction  ↑ powder / granule flow.
Colors / dyes: disguise off-color drugs, product ID. FDC dyes are applied in solution. Lakes are dyes
absorbed on a hydrous oxide (dry powder).
Flavoring agents: only for chewable or mouth dissolving tablets. Flavor oils or powders are ↑ stable,
water soluble flavor are ↓ stable. Maximum: 0.75%.
Artificial sweeteners: only for chewable or mouth dissolving tablets. May come with diluent (mannitol,
lactose). Other agents; saccharin, aspartame.
Adsorbents: hold fluid in apparently dry state. Example: magnesium oxide, magnesium carbonate,
bentonite.
Tablet types and classes
For oral ingestion:
May be mask taste, color, odor, control release, enteric coating, incorporate another drug, avoid
incompatibility, ↑ appearance.
Compressed: from powders, crystals or granules with or without excipients. No coating.
Multiple compressed: layered  compress tablet granules around previously compressed granules,
then repeat. Compression coated / dry coated  made by feeding previously compressed tablet to a
machine that compresses an shell around it  separate incompatible drugs, provide repeat action /
prolonged action.
Repeat-action: multiple compressed tablet where the outer shell rapidly disintegrates in the stomach.
Example: Repetabs, Extentabs. The components of the inner layer are insoluble in the stomach but
soluble in the intestine.
Delayed action / enteric coated: delays drug release to prevent stomach destruction, prevent stomach
irritation, or better stomach absorption. Enteric: intact in stomach, release in intestine (e.g. Ecotrin).
Sugar / chocolate-coated: to protect drug from air / humidity, mask taste / odor. Process includes seal
coating (waterproofing), subcoating, syrup coating (for smoothing, coloring), polishing. Disadvantage:
time consuming, require expertise, bulky coats.
Film coated: compressed tablets coated with water soluble or insoluble polymer (HPMC, povidone, PEG).
Film is colored, ↑ durable, ↓ chipping, ↓ bulky (3% wt ↑), ↓ time consuming than sugar coating. May
contain film former, plasticizer, surfactant, opacifier, sweetner, color, flavor, glossant, volatile solvent.
Air-suspension coated: fed into vertical cylinder and supported by air column (Wurster process) where
the coating solution is applied.
Chewable: disintegrate rapidly when showed or dissolved. Contains flavored and colored mannitol.
Used for children, multivitamins, antacids, antibiotics.
Used in oral cavity
Buccal / sublingual: allow absorption through oral mucosa after dissolution. Avoid gastric destruction or
intestinal ↓ absorption. Examples: sublingual nitroglycerin, buccal progesterone.
Troches / lozenges / dental cones: dissolves slowly in the mouth and provide local effect.
Used to prepare solutions:
Effervescent: made by compressing granular effervescent salts (citric acid, tartaric acid, sodium
bicarbonate) that release CO2 when contacting water. Example: alkalinizing analgesics (Alka-Seltzer, ↑
dissolution, absorption).
Other tablets to prepare solution: dispensing tabs, hypodermic tabs, tab triturates.
Processing problems
Capping: separation of the top or bottom crown from main body of tab. Lamination: separation of tab
into two or ↑ layers. Usually due to air entrapment.
Picking: removal of the surface material by a punch. Sticking: adhesion of material to the die wall. Due
to excess moisture or melting ingredient.
Mottling: unequal color distribution. Due to different color drug vs. excipient or drug degradation.
Tablet evaluation and control
General appearance: size, shape, color, odor, taste, surface, texture, physical flaws, consistency,
marking legibility.
Hardness / friability resistance: Hardness affects dissolution / disintegration. Slow dissolved tabs are
harder, vice versa. Hardness tester measure force required to break tab. Friabilators measure weight
loss when tabs roll and fall (<1%). Chewable / effervescent tabs are highly friable, require special
packaging.
Weight variation: USP standards apply to tabs containing >50 mg drug where drug is > 50% of total
weight.
Content uniformity: USP standards apply if drug <50 mg.
Disintegration: USP test is conducted in vitro. Disintegration time: nitroglycerin (2 min), aspirin (5 min),
most other drugs (<30 min), buccal tabs (4hr), enteric coated (none in 1 hr is simulated gastric fluid, within
2 hr in simulated intestinal fluid).
Dissolution: standards in USP. Increased emphasis on dissolution replaced disintegration for many
drugs.
Aerosols
Pressurized dosage forms that deliver drugs topically or systemically with the aid of liquefied or propelled
gas (propellant).
Valve allows pressurized product to be expelled continuously or intermittently when the actuator is
pressed. Dip tube conveys the formulation for the container’s bottom to the valve.
Metered dose inhalers (MDIs): aerosol systems for systemic or pulmonary delivery. They contain fine
drug mist solution or dispersion. 1 Actuation = 1 dose.
Propellants: compressed gases (CO2, N2, NO), ↓ pressure with time due to ↑ head space. Liquefiable
gases: saturated hydrocarbons, hydrofluorocarbons, dimethyl ether, chlorofluorocarbons (CFC). CFC
are banned now.
Advantages: push-button dispensing convenience, stability of closed container (protects from light,
moisture, air, microbes), ↓ tampering, wide product range. Disadvantage: propellants are environmental
hazard.
Controlled release dosage forms
They release drug slowly. Also known as delayed-release, sustained-action, prolonged-action, sustainedrelease, prolonged-release, timed-release, slow-release, extended-action, extended-release.
Advantages: ↑ compliance, ↓ total drug used, ↓ local or systemic SE, ↓ drug accumulation / potentiation /
loss of activity with prolonged use, ↑ treatment efficiency, rapid condition control, ↑ bioavailability, ↓ level
fluctuation, ↓ cost.
Coated beads or granules:
Examples: Theo-Dur Sprinke, Spansules, Sequels,.
Produce drug level similar to multiple dosing.
Non-aqueous (e.g. alcohol) drug solution is coated onto small inert beads or granules (starch/sugar).
Beads may be made of drug if dose is ↑. Some granules take no further coating to give immediate
release. Otherwise, coats of a lipid (e.g. beeswax) or cellulosic (e.g. ethylcellulose) material are applied.
Thickness is varied by varying # of coats to provide SR.
Microencapsulation
Example: Bayer time-release aspirin.
Solids, liquids or gases are encased in microscopic capsules.
Coacervation: most common method of encapsulation. A hydrophilic substance is added to a colloidal
drug dispersion and causes layering and formation of microcapsules.
Film forming substances for coating (natural or synthetic) include shellacs, waxes, gelatin, starches,
cellulose acetate phthalate, ethylcellulose. After the coating dissolves, the drug is immediately available.
Matrix tablets:
Examples: Gradumet, Lontabs, Dospan, Slow-K
Use hydrophilic polymers (methyl cellulose, HPMC), insoluble plastics (polyethylene, polyvinyl acetate,
polymethacrylate), fatty compounds (waxes, glyceryl tristearate).
The drug is mixed with matrix material then compressed.
The immediate dose is coated as a top layer.
Osmotic systems:
Example: Oros system (Alza)
Oral osmotic pump composed of a core tablet and semipermeable coating that has a small hole (0.4 mm)
produced by laser beam for drug exit. The system requires only osmotic pressure to be effective and is
independent of pH.
Drug release rate is controlled by changing surface area, membrane nature, or hole diameter.
Ion-exchange resins:
Example: biphenamine (amphetamine and dextroamphetamine), lonamin (phentermine), Pennkinetic
system.
Ion exchange resins are complexed with drugs by passage of a cationic drug solution through a column
that contains the resin. The drug is complexed to the resin by replacement of hydrogen atoms. Then the
resin-drug complex is washed and tableted.
Release is dependent on ionic environment in GI and resin properties (↓ pH  ↑ release).
Complex formation:
Example: hydroxypropyl-beta-cyclodextrin forms a chemical complex slowly dissolves depending on pH.
Hydrocolloid systems:
Example: Valrelease (SR diazepam) includes hydrodynamically balanced system (HBS). HBS
contains a matrix that is ↓ dense than gastric acid, so it remains buoyant. Multiple hydrocolloid layers
swell when contacting gastric acid and slowly erode releasing the drug.
4. Biopharmaceutics and Drug Delivery Systems
Drug transport and absorption
Transport across cell membranes
Cell membrane: is a semipermeable structure composed of lipids and proteins. Proteins, protein bound
drugs and macromolecules do not cross cell membranes easily. Nonpolar lipid soluble and smaller
molecular weight drugs diffuse through cell membranes faster.
Passive diffusion / partitioning: passive diffusion is dominant within the cytoplasm or in interstitial fluid
(Fick’s law). Passive transport across cell membranes involves successive partitioning of solute between
aqueous and lipid phase as well as diffusion within phases. Nonionized drugs are more lipid soluble and
partition better across cell membranes.
Carrier-mediated transport: Active transport: drug moves against concentration gradient, requires
energy, carrier may be selective for drugs that resemble natural substrates, system may saturate at 
concentrations, process may be competitive. Facilitated diffusion: carrier mediated transport that
occurs with a concentration gradient and does not require energy.
Paracellular transport: drug transport across tight junction between cells or channels. It involves
diffusion and convective (bulk) flow of water and dissolved molecules
Vesicular transport: the process of engulfing particles by a cell. Only mechanism that does not require
water solubility for absorption. Pinocytosis: engulfment of small solute or fluid volumes. Phagocytosis:
engulfment of large particles or macromolecules by macrophages.
Endo/Exo-cytosis: movement of macromolecules in and out of the cell.
Transport proteins: (e.g. P-glycoprotein) are embedded in the lipid bilayer of cell membranes. These
are ATP energy dependent pumps. Work closely with cytochrome P450 3A4 to  intracellullar drug
concentration. Substrates: cyclosporin, nifedipine, digoxin.
Routes of drug administration
Parenteral: IV Bolus is directly injected to the blood stream, very quick action / SE. IV infusion:
constant input rate maintains constant plasma concentration. Intra-arterial: to achieve  concentration in
specific tissue before systemic drug absorption, mostly diagnostic and chemotherapy. IM: rate of
absorption depends on muscle vascularity, drug lipid solubility / matrix. SC:  vasculature  slow
absorption. Intra-articular: into the joint. Intrathecal: into the spinal cord. Intradermal: into the dermis.
Enteral: Buccal / sublingual: allows nonpolar lipid soluble drug absorption, bypassing first pass
metabolism. Peroral: most common, convenient, safe. Disadvantages: inconsistent / incomplete
absorption (gastric emptying, intestinal motility), GI enzyme digestion, acid pH decomposition, GI irritation,
first pass metabolism. Absorption is usually by passive diffusion. Duodenum is the main absorption site
(villi / microvilli   surface area). Residence time (period of contact) is needed for absorption. Double
peak: cimetidine or acetaminophen as immediate release on empty stomach produce two peak plasma
level. Rectal: drug in solution (enama) or suppository is placed in the rectum. Drugs absorbed in the
lower 2/3 bypass the liver first pass metabolism.
Respiratory: Intranasal: as spray or drops for local (decongestant, steroid) or systemic effect.
Pulmonary: inhaled perorally (nebulizer, MDE) into pulmonary tree. Particles > 60 um  deposit on
trachea. Particles > 20 um  do not reach bronchioles. Particles 2-6 um  reach alveolar ducts.
Particles 1-2 um  retained in the alveoli. Particles < 0.6 um  exhaled, not deposited.
Transdermal (percutaneous): suitable for small lipid soluble molecules (clonidine, nitroglycerin, fentanyl,
scopolamine, testosterone, estradiol).
Local activity: topical antibiotics, anti-infectives, antifungals, loacal anesthetics. Minimum systemic
absorption.
Biopharmaceutical principles
Physicochemical properties
Drug dissolution: bioavailability rate limiting step for drugs with limited solubility. Diffusion is described
by Noyes Whitney equation (similar to Fick’s law).
Drug solubility in a saturated solution is a static equilibrium property. Dissolution rate is a dynamic
property with a rate.
Particle size / surface area: inversely related.  surface area   dissolution rate. For some
hydrophobic drugs,  particle size  aggregation to  surface free energy. To prevent aggregate
formation, small particles are molecularly dispersed in PEG, PVP (povidone), dextrose. Examples:
Griseofluvin molecular dissolution in water soluble carrier (PEG 400)   bioavailability.
Partition coefficient: ratio of solubility at equilibrium in nonaqueous solvent (n-octanol) to that in
aqueous solvent (water). Hydrophilic drugs ( water solubility)  dissolution.
Ionization: ionized form is more polar and more water soluble. Based on Henerson-Hasselbalch
equation.
Salt formation: type of salt affects dissolution, bioavailability, duration of action, stability, irritation, toxicity.
Soluble salt may be  stable than nonionized form (e.g. sodium aspirin vs. aspirin).
Effervescent forms: contains acid drug and sodium bicarobnate, tartaric acid, citric acid. Water is added
prior to use. Excess sodium bicarbonate forms an alkaline solution in which the drug dissolves. CO2 is
formed by the decomposition of carbonic acid. For weak acids, potassium and sodium salts are more
soluble than polyvalent cation salts. For weak bases, common water soluble salts include hydrochloride,
sulfate, citrate, gluconate.
Polymorphism: ability to exist in > 1 crystalline form. Polymorphs have different physical properties.
Amorphous non-crystalline forms have  dissolution.
Chirality: drug exists as optically active stereoisomers or enantiomers  different PK / PD. Most chiral
drugs are used as racemic mixtures. Example: ibuprofen has R and S enantiomers, only S is active.
Hydrates: drug may exist in hydrated, solvated form and anhydrous form. Anhydrous ampicillin dissolves
faster than hydrated ampicillin.
Complex formation: Chelates are complexes involving a ring-like structure and a metal. Natural
chelates: hemoglobin, cyanocobalamin, insulin). Tetracycline forms a chelate with polyvalent metal ions
  water solubility   absorption. Many drugs adsorb strongly on charcoal or clay (kaolin, bentonite)
by forming complexes. Theophylline + ethylene diamine   water soluble complex (aminophylline).
Many drugs are complexed with cyclodextrins to  solubility. Large drug complexes (drug-protein) do not
cross cell membranes easily  free drug must first dissociate for absorption or glomerular filtration.
Delivery system formulation
Complex formulation  bioavailability issues. For oral solid dosage forms, dissolution is the rate limiting
step. For CR or SR, release from the delivery system is the rate limiting step.
Solutions: are homogeneous mixtures of solutes dispersed molecularly in a dissolving medium.
Aqueous solution is the most bioavailable and consistent form (no dissolution). Oral solutions are used
as reference preparations for solid oral forms. Elixir (drug dissolved in hydroalcoholic solution) has 
bioavailability. Alcohol  solubility. However, drug may ppt when elixir is diluted in the GI with food, but
absorption is still rapid because of  surface area. A viscous drug solution (syrup) may  mixing, dilution
and GI gastric emptying.
Suspensions: bioavailability from suspension is similar to solutions due to  surface area. Suspending
agents: hydrophilic colloids (celluloses, acacia, xantham gum).  viscosity may have issues as syrups
above.
Capsules: Hard gelatin caps are simple (contain powders) and preferred new drugs early clinical trials.
Soft gelatin caps contain nonaqueous solution, suspension or powder. It may have  bioavailability if
water miscible vehicle is used (e.g. lanoxicaps), and vice versa. Aging and storage may affect gelatin
shell moisture content and bioavailability.
Compressed tablets:  ratio of excipients : drug   possiblity of excipients affecting bioavailability.
Lubricants are usually hydrophobic, water-insoluble   drug surface wetting   dissolution and
bioavailability. Surfactants  dissolution and bioavailability.
Modified release dosage forms: products that alter the rate or timing of drug release. More stringent
quality control is used. Dose dumping, abrupt drug release, is a problem. Allows  in dosing frequency.
They provide more flat consistent plasma concentration that avoids toxicity and lack of efficacy. A loading
dose may be used. Delayed release control the timing of release, e.g. enteric coating.
Transdermals: have occlusive backing film to prevent TEWL to  hydration and permeation.
Concentration gradient is maintained by a drug reservoir.
Targeted drug delivery: place the drug at or near the receptor (e.g. specific cell such as tumor, organ,
tissue). Systems include macromolecular drug carriers (proteins), liposomes, nanoparticles, monoclonal
antibodies.
Inserts and implants: drug is impregnated into a biodegradable material and released slowly. Inserted
into vaginal, buccal cavity, skin. Example: l-norgestrol implant is inserted in the upper arm for 5-year
contraception.
6. Basic Pharmacokinetics
Introduction
Rates and orders of reactions
Reaction rate: velocity of the reaction
Reaction order: way in which the drug (reactant) affects the rate
Zero order reaction: drug concentration changes with time at a constant rate. Rate constant = Ko
(concentration / time; mg/ml/hr). Linear correlation of concentration vs. time with slope=Ko and intercept
= Co.
First order reaction: change of concentration with time is the product of the rate constant and
concentration of the remaining drug. Drug concentration decreases by a fixed percent in each time unit.
Linear correlation of log concentration with time. Rate constant )K) = 1/hour. Half life t1/2=0.693/k.
Models and compartments
Model: mathematical description to express quantitative relations in a biological system.
Compartment: group of tissues with similar blood flow and drug affinity.
Drug distribution
Drugs distribute quickly to tissues with ↑ blood flow
Drug cross capillaries by passive diffusion and hydrostatic pressure.
Drugs easily cross the capillaries of the kidney glomerulus.
Brain capillaries are surrounded by glial cells forming a thick lipid membrane (BBB)  ↓ diffusion of polar
and ionic hydrophilic drugs.
Tissue accumulation due to drug/tissue physicochemical or affinity.
Lipid soluble drug  accumulate in adipose (fat) tissue
Tetracycline  accumulate in bone (calcium Complexation).
Plasma protein binding: results in a big complex  can’t cross membranes. Albumin: major plasma
protein for drug binding. Alpha1-glycoprotein: binds basic drugs (e.g. propranolol) in the plasma. ↑
bound drugs (e.g. phenytoin) can be displaced by other ↑ bound drug  ↑ free unbound drug  in effect /
toxicity.
One-compartment model
Intravenous bolus injection
Very rapid drug entry. Rate of absorption is negligible.
Entire body is one compartment  all tissue equilibrate rapidly.
Drug elimination: first order kinetics. Elimination rate constant = renal excretion rate constant +
metabolism (biotransformation) rate constant
Some controlled release oral drugs have zero absorption rate constant.
Apparent volume of distribution (Vd): hypothetical volume of body fluid in which drug is dissolved. Vd
is needed to estimate amount of drug in the body (Db) relative to concentration in plasma (Cp).
Cp = Db / Vd
More drug distribution into tissues  ↓ Cp  ↑ Vd
Single oral dose
Rapid absorption then elimination, both with first order kinetics.
Time to reach max concentration (tmax) depends only on absorption and elimination rate constants but
not on Vd or Db.
AUC: calculated using trapezoidal rule by integrating the plasma drug concentration over time. AUC
depends on Do, Vd, elimination K but not absorption K.
Lag time: at the beginning of systemic drug absorption, e.g. due to delay in gastric emptying.
Intravenous infusion
Absorption: zero order. Elimination: first order (when infusion stops)
Steady state concentration (Css): target plateau drug concentration where fraction of drug absorbed =
fraction of drug eliminated.
Loading dose (DL): initial IV bolus dose to produce Css as rapidly as possible. Start IV infusion at the
same time.
DL: amount of drug that, when dissolved in the apparent Vd, produces the desired Dss. Reaching 07% of
Css without DL takes ~ t1/2. Time to reach Css depends on the drug elimination half life.
IV infusion: ideal for drugs with narrow therapeutic window (controls Cp).
Intermittent intravenous infusion
Drug is infused for short periods to prevent accumulation and toxicity.
Used for aminoglycosides (e.g. gentamicin).
Multiple doses
Drug is given intermittently in multiple-dose regimen for continuous or prolonged therapeutic activity to
treat chronic disease.
Give new dose before previous dose completely eliminated  Cp accumulation  ↑ to Css.
∞
At steady state: Cp fluctuations between a max and a min (C min-max).
Superposition principle: assumes that previous drug doses have no effect on subsequent doses  total
Cp = cumulative residual Cp from each previous dose.
Dosing rate = dose size (Do) / dose interval (e.g. X mg/hr).
∞
Same dosing rate  same average Css but may be different (C min-max).
Some AB  multiple rapid IV bolus injections.
Oral immediate release drug products (multiple doses)  rapid absorption, slow elimination.
Maintenance dose (DM): after loading dose to maintain Cp at Css. If DM dosing interaval = elimination
t1/2  DL = 2 x DM
Multi-compartment models
Drug distributes into different tissue groups at different rates. Tissues with ↑ blood flow equilibrate rapidly
with the drug.
Two-compartment model (IV bolus): First, rapid distribution into highly perfused tissue (central
compartment)  rapid decline in Cp (distribution phase). Both are first-order processes. Then, slow
distribution into peripheral tissues (tissue compartment)  slow decline in Cp after equilibration
(elimination phase). Vd = Vd at steady state + central + tissue compartment volumes.
Two-compartment model (oral): two-compartment ONLY if absorption is rapid but distribution is slow.
Models with additional compartments: example of a third compartment: deep tissue space. If frequent
interval dosing  third compartment accumulation.
Elimination rate constant: two constants; one for elimination from central compartment, the other for
elimination after complete distribution.
Nonlinear pharmacokinetics
Also known as capacity-limited, dose-dependent, or saturation PK.
Result from the saturation of an enzyme of carrier-mediated system.
Do not follow first-order kinetics as the dose ↑.
AUC or drug excreted in urine are not proportional to dose
Elimination t1/2 may ↑ at ↑ doses.
Michaelis-Menten equation: describe velocity of enzyme reactions in nonlinear PK. It described rate of
change of Cp after IV bolus. If Cp is ↑  the equation is a zero-order rate of elimination. If Cp is ↓↓ 
first-order.
Note that first-order PK = linear PK
Clearance
Total body clearance (ClT)
ClT = drug elimination rate / Cp = K x Vd
ClT and Vd are independent variables. T1/2 is a dependent variable.
A constant volume of the Vd is cleared from the body per unit time.
First order PK: ClT = renal clearance + non-renal (hepatic) clearance
↓ ClT  ↑ t1/2. ↑ Vd  ↑ t1/2
Renal drug excretion
Major route of elimination for: polar drugs, water-soluble drugs, drugs with ↓ MWt (<500), drugs that are
biotransformed slowly.
Glomerular filtration: passive process that filters small molecules. Drugs that are bound to plasma
proteins are too big to be filtered. Creatinine and inulin undergo only glomerular filtration (not tubular
secretion or reabsorption)  used to measure glomercular filtration rate (GFR).
Tubular reabsorption: passive process that follow Fick’s first law of diffusion to reabsorb lipid-soluble
and non-ionized weak electrolytes drugs back to the systemic circulation. If ionized or water-soluble 
excreted in the urine. Diuretic  ↑ urine flow  ↓ time for reabsorption  ↑ drug excretion.
Active tubular secretion: carrier-mediated active transport system that requires energy. Two systems:
for weak acids and weak bases. Competitive nature: e.g. probenecid (weak acid) compete for the same
system as penicillin  ↓ penicillin excretion. Another example: p-aminohippurate. Measure using
effective renal blood flow (ERBF).
Renal clearance (ClR)
It is the volume of drug in the plasma remove by the kidney per unit time.
ClR = rate of drug excretion / Cp = ml/minute.
Clearance ratio: relates drug clearance to inulin clearance (GFR). If = 1  filtration only. If < 1 
filtration + reabsorption. If > 1  filtration + active tubular secretion.
Hepatic clearance
Volume of drug-containing plasma cleared by the liver per unit time.
Measurement of hepatic clearance (ClH)
Main mechanism for non-renal clearance. Measured indirectly (difference between total and renal
clearance).
ClH = hepatic blood flow x extraction ratio.
Extraction ratio: drug fraction irreversibly removed by an organ or tissue as the drug-containing plasma
perfuses the tissue.
Blood flow, intrinsic clearance, protein binding
All these factors affect hepatic clearance.
Blood flow: to the liver is ~ 1.5 L/min. After oral GI absorption  to mesenteric vessels  to hepatic
portal vein  through the liver  to hepatic vein  to systemic circulation.
Intrinsic clearance: ability of the liver to remove the drug independent of blood flow due to inherent
ability of the biotransformation enzymes (oxidases) to metabolize the drug as it enters the liver. This is
affected by enzyme inducers (Phenobarbital, tobacco) and inhibitors (cimetidine, lead).
Protein binding: bound drugs are not easily cleared by the liver or kidney. Only free drug crosses the
membrane into the tissue and is available to metabolizing enzymes.
Biliary drug excretion
Active transport (secretion) process. Separate systems for weak acids and weak bases.
Excretes ↑ MWt drugs (>500) or polar drugs (digoxin, reserpine, glucuronide conjugates).
Drugs may be recycled by enterohepatic circulation. GI absorption  mesenteric vessels  hepatic
portal veins  liver  secrete to the bile  store in gallbladder  empty into the GI through the bile duct
(recirculation).
First pass effect (pre-systemic elimination)
Portion of oral drugs may be eliminated before systemic absorption due to rapid drug biotransformation
by liver enzymes.
Measure absolute bioavailability (F). If F < 1  some drug was eliminated before systemic absorption.
Common for drug with high liver extraction ratio.
If ↑ first-pass effect  ↑ dose (e.g. propranolol, penicillin), different route (e.g. nitroglycerin, insulin), or
modified dosage form (e.g. mesalamine).
Non-compartment models
Some PK parameters can be estimated with non-compartment methods using comparison of the AUCs.
Mean residence time (MRT): average time for the drug molecules to reside in the body. Called Mean
Transit Time or Sojourn Time. It depends on the route of administration. Assumes elimination from the
central compartment. MRT = total residence time of all drug molecules in the body / total number of drug
molecules.
Mean absorption time (MAT): difference between MRT and MRTIV and an extravascular route.
Clearance: volume of plasma cleared of the drug per unit time.
Steady-state volume of distribution (Vss): amount of drug in the body at steady sate and the average
steady-state drug concentration.
Clinical pharmacokinetics
The application of PK principles to the rational design of an individualized dosage regimen.
Objectives: maintenance of an optimum drug concentration at the receptor site to produce effect for the
desired period, and minimization of SE.
Toxicokinetics
Application of PK principles to the design, conduct, and interpretation of drug sate evaluation studies.
Used to validate dose-related exposures in animals in preclinical drug development to predict human
toxicity.
Clinical toxicology: study of SE of drugs and poisons. PK in intoxicated patient (↑↑ dose) may be very
different from a patient taking therapeutic doses.
Population pharmacokinetics
Study of sources and correlation of variability in drug concentration in the target patient population.
Includes PK and non-PK parameters such as age, gender, weight, creatinine clearance, concomitant
disease.
7. Bioavailability and bioequivalence
Definitions
Bioavailability: measurement of the rate and extent to which the active moiety becomes available at the
site of action. It is also the rate and extent of active drug that is systemically absorbed.
Bioequivalent drug products: a generic drug product is considered bioequivalent to the reference brand
drug product if both products are pharmaceutical equivalents and have statistically the same
bioavailability for the same dose, in the same chemical form, similar dosage form, by same route of
administration, under same experimental conditions.
Generics: requires abbreviated NDA for FDA approval after patent expiration. Must be a therapeutic
equivalent but may differ in shape, scoring, packaging, excipients, expiration dates, labeling.
Pharmaceutical equivalents: drug product that contain the same active drug, same salt, ester or
chemical form, same dosage form, identical in strength and route of administration. May differ in release
mechanism, shape, scoring, packaging, excipients.
Reference drug product: usually the currently marketed brand name with full NDA and patent protection.
Therapeutic equivalent drug products: are pharmaceutical equivalents that can be expected to have
the same clinical effect and safety profile under same conditions.
Pharmaceutical alternatives: are drug products that contain the same therapeutic moiety but are
different salts, ester or complexes or are different strength or dosage forms (tablet vs cap, instant release
vs SR).
Bioavailability and bioequivalence
Acute pharmacologic effect
Examples: change in heart rate, blood pressure, ECG, clotting time, Forced Expiratory Volume (FEV1).
Alternative to plasma concentration when that is not possible or inappropriate. Measure effect vs. time.
Onset time: time from drug administration till achieving the minimum effective concentration (MEC) at the
receptor site as evidenced by pharmacological response. Intensity: proportional to the # of receptors
occupied by the drug up to a maximum pharmacological effect, which may occur before, at or after peak
drug absorption. Duration of action: time for which the drug concentration remains above MEC.
Therapeutic window: concentration between the MEC and minimum toxic concentration (MTC). As
concentration ↑  other receptor interactions lead to SE. In vitro test (e.g. dissolution) can be used
instead if statistical correlation to in vivo data has been established. Example: dermato-PK for topical
drugs for local effect.
Plasma drug concentration
Most common method for measuring systemic bioavailability.
Time for peak plasma concentration (Tmax): relates the rate constant for drug absorption and
elimination. Absorption depends on the dosage form and formula, while elimination is only drug
dependent.
Peak plasma concentration (Cmax): Cmax at Tmax relates to the intensity of pharmacological response.
Ideally Cmax should be within the therapeutic window.
AUC vs time: relates the amount or extent of systemic drug absorption. AUC is calculated using the
trapezoidal rule, expressed as mg.hr/ml
Urinary drug excretion
Accurate method if the active moiety is excreted unchanged in ↑ quantities in urine. Cumulative amount
of active drug excreted in urine is related to extent of systemic drug absorption. Rate of drug
excretion is related to rate of systemic absorption. Time for complete excretion relates to the total time
for complete systemic absorption and excretion.
Relative and absolute bioavailability
Relative bioavailability: systemic availability of the drug from a dosage form as compared to reference
standard given by the same route. It is a ratio of the AUCs (maximum is 1 or 100%). Very important for
generic bioequivalence studies.
Absolute bioavailability (F): fraction of drug that is systemically absorbed. It’s the ratio of AUC for oral
dosage form / AUC for IV. A parenteral IV drug solution has F = 1.
Bioequivalence for solid dosage forms
Design of bioequivalence studies
Guidance provided by Division of Bioequivalence, Office of Generic Drugs, FDA. All studies are done
with healthy subjects.
Fasting study: blood samples are taken at zero time, and appropriate intervals to obtain adequate
description of concentration vs. time profile.
Food intervention study: required if bioavailability is known to be affected by food. Give products
immediately after a standard high fat content breakfast.
Multiple dose steady-state study: required for extended release products in addition to single-dose
fasting and food intervention study. Measure three consecutive days of trough concentrations (Cmin) to
ascertain steady state. Last morning dose is given after overnight fast, continue fasting for 2 hours. Take
blood samples.
In vitro bioequivalence waiver: a comparative in vitro dissolution may be used instead for some
immediate release oral dosage forms. No bioequivalence study is required for certain solution products
(oral, parenteral, ophthalmic).
PK data evaluation
Single dose studies: calculate AUC to last quantifiable concentration, AUC to infinity, Tmax, Cmax,
elimination rate constant (K), elimination half life (t1/2).
Multiple dos studies: steady state AUC, AUC to last quantifiable concentration, Tmax, Cmax, Cmin, %
fluctuation (Cmax-Cmin / Cmin).
Statistical data evaluation
Drug considered bioequivalent if difference from reference is < -20% or +25%. ANOVA is done on log
transformed AUC and Cmax data. The 90% confidence interavals of the means of AUC and Cmax should
be 80-125% of the reference product.
Drug production selection
Generic drug substitution
It’s dispensing generic drug in place the prescribed product. The substituted drug has to be a therapeutic
equivalent.
Prescribability: current basis for FDA approval of therapeutic equivalent generic product. It’s
measurement of average bioequivalence where test and reference population means are statistically the
same.
Switchability: assures that the substituted product produces the same response in the individual patient.
It’s the measurement of the individual bioequivalence including intra-subject variability and subject-byformulation effects.
Therapeutic substitution
The process of dispensing a therapeutic alternative. For example: dispensing amoxicillin for ampicillin.
The substituted drug is usually in the same therapeutic class (e.g. calcium channel blockers) and is
expected to have a similar clinical profile.
Formulary issues
A formulary is a list of drugs. Positive formulary: lists all drugs that may be substituted. Negative
formulary: lists drugs which can’t be substituted. Restrictive formulary: lists only drugs that may be
reimbursed without justification by the prescriber. States provide guidance for drug product selection
through formulary.
FDA annually publishes Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations (the “Orange
Book”). It is also published in the USP/DI Volume III.
Orange Book Codes: A Rated: drug products that are considered therapeutically equivalent. B Rated:
drug products that are not considered therapeutically equivalent. AB Rated: products meeting
bioequivalence requirements.
8. Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry
Organic chemistry
Functional groups affect hydrophilicity, lipophilicity, reactivity, shelf life, stability, biotransformation,
metabolism.
Alkanes
Also called paraffins, saturated hydrocarbons.
General formula: R-CH2-CH3. Lipid soluble.
Common reactions: halogenation, combustion.
Chemically inert to air, heat, light, acids, bases. Stable in vivo.
Alkenes
Also called olefins, unsaturated hydrocarbons.
General formula: R-CH=CH2. Lipid soluble.
Common reactions: addition of hydrogen or halogen, hydration (to form glycols), oxidation (to form
peroxides).
Volatile alkenes and peroxides may explode in presence of O2 and spark
Stable in vivo. Hydration, peroxidation, reduction may occur.
Aromatic hydrocarbons
Based on benzene. Exhibit multicenter bonding. Lipid soluble.
Common reactions: halogenation, alkylation, nitration, sulfonation.
Chemically stable.
In vivo: hydroxylation, diol formation.
Alkyl halides
Halogenated hydrocarbons. General formula: R-CH2-X.
Lipid soluble. ↑ degree of halogenation  ↑ Solubility.
Common reactions: dehyro-halogenation, nucleophilic substitution.
Stable on the shelf. Not readily metabolized in vivo.
Alcohols
Contains OH group. May be primary (R-CH2-OH), secondary (R1/R2-CH-OH), or tertiary (R1/R2/R3-COH).
Alcohols are lipid soluble.
Low molecular weight alcohols are water soluble. ↑ hydrocarbon chain length  ↓ water solubility.
Common reactions: oxidation, esterification.
Oxidation: primary alcohol  aldehyde  acid. Secondary alcohol  ketone. Tertiary alcohol  not
oxidized.
Stable on shelf. In vivo: oxidation, sulfation, glucuronidation.
Phenols
Aromatic compounds containing OH groups directly connected to aromatic ring. Monophenols  one OH.
Catechols  two OH.
Phenol (carbolic acid): water soluble. ↑ ring substitution  ↓ water solubility. Most phenols are lipid
soluble.
Common reactions: with strong bases to form phenoxide ion, esterification with acids, oxidation to form
colored quinones.
On the shelf: oxidation with air or ferric ions.
In vivo: sulfation, glucuronidation, aromatic hydroxylation, o-methylation.
Ethers
General formula: R-O-R.
Lipid soluble. Partially water soluble. ↑ hydrocarbon chain  ↓ water solubility.
Common reaction: oxidation to form peroxides (may explode).
In vivo: o-dealkylation. Stability ↑ with size of alkyl group.
Aldehydes
General formula: R-CHO (contains a carbonyl group C=O).
Lipid soluble. Low molecular weight aldehytes are also water soluble.
Common reactions: oxidation (to acids, in vivo and in vitro) and acetal formation.
Ketones
General formula: R-CO-R (contains a carbonyl group C=O).
Lipid soluble. Low molecular weight ketones are also water soluble.
Nonreactive and very stable on the shelf.
In vivo: some oxidation or reduction.
Amines
Contain an amino group (-NH2). Primary (R-NH2), secondary (R1/R2-NH), tertiary (R1/R2/R3-N),
quaternary (R1/R2/R3/R4-N+ X-).
Lipid soluble. Low molecular weight amines  water solubility. ↑ branching  ↓ water solubility (primary
amines and most soluble). Quaternary amines (ionic) and amine salts are water soluble.
Common reactions: oxidation (air oxidation on shelf), salt formation with acids. Aromatic amines are ↓
basic  ↓ reactive with acids.
In vivo: glucuronidatin, sulfation, methylation. 1ry oxidative deaminatin. 12y/2ry  acetylation.
2ry/3ry  dealkylation.
Carboxylic acids
General formula: R-COOH (Carboxyl group –COOH).
Lipid soluble. Low molecular weight acid and Na/K salts  water soluble.
Common reactions: salt formation with bases, esterification, decarboxylation.
Very stable on shelf. In vivo: conjugation (with glucuronic acid, glycine, glutamine), beta oxidation.
Esters
General formula (R-COOR).
Lipid soluble. Low molecular weight esters are slightly water soluble.
Common reaction: hydrolysis to form carboxylic acid and alcohol (in vivo by esterases / in vitro).
Amides
General formula: R-CONH2 or R-CONR1/R2 (lactam form).
Lipid soluble. Low molecular weight amides are slightly water soluble.
No common reactions. Very stable on shelf.
In vivo: enzymatic hydrolysis by amidases in the liver.
Biochemistry
Amino acid and proteins
Monomeric units of protein (peptide bonds). Formula: NH2-CH-R/-COOH. Proteins are made of 20 AA,
differ in R side chain (alpha (C)).
Protein hydrolysis to AAs by acids, bases, enzymes.
+
AA ionize (depending on pH) to zwitterions structure (NH3 -CH-COO /R)  ↓ water solubility, ↑ melting
point.
Levels of protein structure: primary, secondary (alpha/beta), 3ry, 4ry.
Carbohydrates
Polyhydroxy aldehydes or ketones
Monosaccharides: simple single unit sugars, e.g., glucose, fructose.
Oligosaccharides: short chains of monosaccharides joined covalently, e.g. sucrose (has to convert into
glucose, fructose before GI absorption), maltose (hydrolyzed by maltase into 2x glucose), lactose (milk
sugar, has to convert into galactose, glucose before GI absorption).
Polysaccharides: long chains of monosaccharides, e.g., cellulose, glycogen.
Pyrimidines and purines
Bases  bond with ribose  nucleosides  bond with phosphoric acid  nucleotides  building blocks
of nucleic acid.
Exhibit tautomerism (isomerism): can be keto or enol.
Pyrimidines bases: cytosine, uracil, thymine.
Purine bases: adenine, guanine
DNA bases: thymine, cytosine, adenine, guanine
RNA bases: uracil, cytosine, adenine, guanine.
Biopolymers
Enzymes
Linked amino acid chains (proteins)  catalysts for biological reactions. They reactions’ ↓ activation
energy but do not change reaction equilibrium point, are used up or changed in the reaction. May require
cofactors or coenzymes.
Cofactor: inorganic (metal ion) or nonprotein organic molecule. Prosthetic group: cofactor firmly bound
to apoenzyme (protein portion of a complex enzyme). Coenzymes: organic cofactor that is not firmly
bound but actively involved in catalysis. Holoenzyme: complete catalytically active enzyme system.
Lyases: removes functional group (deaminase, decarboxylase).
Ligases: bind two molecules (e.g. DNA ligase  2 nucleotides).
Isomerases: change DL, cistrans, vice versa.
Polysaccharides
Also called glycans. Long chain polymers of carbohydrates.
Homopolysaccharides: Contains one type of monomeric units. Starch  plant’s reserve food, two
glucose polymers (linear water soluble amylose, and branched water insoluble amylopectin), enzymatic
hydrolysis  maltose (glucose disaccharide). Glycogen  branched D-glucose chain, polysaccharide
storage in animal cells (liver, muscles). Cellulose  water soluble, in plant cell wall, linear D-glucose
chain, can’t be digested (hydrolyzed) by humans.
Heteropolysaccharides: contains two or more monomeric units. Heparin  acid mucopolysaccharide
with sulfate derivatives, contains glucosamine, in lung tissue, used to prevent clotting. Hyaluronic acid
 in bacterial cell wall, virteous humor, synovial fluid, contains glucosamine.
Nucleic acids
Linear polymers of nucleotides  pyrimidine and purine bases linked to ribose or deoxyribose sugars
(nucleosides) and bound to phosphate groups.
Phosphodiester bonds: join successive DNA / RNA nucleotides.
DNA: compared to RNA it lacks an OH group and contains T rather than U. (DT, RU).
DNA: two complementary alpha helical strands coiled to form double helix. Hydrogen bonding between
specific base pairs hold the strands together. Hydrophobic bases are on the inside of the helix.
Hydrophilic deoxyribose phosphate on the outside.
Backbone: alternating phosphate and pentose units with a purine or pyrimidine attached to each.
Strong acids associated with cellular cations and basic proteins (histones, protamines).
rRNA (ribosomal): in ribosomes.
mRNA (messenger): the template for protein synthesis  specifies the polypeptide amino acid
sequence.
tRNA (transfer): carries activated amino acids to ribosomes for incorporation to the growing polypeptide
chain.
Biochemical metabolism
Factors affecting metabolism: substrate concentration, enzymes, allosteric (regulatory) enzymes,
hormones, compartmentation.
Catabolism: degradation reactions that release energy for useful work (e.g. mechanical, osmotic,
biosynthetic).
Anabolism: biosynthetic (build-up) reactions that consumer energy to form new biochemical compounds
(metabolites).
Amphibolic pathways: may be used for anabolic or catabolic purposes. Example: Krebs cycle, it
breaks down metabolites to release 90% of the organism’s energy, but it also uses metabolites for form
compounds such as AA.
Bioenergetics
Substrate level phosphorylation: forms one unit of ATP per unit of metabolite, no oxygen required.
Oxidative phosphorylation: forms 2 or more ATP per unit of metabolite. Uses oxidoreductase enzymes
(e.g. dehydrogenases) using cofactors NAD (nicotinamide A dinucleotide) or FAD (flavin). Energy
released from the reaction is used to form ATP in the mitochondria.
Carbohydrate metabolism
Catabolism: releases energy from carbohydrates.
Glycogenolysis: breakdown of glycogen into glucose phosphate in the liver, skeletal muscles 
controlled by glucagon and epinephrine.
Glycolysis: breakdown of sugar phosphates (e.g. glucose, fructose, glycerol) into pyruvate (aerobically)
or lactate (anaerobically) to produce energy (ATP)
Anabolism: consumes energy to build complex from simple molecules
Glycogenesis: formation of glycogen in the liver and muscles from glucose in diet  controlled by insulin.
Gluconeogenesis: formation of glucose from noncarbohydrate sources (e.g. lactate, pyruvate).
Krebs cycle
Location: in the mitochondria. Absent in RBCs (no mitochondria)
Catabolism: converts pyruvate (glycolysis), acetyl CoA (fatty acid degradation) and amino acids  into
CO2 and water with release of energy. Oxygen dependent (aerobic).
Anabolism: forms amino acids (aspartate, glutamate) and heme ring from metabolites.
Electron transport: accept electrons and hydrogen from oxidation of Krebs cycle metabolites and
couples the energy released to make ATP.
Lipid metabolism
Catabolism
Triglycerides stores in fat cells (adipocytes) are hydrolyzed by hormone-sensitive lipases into three fatty
acids and glycerol
Fatty acids: broken down by beta oxidation to acetyl CoA  to Krebs cycle  breaks down to CO2,
water and energy release.
Ketogenesis: very rapid break down of fatty acids leading to formation of ketone bodies (as in DM).
Glycerol: enters glycolysis  oxidized to pyruvate  to Krebs cycle  CO2 and water.
Steroids: may be converted to bile acids, vitamin D, hormones.
Anabolism
Fatty acids: formed in the cytoplasm. Unsaturation occurs I the mitochondria or endoplasmic reticulum.
Essential fatty acids: linoleic acid (can not be synthesized, diet is only sources).
Terpenes: derived from acetyl CoA. Include: cholesterol, steroids, fat soluble vitamins (ADEK), bile acids.
Sphingolipids: forms a ceramide backbone with fatty acids. Joins with other compounds to form
cerebrosides, sphingomyelin
Phosphatidyl compounds: i.e. phosphatidyl choline (lecithin), ethanolamine.
Nitrogen metabolism
Catabolism
Amino acids: amino group is removed by transaminase. Carbon skeleton is broken down to acetyl CoA
or citric acid derivatives  oxidized to CO2 and water for energy. Glycogenic amino acids form glucose
as needed by guconeogenesis.
Purines: 90% is salvaged, 10% degrade to uric acid using xanthine oxidase.
Pyrimidines: breaks down to B-alanine, ammonia, CO2
Anabolism
Amino acids: from citric acid cycle intermediates. Essential AA: TIM (threonine, isoleucine, methionine),
HALL (histidine, arginine, lysine, leucine), PVT (phenylalanine, valine, tryptophan)  PVT TIM HALL
Purines / Pyrimidines: from aspartate, carbamoyl phosphate, CO2, other AA.
Nitrogen excretion
Excess nitrogen is toxic  must be eliminated, mainly as urea.
Urea synthesis: in the liver using the Krebs-Henseleit pathway. Amino acid  AA transferases
(transaminases) + pyridoxine (vitamin B6) as coenzyme  Ammonia  + glutamate  glutamine  +
CO2  carbamoyl phosphate  urea cycle  urea.
Uric acid synthesis: most purines are salvages. Remaining purines are excreted as uric acid.
9.
Microbiology
Taxonomy and nomenclature
Taxonomy
Classification or ordering into groups based on degree of relatedness.
Bacteria are named using the Linnaean or binomial system (genus species = homo sapiens = human)
Morphology
Cultural morphology
Based on size, shape and texture or colonies grown inj axenic (pure) cultures
Each colony originates from a Colony Forming Unit (CFU) consisting of a single cell or group of adherent
cells
Microscopic morphology
Based on size, shape and arrangement of bacterial cells
Stains
Bacteria are small and transparent  must be stained to be examined by light microscopy
Simple
Single dye colors the cells (e.g. gentian violet, safranin)
Gram
Gram-positive = purple
Gram-negative = pink
Acid-fast
Stains only cells that have an outer layer of a waxy lipid (acid-fast) not those lacking that layer (non acidfast)
Spore
Heat is used to facilitate the dye entering the spore
Capsule
Two dyes stain the cell and backgrounds allowing the visualization of the unstained capsular material
Bacterial cell shape and arrangement
Cocci (spherical)
-Chains (streptococci)
-Clusters (staphylocci)
-Pairs / diplococci (streptococcus pneumoniae)
-Packets
Bacilli Cylindrical rod-shaped (pseudomonads, Escherichia)
Coccobacilli (combination of small rods or flattened cocci)
Spirochetes (helical like a corkscrew)
Fusobacteria (tapered ends and slightly curved)
Filamentous (organisms are branching)
Vibrios (comma shaped)
Pleomorphic (exist in varied forms)
Other parameters
Presence or spores, capsules or slime layers
Mobility or type of flagella
Monotrichous = single flagella at either pole
Amphitrichous = flagellum at both poles
Lophotrichous = flagella at either or both poles
Peritrichous = flagella distributed evenly all around
Structure of the prokaryotic cell
Overview
Small and simple in design
Less complex inside, more complex outside
Lack a true nucleus, nuclear membrane or intracytoplasmic membraneous organelles (e.g., endoplasmic
reticulum)
Cytoplasm is immobile (no endo or exocytosis)
Multiply asexually by binary fission (no mitosis)
Protein synthesis mediated by 70s not 80s ribosomes
Genetic materialsingle supercoiled circular strand of DNA (nucleoid)
External structures
Capsule and slime layer
Flagella
Pili (fimbriae)
Cell wall periplasmic space and cytoplasmic membrane
Internal structures
Microbial physiology
Metabolism and energy production
Genetics
10. Immunology
11. Biotechnology
12. Principles of PD / Med Chemistry
Effects of drugs
Drug action is the results of interaction between drug molecules and cellular components (receptors) 
modulate ongoing cellular processes  alteration of function.
Drug receptor: any macromolecular component
Physiological receptors: receptors for endogenous ligands. Example: adrenergic receptors for
catecholamines.
Agonist: drugs that resemble the effects of endogenous molecules. Example: bethanechol stimulates
cholinergic receptors.
Pharmacologic antagonists: drugs that lack intrinsic activity and produce effects by ↓ action of
endogenous molecules at receptors. Competitive: propranolol competes with catecholamines at beta
receptors. Noncompetitive: MAO irreversible inhibitor tranylcypromine.
Partial antagonist: inhibits endogenous ligand from binding to the receptor but has some intrinsic activity.
Example: nalorphine on opiate receptors.
Physiological antagonism: drug acts independently at different receptor to produce opposing action.
Example: epinephrine and acetylcholine.
Neutralizing antagonism: two drugs bind to each other to form inactive compound. Example: digoxinbinding antibody sequesters digoxin.
Mechanisms of drug action
Cell surface receptors: can be proteins, glycoproteins or nucleic acids. Can be located at the cell
surface, cytoplasm, or inside the nucleus. Receptor binding is very specific. Interactions: van der Waals,
ionic, hydrogen, covalent  influence duration and reversibility of drug action. Interaction depends on
chemical structure of drug and receptor.
Signal transduction by cell-surface receptors: drug receptor binding triggers signal through second
messenger or effector in the cycoplasm. Example: isoproterenol binds beta receptor (coupled to
adenylate cyclase via stimulatory G protein) ↑ cAMP. Second messengers may cause change in
protein synthesis.
Signaling mediated by intracellular receptors: drugs bind to soluble DNA-binding protein cytoplasmic
receptors  regulate gene transcription. Examples: thyroid hormone, steroid hormones, vitamin D,
retinoids.
Target cell desensitization / hypersensitization: cellular protective mechanisms exist to maintain
homeostasis and prevent overstimulation / understimulation of target cells. Down regulation: occur due
to continuous prolonged drug exposure  ↓ receptor #. Desensitization: is the result of down regulation.
Effect of subsequent drug exposure is ↓. Example: chronic albuterol use  down regulation of beta
receptors  tolerance. Heterogenous desensitization: nonspecific desensitization by altering
components of the signaling pathway. Hyperactivity/hypersensitivity: due to long term exposure to
antagonists followed by abrupt cessation  new receptor synthesis  upregulation.
Pharmacologic effects not mediated by receptors: Colligative drug effects lack requirement for
specific structures. Examples: volatile general anesthetics are lipophilic  interact with cell membrane
lipid bilayer  ↓ excitability. Cathartics (mg sulfate, sorbitol)  ↑ osmolarity of intestinal fluids.
Antimetabolites: structural analogs of endogenous compounds  incorporated into cellular components,
examples: methotrexate, 5-fluorouracil, cytarabine. Antacids: such as Al hydroxide, Ca carbonate, Mg
hydroxide act by ionic interaction to ↓ gastric acidity
Concentration-effect relationship
↑ dose  ↑ concentration at site of action  ↑ effect  up to a ceiling.
Quantal dose-response curve: # of patients exhibiting a defined response by specific drug dose. Bell
shaped.
Graded dose-response curve: magnitude of drug effect vs. drug dose. Efficacy is measured by the
maximum effect. Potency compared different molar doses of different drugs needed to produce the
same effect.
Log dose-response curve: drug effect vs. log dose. Used to compare efficacy and potency of different
drugs with same mechanism of action (same slope). Efficacy; determined by the height of the curve
(Emax). Potency: compared using ED50 (dose producing 50% of Emax). Competitive antagonist:
parallel shift to the right, same Emax is achieve but at ↑ dose. Noncompetitive antagonist: nonparallel
shift to the right, lower Emax (action cannot overcome if more agonist is present).
Enhancement of drug effect
Addition: two different drugs with same effect  cumulative effect. Example: trimethoprim and
sulfamethoxazole inhibit two different steps in folic acid synthesis  ↓↓ bacterial growth.
Synergism: two different drug with same effect  effect is ↑ than cumulative sum. Example: penicillin
and gentamicin against pseudomonas.
Potentiation: one drug with no effect alone will ↑ effect of another active drug. Example: carbidopa
(inactive dopa analog) ↓ degradation of levodopa.
Selectivity of drug action
Therapeutic index: TD50/ED50 (median toxic dose / median effective dose).
Margin of safety: minimum toxic dose for 0.1% of population (TD0.1) / minimum effective dose for 99.9%
of population (ED99.9). More practical
Drug sources and major classes
Natural products
Alkaloids (x-ine): plant-derived nitrogen containing compounds. Alkaline. Examples: morphine (opium
poppy), atropine (belladonna), colchicine (autumn crocus, neutral).
Peptides / polypeptides: polymers of amino acids. From humans or animals. Smaller than proteins.
No oral activity, short half life. Example: somatostatin, glucagon.
Steroids: from humans or animal. Estradiol, testosterone, hydrocortisone.
Hormones: chemicals formed in one organ and carried in the blood to another. Mostly steroids or
proteins. Made synthetically, by recombinant DNA (insulin) or from animals (thyroid, conjugated
estrogens).
Glycosides: sugar moiety bound to non-sugar (aglycone) moiety by glycosidic bond. From plant
(digitoxin) or microbial (streptomycin, doxorubicin).
Vitamins: Water soluble: B1 (thiamine), B2 (riboflavin), B3 (niacin), B6 (pyridoxine), B12
(cyanocobalamin), C (ascorbic acid), folic acid, pantothenic acid, H (biotic). Lipid soluble: A (retinol), D
(ergocalciferol), E (alpha-tocopherol), K (phytonadione).
Polysaccharides: polymers of sugar from animals or humans (heparin).
Antibiotics: penicillin, tetracycline, doxorubicin.
Synthetic products
Drugs synthesized from organic compounds. May have chemical structure resembling active natural
products (hydroxymorphone  morphine, ampicillin  penicillin).
Peptidomimetics: molecules with no peptide bonds, molecular weight < 700, activity similar to original
peptide (e.g. losartan).
Drug action and physiochemical properties
Drugs must enter and be transported by body fluids. Drugs must pass membrane barriers, escape ↑
distribution to site of loss, penetrate to active site, be removed from active site, metabolized to a form
easily excreted.
Drug polarity: relative measure of lipid and water solubility. Measured in Partition Coefficient: ratio of
solubility in organic solvent to solubility in aqueous solvent (log value).
Water solubility: depends on ionic character and hydrogen ion bonding. Nitrogen and oxygen
containing functional groups  ↑ water solubility. Required for GI dissolution, parenteral solutions,
ophthalmic solutions, good urine concentration.
Lipid solubility: ↑ by nonionizable hydrocarbon chains and ring systems. Required for penetrating GI
lipid barrier, penetrating BBB, IM depot injectables.
Ionization constant (Ka): indicates the relative strength of acids and bases. Expressed in negative log
(pKa).
Strong acids: HCl, H2SO4, HNO3 (nitric), HClO4 (perchloric), HBr, HIO3 (iodic).
Strong bases: NaOH, KOH, MgOH2, CaOH2, BaOH2, quaternary ammonium hydroxides.
Weak acids: organic acids containing carboxylic (-COOH), phenolic (Ar-OH), sulfonic (-SO2H),
sulfonamide (-SO2NH-R), imide (-CO-NH-CO-), beta carbonyl (-CO-CHR-CO-) groups.
Weak bases: organic bases containing amino groups (1ry –NH2, 2ry -NHR, 3ry –NR2) and saturated
heterocyclic nitrogen. Aromatic or unsaturated heterocyclic nitrogen are very weak bases  do not form
salts.
Le Chatelier’s priniciple governs ionization (weak acid at ↓ pH  ↓ ionization  cross lipid membranes).
Rule of nines: |pH-pKa|=1  90:10 (1 nine), |pH-pKa|=2  99:1 (2 nines).
Salts: virtually all salts are strong electrolytes. Inorganic salts: made by combining drugs with inorganic
acids or bases (HCl, NaOH). Salt form has ↑ water solubility  ↑ dissolution. Organic salts: made by
combining acidic and basic organic molecules  ↑ lipid solubility  depot injections (e.g. penicillin
procaine). Amphoteric salts: contain acidic and basic functional groups  form internal salts or
zwitterions  solubility problems.
Neutralization reaction: e.g., occur when an acidic solution of an organic salt is mixed with a basic
solution. The nonionized organic acid or base will ppt  IV drug incompatibility.
Drugs whose cation ends with –onium or –inium and anoic is Cl, Br, I, nitrate, sulfate (e.g. benzalkonium
chloride, cetylpyridinium chloride) are quaternary ammonium salts  neural solution in water.
Structure and pharmacologic activity
Drug structure specificity
Structurally non-specific drugs: drug interaction with cell membrane depends more on the drug’s
physical properties than on its chemical structure. Interaction usually depends on cell membrane’s lipid
nature and drug’s lipid attraction. Examples: general anesthetics, some hypnotics, some bactericidal
agents.
Structurally specific drugs: pharmacologic activity depends on drug binding to specific endogenous
receptors.
Drug receptor binding
Receptor site theories: Lock-key theory: over-simplification that assumes a complete complementary
relationship between drug and receptor. Induced fit theory: also assumes a complete complementary
relationship between drug and receptor but provides for mutual conformational changes between drug
and receptor, it can explain phenomenon of allosteric inhibition. Occupational theory of response:
further postulates that intensity of pharmacologic response is proportional to number of occupied
receptors.
Receptor site binding: ability of a drug to bind to specific receptor is mostly determined by its chemical
structure not physical properties. Chemical reactivity influences its bonding ability and exactness of fit to
the receptor. Drug interaction is similar to fitting a jigsaw puzzle pieces, only drugs of similar shape and
chemical structure can bind and producer response. Usually only a portion of the drug molecule is
involved in receptor binding. Pharmacophore: functional group that is critical for receptor interaction.
Drugs with similar pharmacophores may have similar qualitative but not quantitative activity. Agonist:
good receptor fit  ↑ affinity  ↑ response. Antagonist: drug with some binding but no pharmacophore
 no response but it blocks other drugs from binding.
Stereochemistry
Types of stereoisomers: optical, geometric, conformational.
Optical isomers: contains at least one chiral (asymmetric) carbon (four different substitutes).
Enantiomers: optical isomers that are mirror image of each other, identical physical and chemical
properties, potentially different potency, receptor fit, activity, metabolism, etc. One enantiomer rotate the
plane of polarized light clockwise (dextro, D, +), the other counter clockwise (Leve, L, -). Example:
dextrorphanol  narcotic analgesic and antitussive, levorphanl  only antitussive. Racemic mixture:
equal mixgture of D and L enantiomers, optically inactive.
Diastereomers: stereoisomers which are neither mirror image, nor superimposable. Drug must have a
minimum of 2 chiral centers. Different physicochemical properties (solubility, volatility, melting point).
Epimers: special type of diastereomers, compounds are identical in all aspects except stereochemistry
around one chiral center. Epimerization is important for drug degradation and inactivation.
Geometric (cis-trans) isomers: occurs due to restricted rotation around a chemical bond (double bond,
rigid ring system). Cis-trans are not mirror images, have different physicochemical and pharmacologic
properties, because functional groups can be separated by different distances  not equal fit to receptors.
If functional groups are pharmacophores  different biologic activity. Example: cis-diethylstilbestrol has
7% estrogenic activity of trans-diethylstilbestrol.
Conformational isomers (rotamers, conformers): non-superimposable molecule orientations due to
atoms rotation around single bonds. Common for most drugs, allows drugs to bind to multiple receptors.
Example: Ach 2-forms: transmuscarinic, gauche  nicotinic
Bioisosteres: molecules containing groups that are spatially and electronically equivalent, same
physicochemical properties. Isosteric replacement of functional groups  alter metabolism  ∆
potency, SE, activity, duration of action (e.g. procainamide, an amide, has longer duration of action than
procaine, an ester). Isosteric analogs: may act as antagonists (e.g. alloxanthine is a xanthine oxidase
inhibitor, compared to its isostere, xanthine, the enzyme substrate).
Mechanisms of drug action
Interaction with receptors
Agonists: have both affinity and intrinsic activity with the receptor.
Partial agonists: interact with same receptors but with similar affinity but lower intrinsic activity  ↓
response.
Pharmacologic antagonists: bind to the same receptor as the agonist but with no intrinsic activity. Can
be reversible, irreversible, competitive, noncompetitive (like enzyme inhibitors).
Chemical antagonists: two compounds react  inactivation of both. Example: heparin (acidic
polysaccharide) with protamine (basic protein), chelating agents as metal poisoning antidotes (EDTA for
calcium / lead, penicillamine for copper, dimercaprol for mercury / gold / arsenic).
Functional / physical antagonists: produce antagonistic physiologic actions by binding at separate
receptors. Example: acetylcholine, NEp.
Interaction with enzymes
Activation
Due to ↑ enzyme protein synthesis.
Examples: barbiturates, antiepileptics (phenytoin), rifampin, antihistamines, griseofulvin, oral
contraceptives.
Mechanism: by allosteric binding or coezymes such as vitamins (esp vitamin B complex), cofactors
(Na, , Mg, Ca, Zn, Fe).
Inhibition
Due to interaction with the apoenzyme, coenzyme or enzyme.
Reversible inhibition: results from non-covalent interaction. Equilibrium exists between bound and free
drug.
Irreversible inhibition: results from covalent stable interaction.
Competitive inhibition: occurs when there is a mutually exclusive binding of the substrate and inhibitor.
Noncompetitive inhibition: occurs when the drug binds to an allosteric site on the enzyme.
Interaction with DNA/RNA
Inhibition of nucleotide biosynthesis: caused by folate, purine, pyrimidine antimetabolites. Folic acid
analogs: e.g. methotrexate, trimetrexate, ↓ dihydrofolate reductase  ↓ purine, thymidylate. Purine
analogs: e.g. 6-mercaptopurine, thioguanine, act as antagonists in the purine bases synthesis.
Pyrimidine analog: e.g. 5-fluorouracil, ↓ thymidine synthase.
Inhibition of RNA/DNA biosynthesis: due to interference with nucleic acid synthesis. Use mainly as
antineoplastic agents (Cancer chapter).
Inhibition of protein synthesis
Tetracyclines: ↓ tRNA binding to ribosomes and block release of completed peptides from ribosomes.
Erythromycin, chloramphenicol: bind to ribosomes, ↓ peptidyl transferase, ↓ formation of peptide bond,
↓ peptide chain formation
Aminoglycosides: binding to ribosomes  formation of abnormal protein, ↓ addition of AAs to peptide
chain, misreading of mRNA tempelate  incorporation of incorrect AAs in peptide chain.
Interaction with cell membranes
Digitalis glycosides: ↓ cell membrane Na-K pump  ↓ K influx, ↓ Na outflow.
Quinidine: prolong polarized and depolarized states of membrane potential in myocardial membranes.
Local anesthetics: interfere with membrane permeability to Na-K  block impulse conduction in nerve
cell membranes.
Polyene antifungals: e.g. nystatin, amphotericin B, alter membrane permeability.
Antibiotics: e.g. polymyxin B, colistin, alter membrane permeability
Acetylcholine: ↑ membrane permeability to cations.
Proton pump inhibitors: ↓ H+/K+ pump in parietal cell membranes  ↓ efflux of protons to the stomach.
Nonspecific action
Form monomolecular layer over entire areas of cells. Large dose is given. Examples: volatile general
anesthetic gases (ether, nitrous oxide), some depressants (ethanol, chloral hydrate), antiseptics (phenol,
rubbing alcohol).
13. Autonomic and Central Nervous Systems
Receptor summary tables
Inhibitory receptors
Types: M2, Alpha-2, D2, GABA, Opioid (mu,
delta, kappa)
Action: ↓ cAMP, ↑ K conductance, ↓ Ca
conductance, ↑ Cl conductance (GABA)
Mechanism
Ganglion blocker
↓ neurotransmitter synthesis
↓ neurotransmitter release
↑ neurotransmitter release
↓ neurotransmitter storage
↓ neurotransmitter metabolism
Organ / tissue
Heart
Arterioles
Eye
Lung
Urinary bladder
Intestine
Uterus
Fat (adipose) tissue
Glands
Receptor
B1
M
Alpha-1
Beta-2
Alpha-1
M
Beta-2
M
Alpha-1
M
Alphabeta
Apha-1
M
Alpha-1
Beta-2
Beta-3
M
Excitatory receptors
Types: M1, Nicotinic, Alpha1, Beta-1, D1,
Glutamate, H1-2.
Action: ↑ cAMP, ↓ K conductance, ↑ Ca
(cation) conductance, ↑ IP3/DAG
Adrenergic
Cholinergic
Hexamethonium, mecamylamine
Bretylium, guanethidine
Botulinum toxin
Amphetamine, tyramine
Reserpine
Cocaine, desipramine
Not a major mechanism
Pargyline (MAOAI), selegiline
Neostigmine, physostigmine
(MAOBI), tolcapone (COMTI)
Action
↑ conduction velocity, ↑ contraction rate /force
↓ conduction velocity, ↓ contraction rate /force
Constricts cerebra, cutaneous, visceral arterioles
Dilates skeletal muscle arterioles
Iris contracts  mydriasis
Sphincter / ciliary contraction  miosis
Relaxes bronchial / tracheal muscles
Contraction, ↑ secretions
Contracts sphincter muscles
Relax sphincters, contracts smooth muscles.
↓ peristalsis
Contracts sphincter
↑ motility (perisalsis), relax sphincters, ↑ secretions
Contraction
Relaxation
Adipolysis, mobilize fatty acids
↑ secretions (eye, sweat, saliva, nasal)
Adrenergic agonists
Direct-acting agonists: Examples: Ep, NEp, terbutaline, dobutamine, naphazoline. Alpha agonist:
phenhylephrine. Beta agonist: isoproterenol
Catecholamine (Ep, NEp) synthesis: Tyrosinse  tyrosine hydroxylase  DOPA  dopa decaroxylase
 dopamine  dopamine hydroxylase  NEp  Ep.
Catecholamine deactivation: methylation by catechol O-methyltransferase (COMT) and oxidative
deamination by monoamine oxidase (MAO).
Indirect acting agonists (sympathomimetics): Chemically related to catecholamines. Act by ↑
neurotransmitter release. Examples: amphetamine, tyramine, ephedrine.
Post-junctional alpha-1: Location: iris, arteries, veins, hair follicle muscles, heart, GI sphincters.
Agonist effect: vasoconstriction, smooth muscle contraction. Examples: phenylephrine.
Pre-junctional alpha-2: Effect: ↓ neurotransmitter release, lipolysis, platelet aggregation. Examples:
clonidine, methylnorepinephrine.
Beta-1: Location: heart. Effect: ↑ force / rate of contraction. Examples: dobutamine.
Beta-2: Location: bronchial / vascular smooth muscles. Effect: smooth muscle dilatation / relaxation.
Examples: albuterol, terbutaline.
Beta-3: Location: fat cells. Effect: lipolysis (for obesity).
Epinephrine: medullary hormone, stimulate all receptors (alpha1-2, beta1-2). Use: treat bronchospasm,
hypersensitivity / anaphylactic reactions, ↑ duration effect of local anesthetics (SC), restore cardiac
activity in cardiac arrest, glaucoma (topically, vasoconstriction  ↓ aqueous humor production).
Norepinephrine: adrenergic neurotransmitter, stimulate alpha1-2, beta-1 (weak beta-2).
Phenylephrine: alpha-1 agonist. Use: pressor in hypotensive emergency, ↑ duration effect of local
anesthetics, nasal decongestion
Alpha-1 agonists for nasal decongestion: phenylephrine, oxymetazoline, xylometazoline,
phenylpropanolamine
Alpha-2 agonists (clonidine, methyldopa, guanfacine, guanabenz): for ↑ BP. Clonidine is used to ↓
intraocular pressure during surgery.
Isoproterenol: beta1-2 agonist, bronchodilator, cardiac stimulant in cardiac shock / arrest.
Dobutamine: beta-1 agonist, improve heart function in CHF emergency.
Beta-2 agonists (albuterol, terbutaline, metaproterenol): systemic or local bronchodilators for asthma.
General SE: arrhythmias, pulmonary hypertension, edema, cerebral hemorrhage, rebound nasal
congestion, anxiety.
Adrenergic antagonists
Alpha blockers: include ergotamine, prazosin (alpha-1), phenoxybenzamine (nonselecive, irreversible),
tolazoline.
Beta blockers: similar structure to beta agonists. Examples: metoprolol (beta-1), propranolol
(nonselective).
Prazosin (x-azosin): vasodilation  for hypertension and BPH symptoms. SE: first dose syncope, de
BP, dizziness, drowsiness, palpitation, fluid retention, priapism (continuous penis erection).
Phenoxybenzamine / phentolamine: nonselective alpha blockers, treat vasospasm, acute hypertensive
emergency (e.g. pheochromocytoma, MAOI, sympathomimetics). SE: ↓ BP, tachycardia, ↓ ejaculation,
miosis, nasal congesion. Tolazoline: for neonatal pulmonary hypertension.
Labetolol: alpha-1 and beta1-2 blocker, for hypertension.
Propranolol: nonselective beta blocker, for prophylaxis of angina pectoris, ventricular arrhythmias,
migraine, for hypertension, ↓ heart rate in anxiety and hyperthyroidism. SE: bradycardia, CHF,
bronchoconstriction, ↑ triglycerides, ↓ HDL, depression. Sudden d/c is cadiotoxic.
B1 blockers (acetbutolol, metoprolol, atenolol): for hypetension, arrhythmia, angina.
For glaucoma: eye drops of timolol (B1-2 blocker) and betaxolol (B1 blocker).
Cholinegic agonists
Nicotinic receptors: Location: at postganglionic neuroeffector sites.
Muscarinic receptors: Location: at all autonomic ganglia and at the neuromuscular junction of somatic
nervous system.
Acetylcholine: endogenous neurotransmitter, very short half life (v. rapid hydrolysis by AChE), ester of
acetic acid and choline, very potent.
Direct acting agonists: structurally similar to acetylcholine but more resistant to AChE  longer duration.
Examples: methacholine, bethanecol. Use: non-obstructive urinary retention (bethanechol), glaucoma
(pilocarpine, miosis).
Indirect acting agonists: most are AChE inhibitors. Reversible inhibitors: most are carbamates
(carbamic acid esters), e.g. physostigmine, neostigmine, pyridostigmine. Irreversible inhibitors:
organophosphate esters, insecticides, nerve gas, e.g. isoflurophate, echothiophate. Use: glaucoma
(miosis), myasthenia gravis, hypercholinergic crisis (neuromuscular junction depolarization blockade),
anticholinergic toxicity.
General SE: bronchospasm, abdominal cramps, ↓ BP, syncope, ↓ heart rate, salivation, sweating,
lacrimation, miosis, flushing, tremors, diarrhea.
Cholinegic antagonists
Quaternary nitrogen: doesn’t pass BBB, e.g. ipratropium, glycopyrrolate, propantheline.
Tertiary nitrogen: pass BBB, e.g. benztropine, dicyclomine, pirenzepine, tropicamide.
Uses: ↓ gland / bronchial secretion before anesthesia (atropine, glycopyrrolate), induce sedation / ↓
motion sickness (scopolamine), ↓ vagal stimulation of the heart (atropine), produce mydriasis / cycloplegia
(homatropine), ↓ GI spasms (propantheline), asthma (ipratropium), Parkinson’s / extrapyramidal disorders
(benztropine, trihexyphenidyl), cholinergic toxicity (atropine).
Ganglionic blockers: e.g. mecamylamine, trimethaphan, for hypertensive crisis.
SE: mydriasis, ↑ intraocular pressure, blurred vision, dry mouth, constipation, urinary retention, fever,
nervousness, drowsiness, dizziness, tachycardia.
Neuromuscular blockers
Nondepolarizing (competitive) drugs
Examples (x-curine, x-curonium, x-curium): curare alkaloids (tubocurarine, metocurine, contain a
tertiary amine), and synthetic analogs (atracurium, doxacurium, mivacurium, pancuronium, vecuronium,
pipercuronium).
Mechanism: compete with ACh for nicotinic receptors at the NMJ  ↓ end-palate potential 
depolarization potential not reached. Action is overcome by ↑ dose cholinesterase inhibitor.
Uses:
SE: respiratory paralysis, histamine release, bronchospasm, tachycardia
Depolarizing (noncompetitive) drugs
Examples: succinyl choline (pseudo-cholinesterase metabolism  short action), galantamine. Contain
quaternary nitrogen.
Mechanism: desensitize nicotinic receptors at NMJ. React with nicotinic receptors  long (2 min)
depolarization of excitable membrane  ↓ receptor sensitivity  unresponsive. Similar effect to excess
ACh.
Uses:
SE: respiratory paralysis, painful muscle fasciculation, Muscarinic response (bradycardia, ↑ secretion,
cardiac arrest).
General anesthetics
Effect: depress CNS and induce reversible state of analgesia, amnesia, unconsciousness, ↓ sensory /
autonomic reflexes, skeletal muscle relaxation, loss of all sensation.
Ideal drug: rapid smooth induction and rapid recovery.
General SE: respiratory / CNS / CV depression. Halothane  ↑ sensitivity to catecholamines.
Volatile (inhalation) anesthetics:
Examples: simple lipophilic molecules, nitrous oxide (N2O, inorganic), halothane (halogenated HC),
ethers (x-flurane, methoxyflurane, isoflurane, desflurane, sevoflurane).
Mechanism: absorbed and excreted through the lungs. May be supplemented with analgesics (↓
anesthetic dose), skeletal muscle relaxants, antimuscarinics (↓ bronichial secretions during surgery).
Halothane  ↑ heart sensitivity to catecholamines, arrhythmia.
Nonvolatile (IV) anesthetics
Water soluble: Ultra-short acting barbiturates (thiopental), ketamine, BZD (diazepam, midazolam),
morphine, fentanyl, droperidol.
Imidazole: propylene glycol solution. Propofol: emulsion.
Use: induce drowsiness and relaxation before inhalational general anesthesia.
Local anesthetics
Most are structurally similar to cocaine.
Ester drugs: rapid hydrolysis by plasma esterases  short action. Examples: cocaine, procaine,
chloroprocaine, benzocaine, tetracaine.
Amide drugs: longer acting, liver metabolism. Examples: lidocaine, dibucaine, mepivacaine,
bupivacaine, etidoacione, prilocaine. (VELD)
Mechanism: block Na channels in nerve membrane  reversible block of nerve impulse conduction,
reversible loss of sensation, no loss of consciousness. At tissue pH  lipophilic, uncharged, 2ry or 3ry
amine form  diffuse through connective tissue and cell membrane  enter nerve cells  convert to
ionized charged ammonium cation active form  block generation of action potential  remain trapped in
cell (ionized  can’t cross cell membrane).
Epinephrine: mix with local anesthetic  vasoconstriction  ↓ blood flow  ↓ systemic absorption 
longer local effect, no systemic toxicity.
Use: regional nerve block for pain relief, anesthesia for minor operations, topical anesthesia (dyclonine
and pramoxine as throat lozenges and hemorrhoids cream), anesthesia for lower limb / pelvic / obstetric
surgery when injected in the epidural.
SE: systemic absorption  seizures, CNS / respiratory / myocardial depression.
Antipsychotics
Typical (classical) drugs: phenothiazines, thioxanthines (x-othixene, thiothixene, chlorprothixene),
butyrophenones (haloperidol).
Atypical (newer) drugs: clozapine, risperidone, pimozide, loxapine, molindone, quetapione, sertindole,
remoxipride. Advantages: more effective for negative symptoms, ↓ extrapyramidal SE.
Phenothiazines (x-omazine, x-perazine): chlorpromazine, triflupromazine, prochlorperazine,
trifluoperazine, fluphenazine, thioridazine. Fluphenazine esters (decanoate, enanthate)  very lipophilic
 very long acting.
Mechanism: block dopamine receptors in the brain (extrapyramidal SE). Other possible effects: H1,
alpha1, muscarinic. Atypical drugs: also serotonin antagonism.
SE: Central: drowsiness, extrapyramidal (akathesia, dystonia, akinesia, tardive dyskinesia), poikilothermy,
↑ appetite, weight gain, ↑ release of hormones. Peripheral: postural hypotension, reflex tachycardia,
impaired ejaculation, dry mouth, blurred vision, liver toxicity.
Antidepresseants / antimanics
MAO-I: phenelzine, isocarboxazid (↓ potent), tanylcypromine (↑ potent). Mechanism: block oxidative
deamination of brain biogenic amines (NEp, serotonin). Effect takes 3 weeks. Use: depression, phobic
anxiety, narcolepsy, ↑ SE  ↓ use. SE: CNS (stimulation, tremor, agitation, mania, insomnia), ↓ BP,
anticholinergic SE (constipation, dry mouth, urinary retention). DI: tyramine foods, sympathomimetic
drugs (hypertensive crises),
TCA: secondary or tertiary amines, x-ipramine, x-triptyline, x-pin (doxepin, amoxapine, dibenzoxazepine).
Mechanism: ↓ CNS re-reuptake of biogenic amines (Nep, serotonin). Also block beta, serotonin
receptors, ↓ reuptake. Use: depression, enuresis (bedwetting), obsessive-compulsion, anxiety. SE: CNS
(drowsiness, confusion), ↓ BP, tachycardia, anticholinergic SE, bone marrow depression, mania.
Atypical antidepressants: bupropion, trazadone, mefazadone, SSRI, venlafaxine. Mechanism: ↓ CNS
re-reuptake of biogenic amines. SE: similar to TCA + blurred vision, tinnitus, sex dysfunction.
Antimanics (mood stabilizers): lithium carbonate, valproic acid, carbamazepine. Mechanism: lithium ∆
transmembrane Na exchange, ∆ neurotransmitter release, ↓ inositol metabolism. Use: manic depression /
bipolar disease. SE: lithium causes ↑ urination, fine hand tremor (↓ with time).
Anxiolytics / sedative-hypnotics
Examples: BZD (diazepam, alprozlam, flurazepam, halazepam, oxazepam, prazepam, lorazepam,
chlordiazepoxide, clorazepate), buspirone, zolpidem.
Old drugs: barbiturates, hydroxyzine  no longer used due to ↑ risk of tolerance, dependence,
withdrawal reactions, and ↑ SE (↑ CNS depression).
Diazepam: not basic enough to form water soluble salt with acid  dissolve in propylene glycol for IV,
may ppt if mixed with water.
Barbiturates: derivatives of barbituric acid. Long / branched / unsaturated side chain  ↑ lipid solubility
 ↑ metabolism, ↓ onset, ↓ duration of action, ↑ potency. Phenobarbital (barbiturates)  strong
enzyme inducer. Weak acids, in overdose  alkalinize the urine  ↑ excretion.
BZD: Mechanism: GABA-ergic, ↑ chloride channel opening  ↑ chloride conduction  ↑ membrane
hyperpolarization. Also CNS depression (hypnotic, anesthetic, anticonvulsant, muscle relaxant, ↑ alcohol
depression). Use: anxiety, insomnia, pre-anesthesia, during acute alcohol withdrawal. SE: CNS
depression, ataxia, confusion, abuse / dependence.
Buspirone (x-pirone): Mechanism: bind to central dopamine, serotonin receptors. No CNS depression
(hypnosis, anti-convulsion, alcohol interaction, no abuse, no rebound anxiety). Use: anxiolytic (effect
takes a week). SE: headache, dizziness.
Zolpidem (Ambien): Mechanism: strong sedation but ↓ anxiolytic effect (for insomnia). Use: insomnia.
No abuse, rebound insomnia, or respiratory depression.
Barbiturate: Mechanism: similar to BZD. Use: Ultra-short acting barbiturates (thiopental): induce
anesthesia. Long acting barbiturates (phenobarb): antiepileptics. SE: hypnosis, drowsiness, nystagmus,
bradycardia, ↓ BP, anemia, liver toxicity, respiratory depression. DI: enzyme induction
Chloral hydrate: aldehyde prodrug. Use: induce sleep, pre-anesthesia. SE: toxic active cumulative
metabolite, CNS depression, ↑ alcohol effect, leukopenia. DI: enzyme induction
Antiepileptics
Older agents: long-acting barbiturates (phenobarb, mephobarb, metharbital, primidone), phenytoin
(hydantoin), succinimides (ethosuximide, phensuximide), valproic acid, trimethadione, dimethadione.
Newer agents: carbamazepine, BZD (diazepam, clonazepam, clorazepate), gabapentin (GABA analog),
lamotrigine, felbamate.
Pharmacology: ↓ or prevent excessive discharge and ↓ spread of excitation from CNS seizure center.
Phenytoin: ↑ Na efflux
Barbiturates, BZD, valproic acid: ↑ GABA-ergic inhibitory neuronal function.
Tonic-clonic (grand mal)  carbamazepine, pheytoin, phenobarb.
Uses:
Status epilepticus  diazepam, phenytoin, phenobarb
Absence (petit mal)  clonazepam, phenobarb, valpric acid
Myoclonic  clonazepam
Partial  gabapentin, lamotrigine, flebamate
Pscyhomotor  carbamazepine, phenytoin, phenobarb
General SE: CNS (drowsiness, confusion, diplobia, nystagmus), blood toxicity, allergy, Stevens-Johnson,
birth defects (no safe drugs here).
Phenytoin: gingival hyperplasia, arrhythmias.
IV barbiturates / BZD SE: CV collapse, respiratory depression
14. Autacoids
Autacoids are local autopharmacological agents or local hormones. May also function as
neurotransmitters (e.g. histamine, serotonin). Also include leukotrienes (discussed later).
Histamine
Chemistry: bioamine derived from dietary histidine. H1-antagonists: diphenhydramine, dimenhydrinate,
doxylamine, clemastine, meclizine, cyclizine, hydroxyzine, cyproheptadine, promethazine,
chlorpheniramine, brompheniramine, tripelennamine, pyrilamine. New H1 antagonists (loratadine,
desloratadine, fexofenadine, cetirizine, astemazole, acrivastine) are less sedating due to their inability to
cross BBB. H2-antagonists: ranitidine, cimetidine, famotidine, nizatidine.
Pharmacology: H1-receptors: allergic and anaphylactic responses (bronchoconstriction, vasodilation,
spasmodic GI smooth muscle contraction, ↑ capillary permeability, itching, pain). H2-receptors: ↑
secretion of gastric acid, pepsin, intrinsic factor.
Indications: exogenous histamine may be used for diagnosing gastric acid function (not very safe).
H1-blockers: ↓ allergy symptoms (seasonal rhinitis, conjunctivitis), common cold (rhinovirus) infection,
urticaria. Agents with ↑ anticholinergic effect (meclizine, cyclizine, dimenhydrinate, diphenhydramine):
motion sickness and vertigo nausea and vomiting. Promethazine: antiemetic. Hydoxyzine: mild anxiolytic.
H2-blockers: gastric hypersecrtion (ulcers, Zollinger-Ellison, GERD).
SE: H1-blockers: CNS (sedation, depression, fatigue, except in new agents), GI upset, anticholinergic
(dry mouth, constipation). Non-sedating H1-blockers: arrhythmia, especially with hepatic enzyme
inhibitors, grapefruit. H2-blockers: CNS (dizziness, confusion), liver / kidney damage, liver enzyme
inhibition (cimetidine), androgenic effects (cimetidine).
Serotonin
Chemistry: serotonin is 5-HT (5-hydroxytryptamine). Bioamine synthesized from tryptophan. Serotonin
agonists (triptans): idole derivatives of serotonin. Also cisapride, benzamide, ergot alkaloids
(ergonovine, dihydroergotamine, bromocriptine, methylsergide, partial agonists / antagonists). Serotonin
antagonists: ondasetron, granisetron.
Pharmacology: Serotonin: vasoconstriction, platelet aggregation, nausea / vomiting, anxiety,
depression, appetite, ↑ acetylcholine release. Serotonin agonists: Cisapride: releases Ach (treat GERD,
off market). Serotonin antagonists: prevents nausea / vomiting.
Indications: Agonists: drugs use the serotonin system to affect the CNS and modulate behavior
(dexfenfluramine as anorexiant, buspirone as anxiolytic, SSRI for depression). Triptans and ergots are
used for migraines. Ergots are used to postpartum hemorrhage (vasoconstriction uterine contraction).
Bromocriptine is used to prevent post partum breast enlargement. Antagonists: prevents nausea and
vomiting due to cancer chemotherapy.
SE: Agonists: dizziness, tight chest, coronary vasoconstriction (CI in angina, ↑BP). Cisapride:
arrhythmia, diarrhea. Ergots: cold / ischemic extremities, GI upset. Antagonists: headache, dizziness,
constipation.
Prostaglandins
Chemistry: derivatives of prostanoic acid (ringed structure). Membrance phospholipids  phospholipase
A2  arachidonic acid  COX enzyme  PG. COX I: protects gastric mucosa (PG), homeostasis
(thromboxane synthesis). COX II: expressed only in response to inflammation or injury. PG classification
subscripts relates to the number and position of double bonds in the aliphatic chains.
Pharmacology: Endogenous: release in response to insults (chemical, bacterial, mechanical). Cause
pain and edema. Physiologic responses: PGI: vasodilation, ↓ platelet aggregation, ↑ gastric release
of bicarbonate and mucus (protect epithelium). PGE: ↓ platelet aggregation, ↓ gastric acid secretion,
broncho-relaxation. PGD/PGF: bronchoconstriction.
Indications: PGE1 analogs: misoprostol to prevent NSAID induced GI ulcers, alprostadil for impotence
due to erectile dysfunction. PGE2 analogs: dinoprostone is abortifacient, for cervical ripening in
pregnancy. PGF2alpha analogs: latanoprost topically to ↓ intraocular pressure in glaucoma, carboprost
is abortifacient (not available in US). PGI analog: epoprostenol treats pulmonary hypertension.
SE for PGE: CNS (irritability, fever, seizures, headache), cardiovascular (hypotention, arrhythmia,
flushing), respiratory depression, hematologic (anemia, thrombocytopenia), diarrhea, abortion.
16. Endocrinology
Pituitary hormones
Posterior pituitary hormones
Oxytocin: octapeptide. Action: stimulate uterine contraction, induce labor. Use: promote delivery,
control postpartum bleeding. SE: uterine spasm / rupture, fetal effects (bradycardia, jaundice), water
intoxication / coma.
Vasopressin: octapeptide. Action: vasopressor and anti-diuretic. hormone (ADH) activity. It ↑
reabsorption of water at distal renal tubules. Use: neurogenic diabetes insipidus, postoperative
abdominal distention. SE: GI cramps, vomiting, tremor, sweating, bronchoconstriction.
Anterior pituitary hormones
Protein molecules: available therapeutically, include: corticotropin, thyrotropin, thyrotropin-releasing
hormone, growth hormone
Corticotropin: also known as Adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH). Single chain 39-AA polypeptide.
Action: stimulate adrenal cortex to secrete adrenocorticosteroids. Use: diagnosis of adrenal insufficiency.
Growth Hormone: also known as Somatotropin, 191-AA chain. Action: stimulate protein, carbohydrate
and lipid metabolism to ↑ cell, tissue, organ growth. Use: for children with growth failure due to ↓
endogenous growth hormone secretion. SE: antibody formation.
Thyrotropin: also known as Thyroid Stimulating Hormone (TSH). It’s a glycoprotein.
Thyrotropin-Releasing Hormone: tripeptide.
Pituitary gonadotropins: not available therapeutically, include: Follicle-Stimulating Hormone (FSH),
Luetinizing Hormone (LH), Prolactin (Luteotropic Hormone, LH), menotropin (human Menopausal
gonadotropin, hMG).
Menotropin: produce ovarian follicular growth and induce ovulation by FSH and LH-like actions. Use:
induce ovulation and pregnancy in anovulatory infertile women, ↑ spermatogenesis in men. SE:
gynecomastia in men, hypersensitivity, thromboembolism, ovary enlargement.
Gonadal hormones
Estrogen
Estrogen receptors: in the nucleus in the vagina, uterus, mammary glands, anterior pituitary,
hypothalamus  alter mRNA.
Uses: oral contraceptives (with progestins), menopause symptoms, acne, osteoporosis, prostate cancer.
SE: edema / fluid retention, weight gain, ↑ triglycerides, hypertension, thromboembolism, MI, stroke, GI
upset, endometrial cancer.
Estradiol: principal estrogenic hormone, in equilibrium with estrone. Estradiol esters are used as IM
injections in oil for depot action (valerate, cypionate). The esters hydrolyze slowly in muscle tissue before
absorption (prodrugs).
Synthetic estrogens: resist first pass metabolism  ↑ oral efficacy. Examples: ethinyl estradiol, 3methyl ether mestranol (contraceptives), quinestrol (ERT).
Non-steroidal synthetic estrogens: e.g. diethylstilbestrol.
Estrogen antagonists: e.g. clomiphene, tamoxifen citrate, toremifene citrate. Uses: clomiphene 
induce ovulation, tamoxifen  breast cancer.
Aromatase inhibitors: anastrozole, letrozole (non-steroidal)  ↓ conversion of androgens to estrogens.
Use: advanced breast cancer.
Selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERM): raloxifene  ↓ bone resorption, ↓ bone turnover.
Estrogen effect on bone and lipids but estrogen antagonist effect on uterus and breast. Use: prevention
of osteoporosis.
Progestins
Progesterone: C-21 natural steroidal progestin.
Synthetic progestins: 17alpha-hydroxyprogesterones, 17alpha-ethinylandrogens. ↑ lipid solubility, ↓ first
pass metabolism, ↑ oral effect
Mechanism: similar to estrogens (intracellular receptors  ∆ mRNA).
Uses: oral contraceptives (alone or with estrogens), uterine bleeding, dysmenorrhea, endometriosis.
SE: irregular period, breakthrough bleading, amenorrhea, weight gain, edema.
17alpha-hydroxyprogesterones: e.g. medroxyprogesterone acetate, megestrol acetate
17alpha-ethinylandrogens: e.g. norethindrone, norgestrel, androgens with progesterone activity. Used
as oral contraceptives.
Androgens / anabolic steroids
Testosterone: C-19 steroid natural androgen / anabolic agent.
Androgens: testosterone 17-enanthate (ester with long IM action), fluoxymesterone (oral).
Anabolics: oxandrolone, dromostanolone.
Mechanism: testosterone  5alpha-reductase (in cytoplasm)  dihydrotestosterone  bind to androgen
receptor in nucleus  ∆ mRNA
Uses: androgen replacement, breast cancer, endometriosis, female hypopituitarism (with estrogens),
treating –ve nitrogen balance, anemia.
SE: fluid retention, ↑ LDL, ↓ HDL, female masculinity, ↓ female fertility.
Anti-androgens: flutamide, bicalutamide, nilutamide (all non-steroids)  competitive androgen inhibition
by receptor binding. Use: prostate cancer (with luteinizing hormone releasing hormone).
5alpha-reducatse inhibitors: finasteride  ↓ conversion of testosterone to dihydrotestosterone. Use:
BPH, androgenic alopecia.
Adrenocorticosteroids
Synthesis: in the adrenal cortex.
All steroids have fused reduced 17-carbon-atom ring.
Most natural steroids have some mineralo- and gluco- effect.
All require cytoplasmic receptors to transfer to the nuclei of target tissue cells.
Uses: replacement therapy (adrenal insufficiency), last resort for severe disabling arthritis, severe allergic
reactions, ulcerative colitis, kidney disease, cerebral edema, topical anti-inflammatory.
SE: peptic ulcer, GI bleeding, ↑ intraocular / intracranial pressure, headache, muscle weakness, skin
atrophy, edema, weight gain, excitation, irritability, hypertension, hyperglycemia, osteoporosis, flushing,
hirsutism, cushingoid moon face / buffalo hump, ↓ immunity, ↑ infections.
Mineralocorticoids: ↑ Na retention, ↑ K excretion.
Glucocorticoids: anti-inflammatory, protein-catabolic, immunosuppressant.
Cortisone / hydrocortisone: natural glucocorticoids. Synthetic and semi-synthetic glucocorticoids try to ↓
mineralocorticoid activity. Examples: prednisone, prednisolone, triamcinolone, betamethasone,
dexamethasone.
Aldosterone: natural mineralocoritoid. Synthetics: fludrocortisone acetate, desoxycoriticosterone
acetate.
Antianemic agents
Iron
Iron preparations: ferrous salts are better absorbed from GI than ferric salts. Examples: ferrous sulfate,
ferrous gluconate, ferrous fumarate. Iron dextran (IV) = colloidal complex of ferric hydroxide and low
molecular weight dextrans.
Iron (ferrous salts): easy GI absorption  stored in bone marrow, liver, spleen as ferritin and
hemosiderin  incorporate into hemoglobin  iron reversibly binds molecular oxygen.
Iron (ferrous salts): iron deficiency anemia (hypochromic, microcytic RBCs  poor oxygen transport).
Cyanbocobalamin (Vit B12): nucleotide-like macro-molecule. Includes cyanide and cobalt.
Iron (ferrous salts): GI distress, constipation, diarrhea, heartburn
Vitamin B12 (cyanocobalamin)
Vit B12: easy GI absorption in the presence of intrinsic (Castle’s) factor (glycoprotein produced by gastric
parietal cells). Deficiency causes megaloblastic anemia and demyelination of nerve cells  irreversible
CNS damage. Important for cell growth.
Vit B12: megaloblastic anemia due to vit B12 deficiency (hyperchromic, macrocytic, immature RBCs).
Vit B12: no common SE
Folic acid
Folic acid: structure includes PABA, glutamic acid.
Folic acid: easy GI absorption, stored intracellularly. Precursor for several coenzymes (derivatives of
tetrahydrofolic acid). Deficiency causes megaloblastic anemia but not neurologic damage.
Folic acid: megaloblastic anemia due to folic acid deficiency.
Folic acid: rare allergy if taken parenterally.
Thyroid hormones / inhibitors (52)
Synthesis of thyroid hormones
Concentration of iodide in thyroid gland  iodination of tyrosine residues on thyrogobulin (glycoprotein)
 proteolysis of thyroglobulin into T4 (thyroxine, levothyroxine), and T3 (triiodothyronine, liothyronine).
T4 is less potent but has longer duration than T3.
T4 converts to T3 by peripheral deiodination.
Control: involves hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid feedback. TRH is secreted by hypothalamus  ↑
release of TSH (thyrotropin) by the anterior pituitary  ↑ production of T4/T3 in thyroid.
Thyroid preparations
Action: mimic the activity of endogenous thyroid hormones  regulate growth and development,
calorigenic and metabolic activity, positive inotropic / chronotropic effects (sensitize beta receptors).
Use: hypothyroidism (e.g. Myxedema), Myxedema coma, cretinism, simple goiter, endemic goiter.
SE: rare, palpitations, nervousness, insomnia, weight loss.
Sodium salts of T4/T3. T4 can be given alone (converts to T3).
Liotrix: 4:1 mixture of levothyroxine sodium to liothyronine sodium, no advantages over levothyroxine
only.
Thyroid USP: from dried defatted thyroid gland of domestic animals. Standardized based on iodine
content.
Thyroglobulin: purified extract of frozen porcine or bovine thyroid gland, contains T4 and T3.
Thyrotropin (TSH): purified and lyophilized hormone from bovine anterior pituitary. Use: detection and
treatment of thyroid cancer. SE: anaphylaxis, urticaria, gland swelling, tachycardia, arrhythmia, GI upset.
Thyroid inhibitors
Use: treat hyperthyroidism (e.g. Grave’s disease, toxic adenoma).
Ionic inhibitors: such as thiocyanate (SCN-) and perchlorate (ClO4-), inorganic monovalent anions  ↓
concentration of iodide by the thyroid. Use: rarely use as drugs, but metabolism of foods (e.g. cabbage)
and drugs (e.g. nitroprusside) can produce excess SCN-.
↑ concentration iodides: such as Lugol’s solution, iodides ↓ their own transport, ↓ synthesis of
mediators, ↓ hormone release. Use: before thyroid surgery to make gland firmed and ↓ its size. SE:
Iodism (↑ salivation, skin rashes, eyelid swelling, sore gum/teeth/larynx/pharynx).
131
Radioactive iodine ( I) sodium: trapped by thyroid gland  incorporated into tyrosine / thyroid
hormone. Radioactive beta particles  local destruction of thyroid cells. SE: delayed hypothyroidism.
131
Thiourylenes: ↓ thyroid synthesis. Examples: propylthiouracil, methimazole. Use: with I to control
mild hyperthyroidism. SE: urticaria, dermatitis, blood toxicity, joint pain / stiffness.
17. Drug Metabolism and Interactions
Drug metabolism
Definition: drug metabolism (or biotransformation) is the biochemical changes drugs an foreign
chemicals (xenobiotics) undergo in the body leading to formation of metabolites.
Inactive metabolites: examples: hydrolysis of procaine to p-aminobenzoic acid, oxidation of 6mercaptopurine to 6-mercapturic acid.
Metabolites with similar activity: examples: codeine is demethylated to morphine (↑ activity),
acetohexamide is reduced to l-hydroxyhexamide (↑ activity), imipramine demethylated to desipramine
(same activity).
Metabolites with altered activity: retinoic acid (vitamin A) is isomerized to anti-cancer agent isoretinoic
acid, antidepressant iproniazid is dealkylated to anti-TB isoniazid.
Bioactivated metabolites (prodrugs): enalapril hydrolyzed to enalaprilat, suldinac is reduce to the
active sulfide, levodopa is decarboxylated to dopamine.
Biotransformation pathways
Phase I reactions
Polar functional groups are introduced to the molecule, or unmasked by oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis.
Oxidation:
Most common reaction. Mostly in the liver. Catalyzed by cytochrome P450.
Cytochrome P450: oxidases, bound to smooth endoplasmic reticulum, require NADH, exist in multiple
isoforms (CYP11Ax, CYP17By, etc)  large # of substrates. Involved in metabolism or bile acids,
steroids, xenobiotics / drugs.
Oxidized drug  ↑ polarity / water solubility  ↓ tubular reabsorption  ↑ urine excretion.
Reduction
Same goal as oxidation (↑ polarity by reductases).
GI bacterial flora  azo and nitro reduction reactions.
Enzymatic hydrolysis
Addition of water across a bond  ↑ polar metabolites.
Esterase: present in the plasma and tissues, nonspecific, hydrolyzes esters to alcohol and acid,
responsible for activation of many prodrugs. Example: procaine.
Amidase: hydrolyze amides into amines and acid (deamidation) in the liver. Example: procainamide.
Phase II reactions
Functional groups of the original drug or a phase I metabolite are masked by a conjugation reaction  ↑↑
polar metabolites  ↑ excretion, no crossing of cell membranes (pharmacologically inactive, no toxicity).
Conjugation reactions: combine parent drug (or metabolite) with certain natural endogenous
constituents (glucuronic acid, glutamine, glycine, sulfate, glutathione). Requires high energy molecule
and an enzyme.
High energy molecule: consist of coenzyme bound to endogenous substrate, parent drug, or metabolite.
Enzyme: called transferases, found in the liver and catalyze the reaction.
Glucuronidation: most common conjugation pathway due to large supply of glucuronic acid (high energy
form reacts using glucuronyl transferase). Common with OH group (form ethers) and COOh group (form
esters). Reaction adds 3-OH groups and 1-COOH group  ↑↑ hydrophilicity. Glucuronides with ↑ MWt
 bile excretion  to intestines  intestinal beta-glucuronidase hydrolyze the conjugate  reabsorption.
Sulfate conjugation: using sulfo-transferase.
Amino acid conjugation: reaction of glycine or glutamine with aliphatic or aromatic acids to form amides
using N-acyltransferase.
Glutathione conjugation: very critical for preventing toxicity from harmful electrophilic agents (halides,
epoxides). Glutathione (tripeptide) + electrophile + glutathione S-transferase  mercapturic acid.
Methylation: of oxygen- nitrogen- or sulfer-containing drugs  less polar but inactive metabolites.
Example: COMT methylates catecholamines such as epinephrine.
Acetylation:  less polar metabolites with N-acetyl-transferase. Metabolites (e.g. of sulfonamides) may
accumulate in the kidney  crystalluria / tissue damage.
Factors influencing metabolism
Species differences
Qualitative differences: occur mainly in Phase II reactions. Determines the actual metabolic pathway. It
can result from a genetic deficiency of a particular enzyme or difference in a particular endogenous
substrate.
Quantitative differences: occur mainly in phase I reactions. Due to difference in the enzyme level,
presence of species specific isozymes, amount of endogenous inhibitor or inducer, extent of competing
reactions.
Physiologic / disease state
Due to pathologic factors that alter liver function.
Congestive heart failure: ↓ output ↓ hepatic blood flow  ↓ metabolism
∆ albumin production  fraction of bound drug.
Genetic variations
Acetylation rate: depends on the amount of N-acetyl-transferase, which depends on genetic factors.
Fast acetylators  ↑ hepatotoxicity from isoniazid. Slow acetylators  ↑ other isoniazid SE.
PM Phenotype: ↓ metabolism of B-blockers, antiarrhythmics, opioids, antidepressants.
Drug dosage
↑ dose  may saturated metabolic enzymes. As the saturation approaches 100%  change from first to
zero-order metabolism.
When metabolic pathway is saturated > possible alternative pathways. Example: therapeutic APAP
doses  glucuronic / sulfate conjugation, toxic doses  conjugation is saturated  N-hydroxylation 
liver toxicity
Nutritional status
Conjugation agent levels (sulfate, glutathione) is dependent on nutrition
↓ protein diet  ↓ glycine, ↓ oxidative drug metabolism capacity.
Diet ↓ in essential fatty acids (linoleic acid)  ↓ synthesis of certain enzymes  ↓ metabolism of
hexobarbital.
Diet ↓ in minerals (Ca, Mg, Zn)  ↓ metabolism. ↓ Fe  ↑ metabolism.
Diet ↓ in vitamins (A, B, C, E): ↓ C  ↓ oxidation. ↓ E  ↓ dealkylation, hydroxylation.
Age
Metabolic enzyme systems are not fully developed at birth  ↓ doses in infants / children to avoid SE,
especially for glucuronide conjugation.
Older children  liver develops faster than ↑ in body weight  ↓ efficacy.
Elderly  ↓ metabolizing enzymes  ↓ elimination  ↑ Cp  ↑ SE
Gender
Due to ∆ androgen, estrogen, adrenocorticoid activity  ∆ CYP450 isozymes. Example: oxidative
metabolism is faster in men.
Administration route
Oral: first-pass effect  ↑ oral dose
IV: by pass first-pass effect  ↓↓ dose compared to oral dose.
Sublingual / rectal: also bypass first-pass effect. Variable absorption from rectal administration.
Chemical structure
Presence of certain functional groups influences drug’s metabolic pathway (route, extent, degree of
metabolism).
Circadian rhythm
Nocturnal Cp of theophylline, diazepam are ↓ than diurnal Cp.
Extra-hepatic metabolism
Plasma: contains esterases (hydrolyze esters). Simple esters (procaine, succinyl choline) are rapidly
hydrolyzed in the blood. Esterases can also activate prodrugs.
Intestinal mucosa: microsomal oxidation, conjugation (glucuronide, sulfate)  first pass effect of lipid
soluble drugs during absorption.
Intestinal bacterial flora: secrete metabolizing enzymes. Ulcerative colitis  ↑ flora. Diarrhea, antibiotics
 ↓ flora. Flora secrete beta glucuronidase  hydrolyze polar glururonide conjugates of bile 
reabsorption of free nonpolar bile acids  eneterohepatic circulation. Flora convert vitamin K to active
form, and cyclamate (sweetener) to cyclohexylamine (carcinogen). Flora produce azoreductase 
converts sulfasalazine to 5-aminosalicylic acid (anti-inflammatory) and sulfapyridine (antibacterial).
Stomach acidity: degradation of penicillin G, carbenicillin, erythromycin, tetracycline, peptides / proteins
(insulin).
Nasal mucosa: ↑ CYP450 activity and metabolism on nasal decongestants, anesthetics, nicotine,
cocaine.
Lung: first pass metabolism of IV, IM, transdermal, SC drugs but to ↓ degree than the liver. Also, second
pass metabolism for drugs leaving the liver.
Placenta: if drug is lipid soluble enough to get to circulation  pass through the placenta too. Placenta is
not a physical or metabolic barrier to xenobiotics. Very little metabolism occurs. Smoking induce certain
enzymes in pregnant women  ↑ carcinogens from polycyclic HC.
Fetus: depends on fetal age, ↓↓ glucuronic acid conjugation. Chloramphenical  ↓ glucuronidation 
gray baby syndrome. ↓ bilirubin glucuronide  neonatal hyperbilirubinemia.
Strategies to manage metabolism
Pharmaceutical
Sublingual tablets: deliver drugs directly to systemic circulation, bypassing hepatic first pass metabolism.
Example: nitroglycerin.
Transdermal products: continuous drug supply for long period of time. Example: nitroglycerin.
IM depots: continuous drug supply for long period of time. Example: highly lipid soluble esters of
esradiol (benzoate) and testosterone (enanthate)  slow absorption and activation by hydrolysis.
Enteric coated tablets: protect acid sensitive drugs. Examples: omeprazole, erythromycin,
methenamine.
Nasal administration: for lung delivery of peptides (e.g. calcitonin salmon) which has no oral
bioavailability. Lung contains protease inhibitors  peptide stability.
Pharmacologic
Levodopa (L-dopa): amino acid precursor of dopamine (for Parkinson’s). Unlike dopamine, it can
penetrate BBB and reach CNS to be decarboxylated to dopamine. Carbidopa: DOPA decarboxylase
inhibitor that does not cross BBB  ↓ peripheral activation and SE.
Beta-lactam AB: use clavulanic acid (a beta-lactamase inhibitor).
Ifosfamide: alkylating agent  in vivo metabolic activation  nitrogen mustard. Acrolein is a byproduct
of metabolic activation  react with nucleophiles on renal proteins  hemorrhagic cystitis. Combine
ifosfamide. with mesna (neutralizes acrolein in the kidney).
Chemical
Testosterone: not orally active due to rapid oxidation of 17-OH group. Methyl-testosterone: 17alphamethyl group  ↓ potent but no rapid first pass metabolic deactivation  used orally. Same for estradiol
analogs.
Tolbutamide: oxidation of para-methyl group  rapid deactivation. Chlorpropamide: non-metabolizable
para-chloro group  long t1/2.
Isoproterenol: potent beta agonist for asthma. Rapid metabolism by COMT (catechol)  poor oral
activity. Metaproterenol: not metabolized by COMT  orally active, long t1/2.
Octreotide: synthetic octa-peptide  ↓ severe diarrhea in tumors, SC. It mimics action of somatostatin
(14-AA peptide, short t1/2, only IV infusion) but resistant to hydrolysis, proteolysis.
Prodrugs
Require in vivo biotransformation (phase I) to produce activity
The following are potential advantages for prodrugs:
↑ water solubility
Useful for ophthalmic and parenteral formulations
Example: sodium succinate esters, sodium phosphate esters to make water-soluble steroid prodrugs
↑ lipid solubility
↑ duration of action: estradiol lipid-soluble esters (benzoate, valerate, cypionate)  prolonged activity
(IM of esters in oil).
↑ oral absorption: by converting carboxylic acid groups to esters  converted back to active acids by
plasma esterases. Example: lipophilic orally absorbed enalapril  very potent orally inactive enalaprilat.
↑ topical absorption: of steroids by masking hydroxyl groups as esters or acetonides  ↓ polar  ↑
dermal permeability. Examples: triamcinolone acetonide, betamethosone valerate, diflorasone diacetete.
↑ palatability: sulfisoxazole acetyl (ester, ↓ water solubility, ok taste for children)  sulfisoxazole (bitter)
↓ GI irritation
NSAIDs  ulceration by direct irritant effect of acidic molecules and ↓ of gastro-protective PG. Sulindac,
nabumetone  prodrugs with ↓ GI effect
Site specificity
Methyldopa: structurally similar to L-dopa  transported to CNS  metabolized to active alphamethyldopamine  central alpha-2 agonist
Omeprazole: activated at acidic pH < 1  inhibition of H+/K+ATPase.
Formaldehyde: effective urinary tract antiseptic. Orally  ↑ toxicity. Methenamine  non-toxic prodrug
 hydrolyzes to formaldehyde and ammonium ions in acidic urine (pH<5.5). Use enteric coating to
prevent activation in the stomach.
Olsalazine: polar dimer of 5-aminosalisalyic acid  poor oral absorption. In large intestine  colonic
bacteria cleave azo bond  free active.
Diethylstilbestrol: synthetic estrogen for prostate cancer  feminizing SE. Diethylstilbestrol
diphosphate (ester prodrug)  activated by acid phosphatase in prostate tumor cells  ↑ local action, ↓
systemic SE.
↑ shelf-life
nd
Cefamandole: 2 generation cephalosporin, unstable in solid dosage forms. Cefamandole nafate:
stable formic acid ester  hydrolyzed by plasma esterases.
Cyclophosphamide: stable prodrug  in vivo oxidation + nonenzymatic decomposition  active
phosphoramide mustard.
Drug interactions
Types of interactions: drug-drug, drug-food, drug-chemical, drug-laboratory.
Precipitant: drug, food or chemical causing the interaction.
Object: drug affected by the interaction.
Epinephrine, erythromycin  decompose in IV alkaline pH  do not mix with aminophylline (alkaline).
PK interactions
Due to ∆ in absorption, distribution (protein / tissue binding), elimination (excretion / metabolism).
Absorption
Epinephrine (vasoconstrictor)  ↓ percutaneous absorption of lidocaine (local anesthetic).
CHF  ↓ GI blood flow  ↓ drug absorption
MAO inhibitors + foods w/ tyramine ↓ metabolism hypertensive crisis
Antibiotics (erythromycin)  ↓ intestinal flora  ↓ digoxin microbial deactivation  ↑ bioavailability.
Antacids / H2 antagonists  ↑ GI pH  ↓ ketoconazole dissolution
∆ intestinal motility (anticholinergics  ↓, laxatives  ↑)  ∆ absorption
Cholestyramine / kaolin  digoxin adsorption  ↓ bioavailability
Complexation by divalent cations  ↓ tetracycline bioavailability
Distribution
Due to ∆ in plasma protein binding / displacement or tissue / cellular interactions. Valproic acid
displaces phenytoin and ↓ its liver metabolism  ↑↑ phenytoin. Quinidine displaces digoxin and ↓
digoxin clearance  ↑↑ digoxin.
Elimination / clearance
Due to ∆ in kidney or liver clearance (enzyme induction / inhibition, enzyme substrate competition, ∆
blood flow) .
Grapefruit juice is a powerful inhibitor of CYP3A4.
Enzyme inducers: tobacco (polycyclic aromatic HC), barbiturates, rifampin, carbamazepine, phenytoin,
omeprazole, troglitazone.
Enzyme inhibitors: cimetidine, ketoconazole, ciprofloxacin, erythromycin, ritonavir / nelfinavir,
clopidrogel.
Food-drug interactions
∆ drug absorption. Example: Complexation of tetracycline + calcium
Delayed/ ↓ absorption: NSAIDs, APAP, antibiotics, ethanol.
↑ absorption: griseoflulvin, metoprolol, phenytoin, propoxyphene
Chemical-drug interactions
Smoking (enzyme induction)  ↑ clearance of theophylline, BZD, TCA
Alcohol: acute use  ↓ metabolism, chronic use  ↑ metabolism.
PD interactions
Antagonistic, additive or synergistic effect.
Similar action  excessive or toxic response. Example: alcohol + antihistamine  both CNS
depressants, promethazine + antihistamine  both anticholinergic.
Thiazide diuretic  deplete potassium  ↑ sensitivity to digoxin, deplete sodium  ↑ lithium toxicity,
anticoagulant + aspirin  ↑ risk of bleeding.
Significance and management of interactions
Potential drug interactions
Multiple-drug therapy: including Rx and OTC. ↑ #  ↑ potential.
Multiple prescribers: different prescribers are not aware of history
Patient compliance: example: tetracycline not on empty stomach.
Patient risk factors: elderly at ↑ risk (∆ body composition, GI transit, drug absorption, distribution, ↓
protein binding, ↓ drug clearance). Patients with diseases (DB, AIDS, etc) and atopic (hyper-responsive)
patients are at ↑ risk.
Clinical significance
Not all interactions are dangerous. Interacting drugs can be prescribed under supervision with monitoring.
Example: cimetidine with antacids  do not take both at the same time
Some interactions are good  ↑ efficacy, ↓ SE. Examples: trimethoprim + sulfamethoxazole (↑ efficacy in
UTI), amoxicillin + clavulanate potassium (beta lactamase inhibitor  ↑ spectrum), hydrochlorothiazide +
enalapril (balance potassium), penicillin + probenicid (↓ tubular secretion, ↑ t1/2), saquinavir + food (↑
absorption).
Likelihood: established, probable, suspected, possible, unlikely
Consider dose side and duration, interaction onset / severity.
Management of drug interactions
Review patient profile: drug history and risk factors
Avoid complex therapeutic regimens
Determine probability of a significant interaction
Suggest alternatives: APAP not aspirin for headache with warfarin
Monitor SE. Monitor prothrombin time if warfarin is given with sulfonamides (may be prolonged).
Re-evaluate profile when changing therapy. Example: if d/c a thiazide diuretic  d/c potassium
supplement also.
20. Drug information resources
Drug information resources
Primary (journals)
Benefits: most current source, learn from case studies, new developments, ↑ communications with
professionals / consumers, CE credits, prepare for board certification exams.
Limitations: information is not always 100% accurate.
Secondary (abstracts / indexes)
Benefits: enable quick and selective screening of primary literature for specific information. May have
enough info to answer the question.
Limitations: only finite number of journal reviewed, lag time between article publication and citation in the
index, usually good only to locate the original article (no full answers), contain only interpretations /
description of the study which may be misleading (not whole story).
Tertiary (textbooks)
Benefits: easy and convenient access to large number of topics, include background information on
drugs / diseases, validity and accuracy of information can be verified by using references.
Limitations: may take years to publish  information may be outdated, chapter author may not have
done a thorough literature search, author may have misrepresented the original article.
Considerations: author, publisher, edition, year of publication, scope, presence of bibliography.
Internet
Benefits: expanded searching capabilities, most useful for company specific information, issues currently
in the news, alterative medicine, government information.
Limitations: may not be peer reviewed or edited, not always reliable (evaluate source).
Strategies for evaluating information requests
Talk with the inquirer
Determine reason for inquiry: news-related question, medical condition
Clarify drug ID / availability: correct name spelling, generic vs. brand, manufacturer, country, Rx vs.
OTC, under investigation drug, dosage form, purpose for use.
Identify / assess product / resource availability
US drugs: American Drug Index, Drug Facts and Comparisons, Drug Topics Red Book, PDR, Martindale
the Extra Pharmacopoeia, American Hospital Formulary Service
Foreign drugs: Martindale the Extra Pharmacopoeia, Index Nominum, US Adopted Names, USP
Dictionary of Drug Names.
Investigational drugs: Martindale the Extra Pharmacopoeia, Drug Facts and Comparisons, Unlisted
Drugs, NDA Pipeline.
Orphan drugs: for rare disease affected < 200,000 people  cost of development is unlikely to be offset
by sales  FDA offers assistance and financial incentives to encourage development. Drug Facts and
Comparisons, National Information Center for Orphan Drugs and Rare Diseases (NICODARD).
Unknown drugs: are drugs on hand but are not identified  identify by physical characteristics or
chemical analysis. Sources: PDR, Facts and Comparisons, Drug Topics Red Book, Ident-A-Drug
Handbook, Lexi-Comp, manufacturer, lab.
Unapproved (off-label) uses: Drug Facts and Comparisons, Martindale the Extra Pharmacopoeia, Index
Medicus, Drugdex, USP DI, AHFS
Drug interactions: Drug Interactions Facts, Evaluations of Drug Interactions, Hansten’s Drug
Interactions Analysis and Management.
Drug stability / compatibility: Trissel’s Handbook of Injectable Drugs, Trissel’s Stability of Compounded
Formulations, King’s Guide to Parenteral Admixtures.
Manufacturer: good source for any missing information.
Facts and Comparisons
Martindale extra
pharmacopiea
PDR
Index Nominum
Red book
American Drug Index
Hospital Formulary
US Adopted
US
Drugs
X
Foreign
Drugs
X
X
X
Orphan
Drugs
X
Unknown
Drugs
X
Investigational
Drugs
X
Unapproved
Drugs
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Interactions
X
Names
USP Dictionary
Unlisted Drugs
USP DI
Index Medicus
X
X
X
X
Search strategies
Is it a clinical or research-related question? Define as specifically as possible.
Identify appropriate index search terms (keywords, descriptors).
Determine quantity and quality of needed information.
Ascertain as much as possible about the drug and the inquirer.
What is the drug indication? Is the drug approved or not? Patient information (age, sex, weight, medical
conditions, other drugs, signs of SE, allergies, etc).
Guidelines for responding to information requests
Do NOT guess
Intended use of information (abuse, misuse).
Organize information and response first.
Tailor to the inquirer’s background (e.g. public vs. professional).
Evaluating a clinical study
Study objective: was the objective clearly stated? One or more objectives?
Study subjects: profile of study population. Healthy subjects or patients? Degree of disease severity if
patients? Volunteers? Number / ID of subjects (sex, age, race, etc)? Co-morbidities? Inclusion / exclusion
criteria? Stratification can be used in case of ↑ inter-patient variability.
Administration of drug treatment: dose, frequency, time of day, route, drug source, dosage form, timing
vs. factors affecting absorption (e.g. food), duration.
Study setting: environment, dates, type of professionals making observations, inpatient vs. outpatient,
length of study.
Study methods / design: are methods and design clearly described?
Retrospective vs. prospective: Retrospective  examination of past events to find links between
variables, relies on patient memory and accurate records, used for rare disease, may lead to a decision to
conduct prospective study. Prospective  looks forward in time, can be observational or experimental
(clinical trials).
Treatment allocation: Parallel  different patient groups are studied concurrently, identical treatment
for all groups except for one variable. Crossover  good control of inter- / intra-patient variability, each
group undergoes each treatment, with the sequence reversed for one group vs. the other, includes a
washout period.
Control measures: own control (crossover design), concurrent controls, stratification, matched
subgroups, run-in period.
Controls: blind assessment / blind patients (double blind vs. open label (non-blind)), randomization,
matching dummies (placebos), comparison (to placebo or standard drug).
Analysis: appropriate statistical methods should be used
22. Clinical Toxicology
Overview
Definitions
Clinical toxicology: studies the effects of substances on patients caused by accidental poisoning or
intentional overdose of medications, abuse drugs, household products or other chemicals.
Intoxication: toxicity associated with any chemical substance
Poisoning: clinical toxicity secondary to accidental exposure
Overdose: intentional exposure to cause self-injury or death
Information resources
Computerized databases: Poisindex: CD database updated quarterly and used by poison control
centers. TOMES: Toxicologic, Occupational Medicine and Environmental Series  info on industrial
chemicals.
Printed publications: textbooks and manuals are useful but suffer a lag time of information published in
primary literature.
Internet: Center for Disease Control and Prevention, FDA, and National Library of Medicine websites.
Poison control centers: accredited by the AAPCC. Provides info for the public and health care
providers. Most reliable and up to date sources of information.
General management
Supportive care
Evaluate and support vital functions as a first step until patient is stabilized. Airway, Breathing, Circulation
(ABC).
Patients with depressed mental status
Hypoglycemia: to rule out or treat  50 ml of 50% dextrose IV
Glucose can ppt Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome in thiamine-deficient patients  give IV thiamine push.
Opiate: give naloxone IV push.
History of exposure
Identity: of ingested substance, route of exposure, quantity ingested, time since ingestion, symptoms of
overdose, associated illness / injury.
Neurologic examination: seizures, altered consciousness, confusion, ataxia, slurred speech, tremor,
headache, syncope.
Cardiopulmonary examination: syncope, palpitations, cough, chest pain, shortness of breath, upper
airway burning / irritation.
GI examination: abdominal pain, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, difficulty swallowing.
Past medical history: Rx/OTC drugs, herbal medicines, alcohol / drug abuse, psychiatric history,
allergies, occupational / hobby exposures, travel, domestic violence / neglect.
Routine lab assessment: Complete blood count (CBC), serum electrolytes, BUN, serum creatinine, BG,
urinalysis, ECG
Toxicology lab tests
Advantages: confirm or determine substance identity, predict severity of toxic effects, may help guide
therapy
Disadvantages: diagnosis is not always specific, not available for all poisons, supportive care is the first
priority.
Generally, only qualitative determination is need. However, quantitative determination is required for
some substances (e.g metals, lithium, methanol, APAP, salicylate, theophylline, ethylene glycol)
Skin decontamination
Required when skin absorption may cause systemic toxicity or when contamination substance may
produce toxic effects (e.g. acid burns).
Remove clothes, irrigate area with plenty of water. DO NOT neutralized (exothermic reaction).
Gastric decontamination
Emesis
Contraindications: children < 6 months, CNS depression, seizures, strong acids / alkali, sharp object,
compromised airway, coma, convulsions, HC or petroleum distillates, patients already vomiting,
substance that are very fast acting.
Syrup of ipecac: consider only if within 60 (even 30) minutes since ingestion, otherwise, no benefit.
Onset of emesis: within 30 minutes, 3 vomiting episodes in 1 hour. SE: diarrhea, drowsiness, lethargy
Gastric lavage
Use: if patient is not alert or has ↓ gag reflex, if ↑↑ quantity was ingestion short while ago or if not
responding to ipecac
Procedure: aspire gastric contents  instill 250 ml tap water or saline  aspire  repeat until content is
clear for 2 liters.
Activated charcoal
Adsorbs the majority of substances. Always give ASAP.
Exceptions: iron, lead, mercury, cyanide, lithium, ethanol, methanol, organic solvents, strong acids /
alkali.
Form: colloidal dispersion with water or sorbitol.
Avoid multiple doses of cathartics  may cause electrolyte imbalance, dehydration.
SE: charcoal aspiration  avoid if vomiting, bowel obstruction with multiple doses.
Whole bowel irrigation
Effective when charcoal is not available / effective.
Use osmotic cathartic solution (e.g. PEG (Golytely, Colyte). Continue until rectal effluent is clear.
Forced diuresis / urine pH manipulation
Use: for substance with kidney elimination, ↓ Vd, ↓ protein binding
Alkaline diuresis: ↑ ionization of weak acids (aspirin, long-acting barbiturates (phenobarbital))  ↓
kidney reabsorption  ↑ elimination. Use IV sodium bicarbonate  urine pH at 8.0, maintain adequate
urine output. SE: metabolic alkalosis, hypernatremia, hyperosmolarity, fluid overload.
Acid diuresis: ↑ ionization of weak alkali (amphetamines, phencyclidine, quinidine)  ↓ kidney
reabsorption  ↑ elimination. Use ascorbic acid (vitamin C) or ammonium chloride  urine pH at 5.0.
Dialysis
Last resort for decontamination. Hemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis.
Hemodialysis: used for water soluble substances with ↓ Vd, ↓ MWt, ↓ protein binding. Use for life
threatening ingestions of ethylene glycol, methanol. Can correct fluid and electrolyte abnormalities.
Hemoperfusion
Anticoagulated blood is passed through (perfused) a column containing activated charcoal or resin
particles. Quicker than hemodialysis. Can NOT correct electrolyte / fluid abnormalities. Less effective for
methanol / ethanol. SE: thrombocytopenia, leukopenia, hypoglycemia, hypocalcemia.
Management of specific ingestions
Acetaminophen
Toxicokinetics: mostly metabolized in the liver (Cytochrome P450) toxic metabolite  liver toxicity,
especially in alcoholics / elderly.
Symptoms: phase I (1 day): nausea, vomiting, phase II (2 days): no symptoms, phase III (3 days):
abdominal pain, coma, death.
Treatment: ipecac or gastric lavage (within 2 hr), N-acetylcystein (specific antidote, oral / IV).
Metoclopramide: ↓ emesis during / ↑ absorption of N-acetylcysteine therapy.
Alcohols
Ethylene glycol
Forms: antifreeze, windshield deicing. Colorless, sweet taste.
Toxicokinetics: live metabolism by alcohol dehydrogenase  glycoaldehydge  by aldehyde
dehydrogenase  glycolic acid  glyoxylic acid  oxalic acid (most toxic).
Symptoms: phase I (12 hr): ↓ tendon reflex, ataxia, nystagmus, metabolic acidosis, hypocalcemia,
phase II (1 day): tachypnea, cyanosis, tachycardia, pulmonary edema, phase III (2 days): flank pain,
oligouric renal failure.
Treatment: gastric lavage (within 30 min), IV ethanol, fomepizole (alcohol dehyrogenase inhibitor),
pyridoxine / thiamine (convert glyoxylic acid to non-oxalate metabolites), sodium bicarbonate (correct
acidosis), hemodialysis.
Methanol
Forms: gas-line antifreeze, windshield washe.
Toxicokinetics: alcohol dehyrogenase  formaldehyde  formic acid.
Symptoms: phase I: euphoria, muscle weakness, phase II: vomiting, diarrhea, dizziness, headache,
dyspnea, blurred vision, photophobia, blindness, cardiac / respiratory depression, metabolic acidosis,
hyperglycemia, coma, seizures, death.
Treatment: gastric lavage (NOT charcoal), IV ethanol, fomepizole (alcohol dehydrogenase inhibitor),
folic acid (↑ metabolism of format), sodium bicarbonate (correct acidosis), hemodialysis.
Antidepressants
Tricyclic antidpressants
Toxicokinetics: t1/2 = 24 hr, liver metabolism, enterohepatic circulation, ↑↑ plasma protein binding.
Symptoms: atropine-like SE (mydriasis, urinary retention, fever), tachycardia, ↓ BP, pulmonary edema,
agitation, confusion, hallucinations, seizures.
Lab data: ECG
Treatment: GI decontamination (activated charcoal), alkalinzation (sodium bicarbonate to ↑ arterial
blood pH), phenytoin / BZD (to control seizures, fosphenytoin cause less hypotension than phenytoin),
physostigmine (for anticholinergic symptoms, may cause asystole (no heart beat)).
Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRI)
Toxicokinetics: t1/2 = 24 hr, liver metabolism
Symptoms: agitation, drowsiness, confusion, seizures
Lab data: ECG
Treatment: gastric lavage, supportive treatment
Anticoagulants
Heparin
Dosage forms: IV, SC
Toxicokinetics: t1/2 = 1 hr, liver metabolism
Symptoms: bleeding, bruising
Lab data: PTT, bleeding time, platelet count
Treatment: Protamine IV (combines with and neutralized heparin), 1 mg protamine neutralized 100
heparin units.
Warfarin
Dosage forms: oral, parenteral
Toxicokinetics: absorbed orally, t1/2 = 36 hr, 99% protein bound, 5-day activity duration.
Symptoms: bleeding, bruising, hematuria, conjunctiva hemorrhage, GI / intracranial bleeding.
Lab data: PT, INR, bleeding time.
Treatment: Phytonadione (vitamin K), blood products with clotting factors.
BZD
Toxicokinetics: liver metabolism
Symptoms: drowsiness, confusion, ataxia
Treatment: supportive (gastric emptying, activated charcoal, cathartic), Flumazenil (IV, short t1/2, careful
observation for re-sedation in case of long acting BZD).
Beta blockers
Symptoms: hypotension, bradycardia, atrioventricular block, bronchospasm, hypoglycemia.
Treatment: gastric lavage, activated charcoal, Glucagon, Epinephrine (.
Calcium channel blockers
Symptoms: hypotension, bradycardia, atrioventricular block. Nifedipine does not affect the heart.
Verapamil  pulmonary edema, seizures.
Treatment: GI decontamination (gastric lavage, activated charcoal, whole bowel irrigation). Clacium
chlrodie (IV) for hypotension, bradycardia, heart block. Glucagon.
Cocaine
Forms: alkaloid from Erythroxylon coca
Toxicokinetics: good absorption from oral, inhalation, intranasal, IV route. Metabolized in the liver,
excreted in the urine.
Symptoms: CNS / sympathetic stimulation (↑BP, tachycardia, seizures, tachypnea). Death due to
respiratory failure, cardiac arrest, MI.
Treatment: Symptomatic. BZD for seizures. Labetolol for hypertension. Neuroleptics for psychosis.
Corrosives
Symptoms: strong acids and alkali cause skin burns.
Treatment: decontamination. Irrigate exposed skin with water. AVOID neutralization (exothermic
reactions  more burns and tissue damage).
Cyanide
Forms: industrial chemicals, nail polish removers.
Toxicokinetics: quick absorbed orally or by inhalation.
Symptoms: headache, dyspnea, ataxia, coma, seizures, death
Treatment: amyl or sodium nitrite  converts hemoglobin to methemoglobin  binds to cyanide ion
(cyano-methemoglobin)  sodium thiosulfate to regenerate hemoglobin. Oxygen for dyspnea. Sodium
bicarbonate for acidosis.
Digoxin
Symptoms: confusion, anorexia, GI upset, dysrhythmia.
Lab data: digoxin Cp, serum potassium, ECG.
Treatment: ipecac or activated charcoal, correct blood potassium, heart support, Digoxin specific fab
antibodies.
Electrolytes
Magnesium
Forms: cathartics (mg citrate)  ↑ mg with charcoal.
Toxicokinetics: Mg is found intracellularly  kidney elimination
Symptoms: Mild  weakness, ↓ tendon reflexes. Severe  respiratory paralysis, heart block, ECG
abnormalities.
Treatment: 10% calcium chloride to temporarily antagonize cardiac effects of Mg. Use hemodialysis in
severe cases.
Potassium
Toxicokinetics: main intracellular cation. ∆ acid-base balance  ∆ potassium. ↑ pH  ↓ potassium.
Symptoms: cardiac irritability, peripheral weakness, bradycardia, dysrhythmia, ECG abnormalities.
Treatment: Calcium: antagonize cardiac effects of potassium, sodium bicarbonate: ↑ serum pH 
move potassium from extracellular to intracellular space, Glucose + insulin: move potassium from
extracellular to intracellular space, cation exchange resins (sodium polystyrene sulfonate): bind
potassium in exchange for sodium, hemodialysis: last resort for life-threatening hyperkalemia.
Iron
Elemental iron: 33% in fumarate, 20% in sulfate, 12% in gluconate.
Symptoms: phase I (nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, GI bleeding), phase II (improvement within 24 hr),
phase III (metabolic acidosis, renal / hepatic failure, pulmonary edema, death).
Lab data: serum iron, hemoglobin, hematocrit, radiopaque pills in radiography.
Treatment: Deferoxime chelates iron (red urine). Ipecac emesis if within minutes of small quantity
ingestion. Whole bowel irrigation for ↑ quantities. Also, supportive treatment.
Isoniazid
Symptoms: nausea, vomiting, slow speech, ataxia, seizures, coma
Lab data: lactic acidosis, hypoglycemia, hyperkalemia, leukocytosis
Treatment: AVOID emesis (due to ↑ risk of seizures), ↑ quantity  activated charcoal gastric lavage.
Pyridoxine reverses isoniazid induced seizures (infusion in D5W). Sodium bicarbonate for acidosis.
Lead
Forms: paint or gasoline fume inhalation.
Toxicokinetics: slow distribution (t1/2; 2 months).
Symptoms: nausea, vomiting, GI pain, peripheral neuropathy, convulsions, coma.
Lab data: anemia, ↑ lead level in blood.
Treatment: Calcium EDTA (IM/IV), dimercaprol (IM).
Lithium
Toxicokinetics: absorbed orally, not plasma protein bound, small Vd, kidney eliminatin.
Symptoms: Mild  polyuria, blurred vision, tremor, weakness. Severe  seizures, coma, delirium, fever.
Lab data: determine the degree of toxicity form lithium Cp.
Treatment: sodium polystyrene sulfonate, ipecac (within minutes), whole bowel irrigation (if ↑ quantity),
hemodialysis (if acute exposure + severe symptoms).
Opiates
Toxicokinetics: methadone / heroin  ↑ t1/2
Symptoms: respiratory depression, miosis, ↓ consiousness, hypotension, bradycardia. opiates are
downers.
Treatment: Naloxone (short t1/2, repeated dosing), Nalmefene (longer t1/2).
Organophosphates
Forms: pesticides, chemical warfare agents
Toxicokinetics: absorbed through lungs, skin, GI, conjunctiva
Symptoms: DUMBELSS: diarrhea, urination, miosis, bronchoconstriction, excitation, lacrimation,
salivation, sweating.
Lab data: RBC acetylcholinesterase activity.
Treatment: atropine, pralidoxime (both IV).
Salicylates
Toxicokinetics: longer t1/2 at toxic doses
Symptoms: Mild  nausea, vomiting, tinnitus, malaise. Severe  metabolic acidosis, convulsions,
coma. Other SE: BI bleeding, ↑ PT.
Treatment: ipecac emesis (if within minutes), ↓ doses  repeated activated charcoal + a cathartic dose,
moderate doses  whole bowel irrigation, ↑ doses  hemodialysis. Alkaline diuresis: with sodium
bicarbonate to ↑ excretion. Fluid / electrolyte replacement. Vitamin K to correct ↓ coagulation.
Theophylline
Toxicokinetics: liver metabolism  highly variable (depends on age, other drugs, disease).
Symptoms: nausea, vomiting, seizures, dysrhythmias. Acute toxicity  hyperglycemia, hypokalemia. SE
are due to ↑ cAMP.
Treatment: supportive (maintain airways, treat seizures, beta blocker (esmolol) treats tachycardia,
disrhythmia), ipecac (if within minutes), repeated activated charcoal, whole bowel irrigation (if ↑ quantitiy),
charcoal hemoperfusion or hemodialysis.
Dosage forms:
Toxicokinetics:
Symptoms:
Lab data:
Treatment:
23. Federal Pharmacy Law
Federal Controlled Substances Act
Schedules of controlled substances
Drugs that have potential for abuse leading to physical or psychological dependence. Lists are published
annually. US attorney general has the authority to modify lists.
Schedules II-V have accpeted medical uses but schedule I does not. Schedule II has the highest potential
for abuse / severe dependence and Schedule V has the least.
Schedule I: drugs can not be kept in the pharmacy or dispensed except for authorized research or
investigative reasons. Drugs with  abuse potential but no accepted medical use or esablished safety
record. Examples: heroin, marijuana, LSD, ecstacy,
Schedule II: Highly restricted. Examples: morphine, oxycodone, methyphenidate, amphetamine,
methamphetamine, cocaine, opium, fentanyl, short acting barbiturates.
Schedule III: Less potential for abuse / dependence than CI or CII. Examples: anabolic steroids
(testosterone, androgens), hydrocodone / codeine with APAP / aspirin, intermediate acting barbiturates
(talbutal).
Schedule IV: Examples: BZD (diazepam, chlordiazepoxide, alprazolam, long acting barbiturates
(phenobarbital), propoxyphene, pentazocine, pemoline
Schedule V: May be available w/o Rx but sales are documented. Examples: small amounts of opium or
codeine.
Registration requirements
All handlers of controlled drugs have to register with the DEA.
DEA issues an Order To Show Cause to allow the registrant to appeal.
Entities that must register: wholesalers (annual renewals), dispensers (pharmacies, practitioners)
(renew every 3 years). Pharmacists / pharmacy employees do not have to register.
Registration for separate activities: certain activies require separate registartion. Examples:
manufacturing, distributing, dispensing, conducting research, narcotic treatment programs, chemical
analysis, importing / exporting, maintenance, disposal, detoxification, packaging.
Registration for separate locations: separate registration for each pharmacy, pharmacy chain, clinic,
hospital. Wholesalers do not have to register if distributing to a registered location.
Registration procedure: submit application to DEA by individual, partners, corporate officer, or person
with power of attorney.
Registration action by the DEA: certificate of registration is granted by DEA if appropriate, otherwise it
may be denied.
Modification of registration: e.g. for change of name, address, extension of authorized activities, etc.
Transfer of registration: not allowed except in case of pharmacy ownership transfer.
Suspension / revocation of registration: May be due to imminent danger to public health or safety. If
revoced / suspended  deliver certificate or registration, any DEA 222 order forms, all controlled
substances or place them under seal.
Exemptions from registration: Military officials: can prescribe, administer or dispense but not
purchase. Law-enforcement officials: federal and state. Civil defense officials: and disaster relief
organizations during prolaimed emergencies or disasters. Agents and employees of registrants: such
as pharmacists or delivery personnel.
Termination of registration: death, cease of legal existence (company), d/c business or pratice. DEA
must be notified and drugs disposed of.
Required inventories
All registered entities have to conduct biennial inventory.
Initial inventory: must be taken on the day of start or end of business or change of ownership. If no
controlled substances in possession  must be documented.
Biennial inventory: any date within 2 years of the previous inventory.
Inventory procedures: conducted at either the open or close of business. Separate inventory record
required for CII  keep drugs separate.
Inventory content: inventory must contain: date of inventory, dosage form, strength, number of units or
volume in each container. Exact count is required for open bottle of only CII (estimate is OK for other Cs,
unless containers contains > 1000 tablets).
Inventory record maintenance: keep inventory separate at the registered location for 2 years. Keep CII
inventory separate. Must be readily retrievable. Submission to DEA is not required.
Perpetual inventories: not required.
New or changes in schedules: inventory required for that drug only.
Obtaining controlled substances
CII: DEA Order Form 222 is required. Forms are issued by DEA, serially numbered with the certificate of
registration inforamtion. Triplicate copies each. List info for drugs and supplier (one supplier per form).
Form is invalid for purchasing 60 days of signature. Only used by previously authorized and deisgnated
individuals. Send copy 1 and 2 to supplier, retain copy 3. Maintain for 2 years. A purchaser / supplier
may cancel part or all of the order by notifying the other party in writing.
CIII-V: no form is required but records need to be maintained (2 years).
Storage of controlled substances
One of two ways: in a securely locked well constructed cabinet OR dispersed throughout the stock of
other drugs to prevent theft. Report theft or significant loss immediately to DEA using Form 106.
Disposal of controlled substances
DEA Form 41 must be submitted and pre-authorized. Always keep records. Options for disposal:
transfer to a registered person or entity (use Form 222 for CII), delivery to or destroy in the presence of
DEA agent or office. Regular disposal of controlled substances: DEA may authorize disposal without
pior approval. Always keep records.
Disposal (dispensing) pursuant to a valid Rx
Authorized prescribers
Only by a practioner who is licensed by the state (not federally). Usually: physicians, dentists, vets,
podiatrists (DEA starts with A or B). Other professionals may be licensed but with restrictions (DEA starts
with M).
Authentication of DEA number (7 digits): (1 + 3 + 5) + 2x(2 + 4+ 6)  double digit  the right digit has
to match digit 7.
Purpose for prescribing
Must be in good faith only for legitimate medical reasons during the normal course of pratice (medical
history and physical exam performed). A vet can not prescribe for humans. It does not have to be within
specialty if physician is a specialist. Can not prescibe controlled drugs for the sole purpose of
detoxification of maintenance of addiction (only if within a treatment program).
Prescribing
CII must be written unless it is an emergency  oral drugs only, no alternative, written Rx is not possible,
only necessary quantity, prescriber must be known to the pharmacist  written Rx must be provided
within 7 days of oral Rx (mail or in person), otherwise notify DEA. CIII-V can be oral or fax.
Faxed Rx: ok for CIII-V. For CII  ok to prepare the Rx but no released to the patient without written Rx
 exceptions include injectable home health, hospice, and LTC Rx (no written Rx required) .
Dispensing a Rx
Time validity: 6 months for CIII-IV and no time limit for CII and CV (although questionable after 6
months). No limitation on quantity either. Apply good faith principles.
All information on the Rx must be complete (including S/N).
Label: must have pharmacy name / address, S/N, date of original filling, patient name, prescriber name,
drug info, directions, Cautionary Auxilliary Sticker.
Separate record files: CII, CIII-V, other Rx all separate, OR Combine all C with CIII-V or combine CIII-V
with non control as long as C is stamped in red on CIII-V.
Refills: no refills for CII. For CIII-IV  up to 5 refills in 6 months. No limit for C-V (use good faith).
Maintain either physical or computerized records (certain characteristics).
Partial dispensing: allowed for CIII-IV within 6 months. For CII: allowed only if not enough stock(within
72 hr), or terminally ill patient / LTC (within 60 days).
Transfer of refills (CIII-V): allowed only once. Write ‘Void’ or ‘Transfer’ on Rx.
Dispensing without a prescription
Only if not a prescription drug. Only pharmacist can dispense only limited quantities (wihtin 48 hr period)
with records kept (2 years), in good faith. Purchaser must be 18 years and present an ID (if not familiar).
Security considerations
Seals / seals: seals required for all packages and containers. Labels must clearly designate the schedule
(II-V).
Felony convictions: no registrant may employ felons conviced with a narcotic offense.
DEA inspections
Inspected are conducted only in a reasonable manner and during business hours, only after registrant
notification or court warrant. Specifics of the inspection scope must be provided.
Violation under the act
Penalties depend on type of schedule, nature of violation, and knowledge and intent of the violator, first or
recurrent offense. Pharmacist must be proven to be negligent not only an inadvertent mistake. May
include civil penalty or imprisonment.
Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act
Passed following the sale of sulfanilamide elixir with deadly diethylene glycol (car antifreeze) in 1937. Act
requires the use of NDA to prove to the FDA that the drug is safe and effective.
Drug: articles intended for use in diagnosis, cure, mitigation, treatment or prevention of disease in man or
animals. Also, articles other than food intended to affect the structure or function of the body. Also,
articles in the USP.
Legend (Rx) drugs
Includes the following types of drugs: Habit-forming drugs: such as narcotics or hypnotics. Safety:
drugs that are not safe except under supervision of a licensed practioner.
IND: files on a NCE. Allows the conduct of research to prove safety and efficacy (exemption from the
Act). Include phases 1-3.
Phase 1: use on healthy humans to determien metabolism, pharmacology, mechanism, SE.
Phase 2: well-controlled closely monitored studies on small # of patients to evaluate efficacy for a certain
indication and also SE and risks.
Phase 3: expanded clinical trials on patients to confirm safety and efficacy and risk/benefit relationship
NDA: acceptable proof of safety and efficacy to the FDA  approved for use in certain indications.
Treatment INDs (treatment protocols): allows a practioner to use an investigational drug as treatmetn
in serious and life-threatening disease when no alternatives are available.
OTC medications
FDA determined drug is safe for self-administration. Usually, drugs are not habit forming,  toxicity / SE.
Must have adequate clear directions and must comply with FDA monograph (to avoid misbranding). A
legend (Rx) drug may be converted by the FDA to OTC.
Generic / Proprietary drugs
Generic name is the chemical name, common name or official name in the compendium.
ANDA: submitted for drugs that have already been proven safe and effective. The brand / generic must
have the same active, dosage form, strength, route, indications, conditions of use. Only bioavailability
and bioequivalence have to be shown. Approved bioequivalent drugs are listed in the orange book.
Established names for drugs
Established name: Commissioner of the FDA has the authority to designate names. Name has to be
simple and useful. The FDA recongizes the US Adopted Names Council (USAN) in deriving names for
NCE. Otherwise, use the name in the official compendium title. Otherwise, common or usual name is
used.
Drug recall
Voluntary manufacturer recall: may be completely voluntary or after several attempts by the FDA to
receive court ordered recalls.
Drug recall classification: assigned by the FDA. Class I: potential for serious SE and death. Class II:
potential for temporary or reversible SE or when serious SE are unlikely. Class III: not likely to cause
serious SE
Recall procedure: strategy should consider the depth of the recall, need for public warning. First layer of
notification (to wholesalers) is done by the company. Public notification is made by the FDA in the weekly
FDA Enforcement Report.
Misbranding and adulteration
Adulteration: change or variation from official formulary or manufacturer’s standards. Drug contains filthy,
putrid, decomposed substance. Drug was prepared, packed, held under unsanitary conditions where it
might have been contaminated. Container has poisonous substance. Drug contains unsafe color. Drug
strength, quality or purity is different from claimed compendium standard. Drug contains another
substance that  its quality or strength. OTC that is not properly packaged (tamper-proof) or labeled.
Ophthalmic product that is not sterile. cGMP: a drug is adultrated if not manufactured in conformity with
cGMP.
Misbranding: a drug is sold or dispensed with a violative label. False or misleading label. Imitation or
name used of another drug. Insulin or antibiotic that is not batch certified. Drug dispensed in non-child
proof container. Label without proper info (drug info, precautions, pharmacy info, Rx#, date, names of
patient / prescriber, directions, etc), oral contraceptive / estrogen / progesterone / IUD without patient
insert, package, Rx drug without Rx, ophthalmic preparation that is not sterile.
Violations under the Act: exemption in certain cases of good faith (violative product receive by the
pharmacy in good faith), receipt of drug with a signed written guaranty from the wholesaler.
Seizures: of adultrated / misbranded product after a court hearing or without a hearing if there is propable
cause of danger to public health.
Investigations and inspections: done by the US Secretary of Health and Human Services.
Investigations must be authorized, within reasonable limits, time, manner and scope.
Package inserts
Manufacturer’s insert: full disclosure is required by the manufacturer. Enclosed with every commercial
container. Contains essential informative and accurate scientific information for safe and effective drug
use. It can’t be promotional in tone, false or misleading.
Patient package insert: due to certain SE with certain products, patient inserts must be dispensed,
including refills. That includes the following: Oral contraceptives, IUDs, Estrogen products, Porgestational
products, Isoproterenol inhalation products, Miscellaneous (e.g. Isotretinoin  serious fetal harm if
pregnant). For isoproterenol, label with “Do not exceed prescribed dose. Contact physician if difficult
persists”.
Prescription drug samples
Currently, sample distribution is very restricted. All sale, purchase, trade of samples are banned. Sample
records are maintained by the manufacturer for 3 years. Pharmacies can not accept samples.
Importation after exporting is illegal.
Medical devices
Safety and effectiveness are required.
Class I: reasonable assurance of safety and quality
Class II: no reasonable assurance of safety and quality, but has sufficient info to establish controls to
ensure safety and quality
Class III: no reasonable assurance of safety and quality (generally, they can not be marketed).
Medical device tracking: required if failure may lead to serious SE. Tracking allows recalls.
Manufacturer’s reports: manufacturer, hospitals, pharmacies, etc are required to report to the FDA
potential link to death or adverse SE.
Misbranding and adulteration: same as drugs
Poison Prevention Packaging Act
The Act (1970) require child-resistant containers for all drugs (difficult for children under age of 5 to open
easily within short period of time). Enforced by the Consumer Product Safety Comission.
Requests for non-child resistant container: request can be made by the prescriber in a specific
prescription, but a blanket request can’t be made. Patient can request that for one or all Rx (does not
have to be in writing).
Reuse of child-resistant containers: generally prohibited. Allowed for glass containers when a new
child resistant cap is used.
Manufacturer’s packaging: no child-resistant container if the product will be repackaged by the
pharmacist, but is required if product will be dispensed directly to the patient.
Exemptions for easy access: OTC non-child-resistant packaged can be sold as long as child-resistant
alternative is offered. Label “For Households Withouth Children” or “Package Not Child Resistant”.
Hospitals and institutions: the Act applies to houshold substances (“any substance produced or
distributed for sale for consumption or use by individuals in the household”). Act does not apply if drug is
given by hosptial personnel and not directly dispensed to the patient.
Miscellaneous special packaging: such as furniture polish containing petroleum distillates, drain pipe
cleaners, turpentine, pain solvents, lighter fluid.
Exceptions
Sublingual nitroglycerin and sublingual / chewable isosorbide dinitrate at low doses.
Erythromycin ethylsuccinate granules for oral suspension ( doses).
Oral contracpetives / conjugated estrogen / norethindrone acetate in memory-aid (mnemonic) packages
( dose).
Medroxyprogesterone acetate tablets.
Anhydrous cholestyramine powder.
Colestipol powder ( dose)
Potassium supplements (effervescent tablets, liquid, powder) ( dose).
Sodium fluoride (tablet / liquid,  dose).
Betamethasone tablets in dispenser packages ( dose).
Prednisone or methylprednisolone tablets ( dose)
Pancrelipase tablet, capsule, powder ( dose)
Mebendazole tablets ( dose)
Anti-Tampering Act
Act passed in 1984 due to death from OTC capsules containing cyanide. Applies to consumer products
(food, drug, device, cosmetic, other articles).
OTC tamper-resistant packaging: required from some products (contact lens, ophthalmic solutions).
Contain a visible indicator of breach or tampering. Product / tamper-resistant technology design must be
distinct to avoid easy duplication by commonly available processes.
OTC tamper-resistant labeling: clearly alert consumers to specific tamper-resistant feature on the
package.
Medical devices and cosmetics: required for certain products
Violations: include tampering, false communication or conspiracy for either.
Mailing Prescription Medications
All drugs, including narcotics, can be mailed by the physician or pharmacist. Place drugs in a plain outer
container or securely wrap in plain paper. Make no outside markings that indicate nature of content.
Exception: do not mail flammable liquids or alcoholic beverages.
Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (OBRA)
The US Constitution states that the federal government has no authority to regulate the practice of
pharmacy (done by the states). Federal government can indirectly affect practice by attaching conditions
of participation and reimbursement for federally funded programs.
Medicaid: Rx are paid jointly by federal and state governments. Federal reimbursement require the
pharmacist to get a patient and medication history, conduct DUR, offer counseling to the patient.
Manufacturer’s best price: for manufacturer’s to participate in Medicaid, they must offer “best price”
(lowest price for the purchaser).
Narcotic Treatment Programs
Methadone can be used as part of a total narcotic addition treatment program. Regulations were
established by the FDA and DEA. It is used for maintenance or detoxification. Facility has to be approved
by the FDA, DEA and state authority.
Detoxification treatment: dispensing a narcotic drug in  doses to  withdrawal physiologic or
psychologic symptoms. Maximum period: 6 months.
Maintenance treatment: dispensing a narcotic drug at stable dosage levels to treat heroin or morphinelike dependence.
Requirments for patient admittance: has been physiologically dependent on a narcotic for one year
and still is. Patient participation must be voluntary. Patient has to sign “Conset to Methadone Treatment”
after being infomred properly.
Take home methadone: only to patients, judged by the physician, are responsible in handling narcotic
drugs. Patient must come to the clinic for observation at least 6 days a week, then gradually 
observations to once a week. Dispense methadone as any CII drug.
24. Reviewing and dispensing prescriptions
Definitions
Prescriptions: orders for medications, non-drug products, and services. Practitioners may prescribe
medications only in their field of practice.
Information in the Rx: patient name and address, date, name and dosage form of the product, product
strength, quantity (directly or indirectly), directions to the pharmacist (preparation, labeling), directions for
the patient (quantity, schedule, duration, avoid “as directed”), refill information (“as needed” means one
year), prescriber information (signature, DEA if controlled).
Medical orders: orders for medications intended for use by patients in an institutional setting.
Information in medication order: patient information, date and time, name and dosage form, product
strength, route of administration, signature, directions to the pharmacist, instructions for administration.
Understanding the Rx
Understanding the order: all info must be understood and consistent, including disease condition,
reason for treatment, type of units used.
Evaluating appropriateness: follow up if incomplete info was provided. Evaluate allergies, route of
administration, drug-drug / food / disease interactions, safety for intended use, proper quantity and
dosage, incompatibilities, legitimate prescriber.
Discovering inappropriate Rx: Drug Utilization Review: review medication profiles to ensure
appropriateness. Therapeutic intervention: calling the prescriber to discuss concerns regarding the Rx.
Following the intervention, the Rx may be dispensed as written, with changes or not at all.
Processing the Rx
Involves use of technicians and automation, save pharmacist’s time for patient counseling and education.
Record Rx number, original date of filling, product and quantity dispensed, pharmacist’s initials.
Product selection: involves generic substitution, formulary / therapeutic substitution policies.
Product preparation steps: obtain proper medication amount, reconstitute if necessary,
extemporaneous compounding, assembly of delivery unit, selection of proper package or container.
Labeling: contains name and address of pharmacy, patient’s name, original date of filling, Rx number,
directions for use, product name and manufacturer, product strength, quantity dispensed, prescriber
name, expiration date, pharmacist initials. Unit-dose packages: contain one dose or unit of medication,
label identifies drug name, strength, lot#, expiration date. Auxiliary labels: to ensure proper medication
use, storage, federal transfer of narcotics, etc.
Record-keeping: include patient profile system that includes demographic information (allergies, DOB,
disease, weight, occupation, OTC use) and record of all medications.
Dispensing medication and counseling
Counseling patients: evaluate patient’s understanding, supply additional information, proper use,
storage, appearance, name, route of administration, duration of use, reason for the Rx, SE (frequency,
severity, actions to manage and minimize), OTC or food interactions.
Counseling health professionals: especially in institutional setting where the professional administers
the drug. Other information: cost, drug-drug or nutrition interactions, physical incompatibilities,
interference with lab tests,
Patient monitoring
Pharmaceutical care plan: to ↑ frequency and benefits of desired outcomes. Includes: assessment
(review medical conditions and symptoms), plan (decision on appropriate therapy), monitoring (review
outcome goals and endpoints).
Drug-related problems: unnecessary therapy, wrong drug, wrong dose, SE, poor compliance, need for
additional therapy.
25. Sterile Products and Parenterals
Introduction
Sterile products: parenterals, irrigating solutions, ophthalmics
Aseptic technique: preparation procedures to maintain sterility
Pyrogens: metabolic byproducts of live and dead microorganisms that cause fever upon injection.
Tonicity: related to osmotic pressure. Hypotonic solution: ↓ osmotic pressure than blood or 0.9% NaCl.
Cause cells to expand  hemolysis, pain. Isotonic: exert same osmotic pressure as blood or 0.9% NaCl.
Hypertonic: must be administered through a large vein to avoid phlebitis and ensure rapid dilution.
Clean rooms: areas constructed and maintained to ↓ probability of environmental contamination of sterile
products. They have the following:
High-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters: used to clean the air entering the room. Remove all
particulates < 0.3 mm with efficiency ~ 100%. HEPA filtered rooms are Federal Class 10,000, i.e., they
contain <10,000 particles 0.5 mm or larger per cubic foot of air.
Positive-air pressure flow: used to prevent contaminated air from entering a clean room.
Counters: in the clean room are made of easily cleaned nonporous material, e.g., stainless steel.
Wall / floors: free from cracks / crevices, rounded corners, made of nonporous material, easily
disinfected.
Air flow: air moved with uniform velocity (90 fpm) along parallel lines.
Laminar flow hoods: clean air work benches in clean rooms designed as aseptic environment for
making sterile products (Class 100). Horizontal: air flow moves across the surface of the work area
(disadvantage: no protection for the operator). Vertical: advantages: air flows down on the work space,
which protects the operator, portion of the air is circulated a second time.
Inspection / certification: for clean rooms and laminar flow hoods is done annually or when moved. The
dioctyl phthalate (DOP) smoke test ensures that no particle > 0.3 mm passes through HEPA filter.
Anemometer is used to measure air flow velocity and a particle counter is used to count particles.
Sterilization methods and equipment
Thermal: using either moist or dry heat. Moist heat (autoclave): most reliable and widely used.
Microorganisms are destroyed by cellular protein coagulation. Minimum 121 C for 15 minutes. Dry heat:
minimum 160 C for 120 minutes. More potential damage to product due to ↑ temperature.
Chemical (gas): used for surfaces and porous materials (e.g. surgical dressings). Ethylene oxide is
used with gas and moisture. Residual gas must be dissipated before product use.
Radioactive: for industrial sterilization of products in sealed packages that can not be heated (e.g.
surgical equipment, ophthalmic ointments). Use either electromagnetic or particulate radiation. May
accelerate drug decomposition.
Mechanical (filtration): removes but does not destroy and clarifies solutions by eliminating particulates.
Depth filter: consists of fritted glass or unglazed porcelain. Membrane (screen) filter: with thickness of
1-200 mm. A mesh of millions of microcapillary pores filter the solution by physical sieving. Pores make
up 75% of surface  ↑ flow rate than depth filters. Particulate filters (0.5-5 mm): remove particles or
glass, rubber, plastic, etc. Used to ↓ risk of phlebitis by removing undissolved particles of reconstituted
powders, cannot be used for blood, emulsions, suspensions, colloids. Microbial filters (<0.22 mm):
ensures microbe removal (cold sterilization). Either filter can be used as part of the tubing in drug
administration (in-line filter).
Packaging
Ampules: made entirely of glass. Single use. Disadvantages: glass fragments may contaminate the
product during opening  must be filtered, not multiple use. Not commonly used now.
Vials: glass or plastic closed with a rubber stopper and sealed with aluminum crimp. Advantages: can be
multiple use (if bacteriostatic agent is added), easier to remove product, no glass fragment risk, no need
for filtration. Disadvantages: coring of rubber stopping can get into product, multiple use can cause
microbial contamination. Drugs that are unstable in solution are packaged in solid form and must be
reconstituted with a diluent (sterile water or NaCl) before use. Lyophilization (freeze drying) can be used
to ↑ dissolution rate and permit rapid reconstitution. Double chamber system: one chamber with sterile
water for injection is separated from unreconstituted drug chamber by rubber closure  no need to enter
vial twice  ↓ contamination risk.
Add-vantage system: drug is in a vial attacked to an IV bag for reconstitution. Add-vantage vial is
screwed into the top of Add-vantage IV bag and rubber diaphragm is dislodged to allow the mixing.
Prefilled syringed: for immediate drug administration in an emergency (epinephrine, atropine). Prefilled
cartridges: ready to use parenteral packages with ↑ accuracy and sterility. Used for narcotics.
Infusion solutions: Small Volume Parenterals (SVP): volume < 100ml. Large VP (LVP): volume >
100ml.
Packaging materials: Glass: clarity for easy inspection, ↓ interaction with content. Plastic polymers:
durability, easy storage / disposal, ↓ weight, ↑ safety, e.g., PVC and polyolefin.
Routes of administration
Subcutaneous: usually in the arm or thigh. Example: insulin.
Intramuscular: e.g. mid-deltoid, gluteus medicus, < 5ml. Used for prolonged or delayed absorption (e.g.
methylprednisolone).
Intravenous: most important and common, immediate therapeutic response, no recall of inadvertent
overdose, e.g., antibiotics, cardiac drugs.
Intradermal: only very limited volume, e.g., skin tests and vaccines.
Intra-arterial: deliver ↑ drug concentration into target side with little dilution by circulation, e.g., diagnostic
radiopaque materials and antineoplastics.
Hypodermoclysis: injection of large volumes of solution into SC tissue to provide continuous abundant
drug supply, e.g., antibiotics for children.
Intraspinal: e.g. local anesthetics during surgery (lidocaine, bupivacaine).
Intra-articular: injection into joint space, e.g., corticosteroids (hydrocortisone, methylprednisone) for
arthritis.
Intrathecal: injection into the spinal fluid, e.g., antibiotics, cancer chemotherapy.
Parenteral preparations
IV admixtures: one or more sterile drug product added to an IV fluid.
IV fluids
Used in preparation of parenteral products (vehicles for IV admixtures).
Dextrose (d-glucose): 5% dextrose in water (D5W). Used for reconstitution, as hydrating solution.
Higher concentration dextrose (e.g. D10W) provide source of carbohydrates in parenteral nutrition. pH of
D5W is 3.5-6.5  instability of acid-labile drugs. Concentration > 15%  give through central vein. Use
cautiously in DM.
Sodium chloride: usually as 0.9% solution  isotonic (normal saline). NaCl 0.45% is half-normal saline.
Used for admixtures, fluid and electrolyte replacement. Bacteriostatic NaCl for injection (0.9%): for
multiple reconstitutions (bacteriostatic  benzyl alcohol, propylparaben, methylparaben).
Water: for reconstitution and dilution of NaCl, dextrose. Use Sterile or Bacteriostatic Water for Injection.
Ringer’s solution: used post-surgically for fluid and electrolyte replacement. Lactated Ringer’s
(Hartmann’s solution): contains sodium lactate, NaCl, KCl, CaCl2, may be combined with D5W.
Ringer’s injection: does not contain sodium lactate, may be combined with D5W.
IV electrolytes
Cations:
Sodium: main extracellular cation, important for interstitial osmotic pressure, tissue hydration, acid-base
balance, nerve-impulse transmission, muscle contraction. Examples: Na chloride, acetate, phosphate.
Potassium: main intracellular cation, important for muscle (esp cardiac) contraction, neuromuscular
excitability, protein synthesis, carbohydrate metabolism. Examples: potassium chloride, phosphate,
acetate.
Calcium: important for nerve impulse transmission, muscle contraction, cardiac function, bone formation,
cell membrane permeability. Examples: calcium chloride, gluconate, gluceptate.
Magnesium: important for enzyme activities, muscle excitability, neuromuscular transmission. Example:
magnesium sulfate.
Anions:
Chloride: main extracellular anion. With sodium, it controls interstitial osmotic pressure, blood pH.
Examples: sodium, potassium, calcium chloride.
Phosphate: main intracellular anion. Important for enzyme activities, controlling calcium levels, buffer to
prevent changes in acid-base balance. Examples: sodium, potassium phosphate.
Acetate: bicarbonate precursor  used as alkali to preserve plasma pH. Examples: sodium, potassium
acetate.
Parenteral antibiotics
Route: direct IV, short term IV infusion, IM, intrathecal.
Use: serious infections requiring ↑ concentration, GI is inaccessible.
Parenteral antineoplastics
May be toxic and hazardous during prep, administration.
Safe handling: use vertical laminar flow hood, syringes and IV tubing with Luer-Lok fittings, closed-front
cuffed surgical gowns, double layered gloves, negative pressure technique, final dosage adjustment with
care, special care priming IV sets, prime before adding the drug, special disposal, wash hands, monitor
health of personnel.
Patient problems: Infusion phlebitis: vein inflammation, pain, swelling, heat sensation, site redness,
avoid by drug dilution and filtration. Extravasation: infiltration of the drug into SC tissues surround the
vein. Response: local hydrocortisone or anti-inflammatory, antidote with cold compress, warm compress
to ↑ blood flow and wash vesicant away from damage tissue.
Parenteral biotechnology products
Examples: monoclonal antibodies, vaccines, colony-stimulating factors.
Uses: cancer chemotherapy, HIV, hepatitis B, infections, transplant rejection, rheumatoid arthritis,
inflammatory bowel, respiratory diseases.
Characteristics: protein and peptide biotechnology drugs: short t1/2, special storage (freezing,
refrigeration), avoid vigorous shaking not to destroy protein molecules.
Route: direct IV, IV infusion, IM, SC. Require reconstitution.
Irrigating solutions
Manufactured by the same standards for IV products but not intended for injection. Labeling differenced
specified in USP, i.e., different acceptable particulate matter levels, volume, container design.
Topical administration: packaged in pour bottles into desired. For irrigating wounds, moistening
dressings, cleaning surgical instruments.
Infusion: e.g., perfuse tissues to maintain integrity of surgical field, remove blood, clear field of view as in
urologic surgeries. Add Neosporin G.U. irrigant, an antibiotic, to ↓ risk of infection.
Dialysis (dialysates): e.g., in renal failure, poisoning, electrolyte disturbances. They remove waste
matter, serum electrolytes, toxic products. Peritoneal dialysis: hypertonic dialysate (dextrose,
electrolytes) is infused in the peritoneal cavity via surgically implanted catheter  remove toxins by
osmosis and diffusion  finally drain. Antibiotics, heparin may be added. Hemodialysis: patient’s blood
is transfused through a dialyzing membrane that removes toxins.
Needles and syringes
Hypodermic needles
Stainless steel or aluminum.
Gauge: the outside diameter of the shaft. Large number (27) small diameter (13). SC: 24-25. IM: 1922. Compounding: 18-20.
Bevels: slanting edges cut into needle tips to facilitate insertion. Regular bevel: most common, for SC,
IM. Short bevel: used onlyfor shallow penetration (IV). Intradermal bevel: most beveled.
Lenghts: from ¼ to 6 inches, depending on desired penetration. IV: 1¼ - 2½ inch. Compounding
parenterals: 1½. Intradermal / SC: ¼. Intra-cardiac: 3½.
Syringes
Glass or plastic barrel and tight-fitting plunger, small opening to accommodate needle.
Luer syringe: oldest, universal attachment for all needle sizes.
Syringe volumes: 0.3 – 60 ml. Insulin syringes have unit graduations (100 units/ml) rather than volume
graduations.
Calibrations: may be metric or English, vary depending on size.
Syringe tips: Luer-Lok: threaded to ensure needle fit tightly, for antineoplastic drugs. Luer-Slip:
unthreaded so needle does not lock into place, may be dislodged. Eccentric: set off center to allow
needle to remain to injection site and minimize venous irritation. Catheter: used for wound irrigation and
enteral feedings and not for injections.
Intravenous drug delivery
Injections sites
Peripheral vein injection: preferred for non-irritating drugs, isotonic solutions, short term IV therapy.
Use dorsal forearm for venipuncture.
Central vein injection: preferred for hypertonic solutions, long-term IV therapy. Use thoracic cavity vein,
e.g., subcalvian.
Intermittent infusion
Continuous drip infusion: slow infusion to maintain therapeutic level ro provide fluid and electrolyte
replacement. Rate: ml/hr or drops/min. Use for drugs with narrow therapeutic index, e.g., heparin,
aminophylline.
Intermittent infusion: infusion at specific intervals (4hr), for antibiotics. Direct bolus injection: rapidly
deliver small volume of undiluted drug. Use for immediate effect as in emergency. Additive set
infusion: using volume control device, for intermittent delivery of small amounts. Piggyback method:
used when drug cannot be mixed with primary solution, a supplemental secondary solution is infused
through the primary system, avoids a second puncture or further dilution. Admixtures: also called
manufacturer’s piggyback, a vehicle is added to the drug, example: Add-Vantage system.
Intermittent infusion injection devices: also called scalp-vein, heparin-lock, butterfly infusion set.
Permit intermittent delivery without multiple punctures or prolonged venous access. Use dilute heparin or
normal saline to prevent clotting in the cannula.
Pumps and controllers
Pumps
Piston-cylinder mechanism: a syringe like apparatus
Linear peristaltic mechanism: external pressure to expel fluid out of the pumping chamber.
Volumetric pump: for intermittent infusion (e.g. antibiotics), continuous infusion, parenteral nutrition, etc.
Syringe pump: used for intermittent or continuous infusion of drug in concentrated form (e.g. antibiotics,
opiates).
Mobile infusion pump: small infusion devices for ambulatory and home patients. For chemotherapy and
opiates.
Implantable pump: surgically planted under skin to provide continuous drug release, usually an opiate.
The pump reservoir is refilled by injecting drug into pump diaphragm.
Patient-controlled analgesia (PCA) pump: used for intermittent or on demand delivery of narcotics.
Benefits: ↑ cost, ↑ training, ↑ accurate flow rate, detect infiltration, occlusion and air, save nurse time.
Controllers
Use no pumping pressure. Use gravity and control infusion rate by electronic counting of drops.
Compared to pumps: ↓ complex, ↓ expensive, reasonable accuracy, used for uncomplicated infusion but
not arterial or small vein infusion.
IV incompatibilities
Types of incompatibilities
Physical: mixing causes visible change in appearance. Example: evolution of CO2 when sodium
bicarbonate and HCl are mixed. It can be a visible color change or pptn (e.g. phosphate and calcium).
Chemical: chemical degradation causing toxicity or loss of activity. Complexation: such as calcium and
tetracycline  inactive tetracycline complex. Oxidation: when a drug loses electrons  color change,
inactivity. Reduction: when a drug gains electrons. Photolysis: chemical decomposition by light 
hydrolysis or oxidation  color change.
Therapeutic: e.g. bacteriostatic (tetracycline) then bactericidal (penicillin G)  ↓ activity of penicillin G.
Factors affecting compatibility
pH: ∆ in pH  ↑ incompatibility. Acid + base = salt  may ppt.
Temperature: ↑ temp  ↑ degradation. Use fridge or freezer.
Degree of dilution: ↑ dilution  ↓ ion interaction  ↓ incompatibility.
Length of time in solution: ↑ time  ↑ chance of incompatibility
Order or mixing: do not add incompatible drugs in sequence (e.g. calcium, phosphate), mix well.
Preventing incompatibilities
Administer solutions quickly after mixing, mix each drug well after addition, ↓ number of mixed drugs,
consult references.
Hazards of parenteral drug therapy
Physical
Phlebitis: usually a minor problem, minimize by proper IV insertion technique, dilution of irritating drugs, ↓
infusion rate.
Extravasation: caused by vesicant drugs
Irritation: ↓ by varying injection site and applying moisturizer
Pain: common with peripheral infusion of concentration drugs, ↓ by diluting the drug or switching to
central vein.
Air embolism: can be fatal
Infection: critical in central IV lines, can be local or systemic (septicemia).
Allergic reaction: due to hypersensitivity to IV solution, additive
Central catheter misplacement: may cause air embolism or pneumothorax, verify proper placement
radiologically
Hypothermia: due to shock or cardiac arrest, may be due to cold IV solution, injection solution at room
temp only.
Neurotoxicity: serious problem in intrathecal / intraspinal injection of drugs containing preservatives
(avoid preservatives)
Mechanical
Pump/controller failure: may cause fluid overload, incorrect dose, or runaway infusion.
IV tubing: can become kinked, split, cracked, produce particles
Glass containers: may break  injury
Rubber vial closures: may interact with drug solution
Particulate matter
Therapeutic
Drug instability: may lead to therapeutic ineffectiveness
Incompatibility: may cause toxicity or ↓ effectiveness
Labeling errors: may cause using incorrect drug or dosage
Drug overdose: may be caused by runaway IV infusion, pump / controller failure, nursing / pharmacy
errors.
Preservative toxicity: can be serious, esp in children. Example: benzyl alcohol in premature infants 
gasping syndrome (fatal acidotic toxic state).
Quality Control / Quality Assurance
Quality control: day-to-day assessment of all operations including analytical testing of raw materials and
finished product.
Quality assurance: oversight function, involves the auditing of QC procedures and systems.
Sterility testing: USP standard calls for 10-test samples from large batches, minimum of 2 samples from
small batches. Test conducting using membrane sterilization method  membrane is cultured for
microbial growth.
Pyrogen testing: qualitative fever response in rabbits or in vitro limulus lysate testing.
Clarity testing: to check for particulate matter. Swirl and look it against light source and dark background.
QA programs: include training, monitoring the manufacturing process, QC check, documentation.
Process validation: a mechanism for ensuring processes consistently result in sterile products of
acceptable quality. Includes written procedures, evaluation of aseptic technique by process simulation.
Process stimulation testing: duplicate sterile product production except that a growth media is used
instead of drug product. Incubate final product: no growth  successful aseptic technique.
Documentation: of training procedures, QC results, laminar flow hood certification, production records,
etc.
35. Drug use in special patient populations
Pediatrics
PK consideration
PK parameters change as children mature from birth to adolescence.
Gastrointestinal absorption:
Gastric pH: neonates are achlohydric (pH >4) but pH ↑ quickly in the first few weeks of life  ↑
absorption of basic drugs and ↓ absorption of acidic drugs, ↑ absorption of drugs destroyed by acidic pH
(penicillins).
Gastric emptying: long and highly variable in neonates and preemies, normal by age 6 months (t1/2 65
min). Drugs absorbed in the intestine: ↓ emptying rate  ↓ absorption, ↓ peak concentration. Formula
has ↑ caloric density  2x as fast gastric emptying in breast fed infants.
Underlying disease state: may ∆ gastric emptying rate, total surface area, absorption of lipids
Bile acid production: ↓ in preemies (1/2) than adults  ↓ fat and drug absorption (e.g. Vitamin D).
Pancreatic enzyme function: affects absorption of lipid soluble drugs. Neonates have ↓ lipases  ↓
absorption of chloramphenicol oral suspension.
Percutaneous absorption
Skin hydration  ↑ in neonates and preemies. SC thickness  normal in newborns, ↓ in preemies.
TEWL  ↑ in neonates.
Intramuscular absorption
Affected by absorption surface area, blood flow, injection site, muscle activity. Preemies  ↓ muscle
mass, ↓ muscle contractility  erratic IM absorption. IM absorption is normal in infants and children but is
discouraged due to pain.
Distribution
Protein binding: acidic drugs bind to albumin. Basic drugs bind to alpha1-acid glycoprotein. Both
proteins are ↓ in neonates  ↑ free drug. Normal levels at 1 year old of age.
Size of body compartments: Extracellular fluid volume is 40% in neonates, 20% at age one. Polar
compounds (e.g. aminoglycosides) distribute into extracullar fluids  loading dose is requires in neonates
to rapidly achieve therapeutic concentrations. Body fat is ↓↓ in preemies, higher in newborns and
reaches a peak at one year. A ↓ body fat  ↓ Vd for lipophilic drugs (diazepam).
Endogenous substances: neonates may have ↑ free fatty acid and unconjugated bilirubin  bind to
plasma proteins and ↓ degree of drug protein binding (↑ unbound drug).
Bilirubin competes with certain drugs for albumin binding sites. If displaced  potential drug induced
kernicterus.
Metabolism
Mostly occur in the liver. Some occur in the intestine, lung, skin. Liver metabolism is affected by enzyme
inducers (Phenobarbital, phenytoin, carbamazepine, rafampin) and enzyme inhibitors (cimetidine,
erythromycin).
Phase I reactions: non-synthetic reactions (oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, hydroxylation) that usually
result in inactive or ↓ activity metabolites. Most important enzymes are cytochrome P-450 monoxygenase
system (50% of adult level at birth).
Phase II reactions: synthetic conjugation reactions (with glycine, glucuronide, sulfate) that result in polar
water soluble inactive compounds for renal and bile elimination. Enzymes systems are ↓ at birth and ↑
with age. Glucuronide conjugation  chloramphenical, sulfate conjugation  acetaminophen,
sulfonamides  acetylation,
Elimination
Kidney is the major route of elimination for water soluble drugs and metabolites. Processes involved:
glomerular filtration, tubular secretion, tubular reabsorption. Filtration and secretion ↑ eilimination,
reabsorption ↓ elimination. All processes are ↓ in neonates. Renal blood flow (important for glomerular
filtration) is ↓ in neonates. Only unbound drugs undergo glomerular filtration.
Problems in drug monitoring
Therapeutic monitoring depends on correlation between serum concentration and therapeutic effect.
The relationships are established for adults and may not work for infants.
Side effects: Most common with antibiotics (vancomycin, penicillins, cephalosporins), anticonvulsants,
narcotics, antiemetics, contrast agents. Examples: red-man syndrome with vancoymcin, syndrome of
inappropriate antidiuretic hormone (SIADH) with carbamazepine.
Dosing consideration: Body surface area = square root of (height x weight / 3600). Dose intervals:
may be longer for neonates and shorter for older children.
Pregnancy
Fetal development
Withdraw all unnecessary medications 3-6 months before plans for conception.
Blastogenesis: first 2-3 weeks after fertilization. Germ formation occurs. Embryonic cells are
undifferentiated.
Organogenesis: 2-8 weeks. Most critical period of development as organs start to develop. Drug
exposure may cause major congenital malformations.
Fetal period: 9 weeks to birth. At 9 weeks, the embryo is called a fetus. Maturation and growth occurs.
Low risk of major congenital malformations.
Placental transfer of drugs
Functions of placenta: nutrition, respiration, metabolism, excretion, endocrine activity to maintain fetal
and maternal well being. In order for a drug to cause teratogenic or pharmacological effect, it has to pass
from the maternal circulation to the fetal circulation through the placenta.
Placenta is not a protective barrier: most substances pass the placenta by passive diffusion due to
concentration gradient. Placenta acts similar to any other lipid membrane.
Factors affecting drug transfer: Molecular weight: ↓ (< 500 dalton)  cross easily, large (heparin) 
does not cross. pH: weakly acidic and weakly basic drugs cross easily. Lipid solubility: ↑  cross
easily. Most oral drugs are designed for optimal lipid membrane transfer. Drug absorption: during
pregnancy  ↓ gastric tone and motility  delayed gastric emptying  ↓ absorption. Drug distribution:
during pregnancy  ↑ Vd with gestational age, ↑ fat content, ↑ total body fluid. Plasma protein binding:
only free unbound drugs cross placenta. Albumin and alpha1-acid glycroprotein are ↓ during pregnancy
 ↓ free drugs. Placenta membrane becomes thinner with gestational age. Blood flow ∆ with meals,
exercise, drugs and may ∆ placental crossing.
Embyotoxic drugs: may terminate or shortens pregnancy, especially in early pregnancy. Examples:
ACE inhibitors, hormones, antidepressants.
st
Teratogenic drugs: risk of teratogenesis is highest during the 1 trimester  physical malformations,
mental abnormalities. Teratogenic effect depend on the time during gestation when the drug is taken,
and organs developing at this point. FDA Classification: Category A (safety documented in humans),
Category B (safety documented in animals, or safe in humans but damaging in animals), Category C
(human safety unknown, may be damaging in animals), Category D (damaging in humans, only use in
life-threatening situations), Category X (highly damaging in humans and may be animals, absolute
contraindication). Examples: vitamin A derivatives (isotretinoin), ACE inhibitors, warfarin (use heparin
instead), estrogens, androgens, thyroids (methimazole, carbimazole, propylthiouracil), cortisone, ethanol
(Fetal Alcohol Syndrome, FAS), antibiotics (tetracycline (teeth), metronidazole, quinolone),
anticonvulsants (phenytoin, valproic acid, sodium valproate, trimethadione), lithium (Ebstein’s anomaly),
antineoplastics (methotrexate, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, busulfan), finasteride (avoid handling of
tablets and semen of male users).
Fetotoxic drugs: more likely during fetal period (9 weeks to birth). CNS depression (barbiturates,
tranquilizers, antidepressants, narcotics), Neonatal bleeding (NSAIDs, anticoagulants, use Tylenol
instead), Drug withdrawal (habitual maternal use of barbiturates, narcotics, benzodiazepines, alcohol),
Reduced birth weight (cigarette smokers, alcoholics, drug abusers), constriction of ductus arteriosus
rd
(NSAIDs in 3 trimester may cause pulmonary hypertension).
Drug excretion in breast milk
Transfer from plasma to breast milk: affected by factors influencing human membrane transfer. This is,
like other membranes, a semipermeable lipid barrier. Unionized drugs may pass by passive diffusion.
Low molecular weight molecules pass through small pores. Larger molecules must dissolve first in the
lipid membrane.
Drug’s physicochemical properties: human milk is more acidic than plasma. Acidic drugs are
unionized  diffuse into milk and back. Basic drugs become ionized in milk  trapped in milk. Plasma
protein bound drugs can’t pass into milk. ↑ lipid solubility  ↑ passage to milk.
Drugs affecting hormonal influence: primary hormone is prolactin. Bromocriptine  ↓ prolactin 
suppress lactation if desired. Other drugs to ↓ prolactin: L-dopa, ergot alkaloids. Drugs to ↑ prolactin:
metoclopramide, sulpiride.
Minimizing infant’s drug exposure: choose drugs with no active metabolites, short t1/2, no milk
accumulation. Adjust route of administration, dosing schedule to ↓ infant’s exposure.
Drugs that enter breast milk: narcotics, barbiturates, BZD, alcohol, antidepressants, antipsychotics,
metoclopramide, anticholinergics (dicyclomine).
Geriatrics
People >65 years use 33-50% of all prescriptions. 75% of elderly are Rx users.
20% of elderly experience SE. Incidence of SE is 2-3x higher in elderly.
SE may be overlooked in elderly because they are similar to disease symptoms.
Causes of ↑ SE in elderly: polypharmacy, multiple diseases, more severe diseases, ↓ drug elimination, ↑
sensitivity to drug effects.
One third of elderly use => 6 drugs.
Polypharmacy  ↑ drug interactions, ↑ drug-disease interactions.
↑ noncompliance in elderly especially with females, ↓ socioeconomic status, living alone, polypharmacy,
multiple disease, complicated regimens.
Disease  ↑ noncompliance. Example: macular degeneration, cataract, hearing loss, arthritis, Alzheimer.
Clinical trials during drug development may not test drugs on the elderly (↑ SE).
↑ osteoporosis  ↑ fractures due to falls because of drugs causing dizziness, drowsiness, syncope,
hypotension, blurred vision.
Avoid long acting BZD, use lorazepam, oxazepam (no active metabolites, phase I metabolism).
Pharmacokinetics
↓ liver metabolism (phase I)  ↑ drug accumulation
Absorption: can be affected by delayed gastric emptying, ↑ gastric pH, ↓ GI motility. Usually, the rate but
not the extent of absorption is affected.
Distribution: ↑ body fat / lean muscle mass ratio  ↑ Vd of fat soluble drugs (diazepam, propranolol). ↓
total body water  ↓ Vd of water soluble drugs (acetaminophen). ↓ serum albumin  ↓ protein binding 
↑ free drug (warfarin, phenytoin).
Kidney excretion: very important. ↓ glomerular filtration, ↓ tubular secretion rate. 50% ↓ in renal function
by age 70 in normal patients. Serum creatinine is not a good measure of renal function as creatinine also
↓ with age. ↓ dose of renally eliminated drugs to avoid SE and toxicity. Examples: digoxin, procainamide,
H2 antagonists, lithium, aminoglycosides.
Liver metabolism: ↓ phase I (but not phase II) metabolism and ↓ blood flow  ↑ t1/2, ↑ SE of BZD, some
analgesics.
Pharmacodynamics
Altered response to certain drugs. ↓ response to beta blockers, ↑ response to analgesics, BZD, warfarin.
Generally, start low and titrate slow.
↑ sensitivity to anticholinergic SE  avoid if possible.
36. Clinical laboratory tests
General principles
Monitor therapeutic / SE: e.g. serum uric acid after allopurinol, or liver function after isoniazid.
Estimate proper dose: serum creatinine or creatinine clearance before giving renally excreted drug
Decide on alternative / additional therapy: WBC count after AB
Drug-caused test misinterpretation: false positive urine glucose test after cephalosporin.
Normal test values: usually mean +/- 2 SD.
Standardization: using international system of units (SI). Basic SI unit is the mole (more physiologically
meaningful as reaction occurs at molecular level).
Lab error: due to specimens (spoiled, incomplete, wrong sampling time), bad reagents, inaccurate
procedure, technical errors.
Basic battery of tests: with routine physical and hospital admission include ECG, chest x-ray,
electrolytes, urinalysis, hemogram.
Types of test: quantitative (normal range), qualitative (-ve / +ve), semi-quantitiatve (1+, 2+, e.g. urine
glucose).
Hematological tests
RBCs
RBC count: number of RBCs per cubic mm of blood, an estimate of the blood Hb content. Normal: 4.5
million/mm3 (higher in men).
Hematocrit or packed cell volume (PCV): measures percentage (fraction) by volume of packed RBCs
in whole blood after centrifugation. Hct is usually 3x the Hb value. Normal: 45% (higher in men). Low
Hct  anemia, over hydration, blood loss. High Hct  polycythemia, dehydration.
Hemoglobin test: measures grams of Hb in 100 ml (1dl) of whole blood, an estimate of the oxygen
carrying capacity of RBCs. It depends on the number of RBCs and amount of Hb in each RBC. Normal:
15 g/dl (higher in men). Low Hb  anemia.
RBC (Wintrobe) indices: info on the size, Hb concent, Hb weight of RBCs. Used to categorize anemias.
Poikilocytosis: ∆ in RBC shape as in sickle-cell anemia. Anisocytosis: ∆ in RBC size as in folic acid
and iron deficiency anemia.
Mean corpuscular volume (MCV): ratio of Hct to RBC count. Measures average RBC size
(anisocytosis). Normal: 90. Low MCV  microcytic anemia (iron deficiency). High MCV  macrocytic
anemia (folic acid or vitamin B12 deficiency).
Mean cell Hb (MCH): measures amount of Hb in average RBC. Normal: 30.
Mean cell Hb concentration (MCHC): measures average Hb concentration in average RBC. Normal:
35. Low MCHC  hypochroma (pale RBCs) as in iron deficiency.
RBC distribution width (RDW): normal RBCs are equal in size  bell-shape normal histogram
distribution  high RDW in anemia (iron, folic acid, vitamin B12 deficiency). RDW is never below normal.
Reticulocyte count: measures immature RBCs (reticulocytes), which contain nuclear material (reticulum),
Normal: 1% of all RBCs. It measures bone marrow production of mature RBCs. High reticulocyte
count  hemolytic anemia, acute blood loss, response to treatment of factor deficiency anemia. Low
reticulocyte count  drug-induced aplastic anemia.
Erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR): measures rate of RBC sedimentation of whole uncoagulated
blood. It reflects plasma composition. Normal: 10 mm/hr (higher in females). High ESR  acute or
chronic infection, tissue necrosis, infarction, malignancy. Use to follow disease course, differentiate
diagnosis (angina  normal ESR, MI  ↑ ESR).
WBCS
WBC count: number of WBCs in whole blood. Normal: 7000 / mm3. High WBC count (leukocytosis)
 due to infection (esp. bacterial), leukemia, tissue necrosis. Low WBC count (leukocytopenia)  due
to bone marrow depression due to cancer, lymphoma or antineoplastic drugs.
WBC differential: evaluates the distribution and morphology of WBC cell types including granulocytes
(neutrophils, basophils, eosinophils), and non-granulocytes (lymphocytes, monocytes).
Neutrophils: may be mature or immature. Chemotaxis: congregation of neutrophils at site of tissue
damage of foreign body invasion  first line defense  phagocytosis and degradation of invaders.
Neutrophilic leukocytosis (↑#, ↑ fraction of immature cells)  systemic bacterial infection (e.g.
pneumonia), viral infection, fungi, stress (physical, emotional, blood loss), inflammatory disease
(rheumatism), drug hypersensitivity, tissue necrosis, leukemia, certain drugs (Ep, lithium). Neutropenia
(↓#, < 1000/mm3)  overwhelming infection as bone marrow is unable to keep up with demand, viral
infections, chemotherapy drug reactions.
Basophils: called mast cells in the tissues. Basophilia (↑#)  leukemia.
Eosinophils: associated with immune reactions. Eosinophilia (↑#)  acute allergic reaction (asthma,
hay fever, allergy), parasitic infections.
Lymphocytes: critical for immunologic activity, produce antibodies. Types: T and B. Lymphocytosis
(↑#)  viral infection. Lymphocytopenia (↓#)  severe debilitating disease, immunodeficiency, AIDS.
Atypical lymphocytes  in infectious mononucleosis.
Monocytes: phagocytic cells. Monocytosis (↑#)  TB, bacterial endocarditis, during recovery of acute
infections.
Platelets (thrombocytes)
Smallest in size. Involved in clotting. Normal: 225,000 / mm3.
Thrombocytopenia: ↓ platelets due to disease or drugs. Moderate: < 100,000. Severe: < 50,000.
Serum enzyme tests
Creatinine kinase (CK)
Location: heart, skeletal muscle, brain tissue
Use: aid diagnosis of acute MI (necrosis) or skeletal muscle damage.
Isoenzymes of CK: CK-MM in skeletal muscle (major), CK-MB in heart, CK-BB in brain  used to
identify source of damage.
↑ CK-MB  heart necrosis
Interference: exercise, fall, IM injection.
Lactate dehydrogenase (LDH)
LDH converts lactate to pyruvate and vice versa. Found in all cells.
Isoenzymes: 1 and 2 (heart), 3 (lungs), 4 and 5 (liver, skeletal muscles).
Use: aid diagnosis of MI, liver / lung disease.
Alkaline pohsphatase (ALP)
Location: produced mainly in the liver and bones
Use: serum ALP is sensitive (↑) to biliary obstruction as in bile duct stone. Serum ALP ↑ due to ↑
osteoblastic activity (e.g. Paget’s disease, hyperparathyroidism, osteomalacia).
Asparatate aminotransferase (AST)
Formerly known as serum glutamic-oxaloacetic transaminase (SGOT)
Location: mainly in the heart and liver.
Use: ↑ AST in acute hepatitis, cirrhosis, fatty liver, passive liver congestion (as in CHF).
Alanine aminotransferase (ALT)
Formerly known as serum glutamic-pyruvic transaminase (SGPT)
Location: mainly in the liver
Use: more specific but less sensitive than AST for liver damage. ALT ↑ only in severe liver damage.
Cardiac troponins
Use: identify MI injury, prognosis of unstable angina. More specific than CK-MB. Troponin T  in
cardiac and skeletal muscles. Tropnonin I  only in cardiac muscle.
Normal: Troponin T  < 0.1 ng/ml, Toponin I  < 1.5 ng/ml.
Liver function tests
Liver enzymes
Certain enzymes (LDH, ALP, AST, ALT) ↑ with liver dysfunction.
They indicate only liver damage but not ability to function
Serum bilirubin
Bilirubin is a breakdown product of hemoglobin, main bile pigment.
Indirect bilirubin (unconjugated): bilirubin released from Hb breakdown, bound to albumin, water
insoluble, not filtered by glomerulus.
Direct bilirubin (conjugated): Unconjugated bilirubin travel to the liver  separate from albumin 
conjugate  actively secret to the bile  filtered by the glomerulus.
Normal values: Total bilirubin  0.5 mg/dl. Direct bilirubin  0.1 mg/dl.
↑ bilirubin  tissue deposition  jaundice. Causes: hemolysis, biliary obstruction, liver cell necrosis.
Hemolysis: ↑ total but not direct bilirubin. Normal urine.
Biliary obstruction: may be intra-hepatic (e.g. due to chlorpromazine), or extra-hepatic (biliary stone) 
↑ total and direct bilirubin. Bilirubin present in urine  dark color.
Liver cell necrosis: due to viral hepatitis  ↑ total and direct bilirubin. Bilirubin present in urine  dark
color.
Serum proteins
Normal total serum protein level: 7 g/dL. Transport agents.
Albumin: made in the liver (liver disease  ↓albumin )
Globulin: ↓ albumin  compensatory ↑ in globulin.
Urinalysis
Appearance
Normal urine: clear, pale yellow to deep gold color.
Red urine: presence of blood or phenolphthalein (laxative)
Brownish-yellow urine: presence of conjugated bilirubin.
pH
Normal urine: slightly acidic (pH = 6)
Alkaline pH: due to acetazolamide use (bicaronaturia), or due to leaving urine sample at room
temperature.
Specific gravity
Normal urine: 1.015
↑ specific gravity: DM, glucose in urine, nephrosis (protein in urin)
↓ specific gravity: due to diabetes insipidus (↓ urine concentration).
Protein
Normal: 65 mg/24 hr.
Glomerular membrane prevents most blood protein from entering urine
Albuminurea: abnormal glomerular permeability.
Proteinuria: due to kidney disease, bladder infection, fever
Glucose
Normal renal threshold for glucose: blood glucose of 180 mg/dl.
Glycosuria: due to DM.
Ketones
Usually absent in urine. Excreted when body has used available glucose stores and began to metabolize
fat due to uncontrolled DM, or due to ↓↓ carbohydrate diet  Ketonuria.
Ketone bodies: betahydroxybutyric acid (major), acetoacetic acid, acetone.
Microscopy
Hematuria: presence of RBCs may indicate trauma, tumor, systemic bleeding. Squamous cells indicated
vaginal contamination due to menstruation in women.
Casts: protein conglomerations may be due to renal disease.
Crystals: pH-dependent, uric acid crystals in acidic urine, phosphate crystals in alkaline urine.
Bacteria: usually absent in urine (sterile), if present may be due to UTI or urethral contamination.
Renal function tests
Renal function ↓ with age. Use results to adjust drug dosage if needed.
↓ renal function  ↓ urea / creatinine excretion  ↑ their blood levels.
Azotemia/uremia: ↑ retention of nitrogenous waste (BUN / creatinine) in blood.
Renal azotemia: due to renal disease, e.g. glomerculonephritis.
Prerenal azotemia: due to dehydration, ↑ protein intake, hemorrhagic shock.
Postrenal azotemia: tumors or stones in the uterers, urethra, prostate.
Clearance: volume of plasma from which a measured amount of substance is eliminated (cleared) into
urine per unit time. Use to measure glomerular function
BUN (blood urea nitrogen)
Urea: end product of protein metabolism, produced in the liver.
Urea is filtered at the glomerulus, then 40% is reabsorbed at the tubules  urea clearance is 60% of true
GFR
Normal BUN: 13 mg/dl.
↓ BUN: due to liver disease
↑ BUN: due to renal disease, ↑ renal blood flow, ↑ protein intake.
Serum creatinine
Creatinine: metabolic breakdown product of muscle creatine phosphate
Normal level: 1 mg/dl, but varies based on the muscle mass
Creatinine excretion: by glomerular filtration and tubular secretion.
↑ serum creatinine  renal insufficiency.
50% ↓ in GFR  doubling of serum creatinine.
Creatinine clearance
Rate at which creatinine is removed from blood by the kidney.
Normal value: 100 ml/min (100 ml of blood cleared of creatinine / min).
Creatinine clearance parallels GFR, more sensitive than BUN.
Creatinine clearance = (urine creatinine concentration x urine rate) / serum creatinine.
Cockroft and Gault equation: used to estimate Clcr based on body weight, age, gender, and serum Cr
when urine information is N/A.
Electrolytes
Sodium
Major extracellular cation. Cellular osmosis and water balance: controlled by sodium, potassium, chloride
and water.
Normal level: 140 mEq/L. Concentration is a ratio of Na to water.
∆ Na  ∆ water balance not electrolyte balance.
Na control: by antidiuretic hormone (ADH) and aldosterone.
Hypothalamus  release ADH from pituitary gland  ↑ renal reabsorption of sodium.
↓ blood Na,↑ blood K, angiontesin II  aldosterone (mineralocorticoid) release from adrenal cortex  ↑
Na reabsorption in exchange for K urine secretion.
Hyponatremia: due to ↑ Na loss (kidney disease), ↓ Na intake, overhydration (non-saline fluid
replacement, ↑ water intake), ↓ mineralocorticoid (↓ Na reabsorption), SIADH.
Hypernatremia: due to ↓ Na excretion, ↑ Na intake (hypertonic IV), dehydration (loss of free water as in
diabetes insipidus), ↑ mineralocorticoid, ↑ Na drug (Na bicarbonate, ticarcillin).
Potassium
Most common intracellular cation. Normal level: 140 mEq/L intracellular, 4.5 mEq/L in blood (10%
extracellular  can not use that measure).
Role: electrical conduction in heart and skeletal muscles, water balance, acid-base balance.
K regulation: by kidneys, aldosterone, blood pH, insulin, K intake.
↑ blood pH  ↓ blood potassium / ↓ blood sodium
Hypokalemia: most K is lost through kidneys, due to vomiting, diarrhea, laxative abuse, diuretics
(mannitol, thiazides, loop), ↑ mineralocorticoids, glucosuria, ↓ K intake, metabolic alkalosis / insulin /
glucose (all move K intacellularly). Signs: fatigue, dizziness, ECG, pain, confusion
Hyperkalemia: due to ↓ kidney elimination, ↑ K intake, cellular breakdown (tissue damage, hemolysis,
burns, infections), metabolic acidosis, potassium sparing diuretics, ACE inhibitors.
Chloride
Major extracellular anion  critical for acid-base balance.
Not important clinically. Only confirms Na levels. Normal: 100 mEq/L
Cl retention usually happens with Na and water retention.
Anion gap = sodium – (chloride + bicarbonate)
Hypochloremia: due to fasting, diarrhea, vomiting, diuretics.
Hyperchloremia: usually due to metabolic acidosis, or dehydration, ↑ Cl intake, renal failure.
Bicarbonate / CO2
HCO3-/CO2 is the most important buffering system to maintain pH (acid base balance). Normal level: 25
mEq/L.
Bicarbonate binds to hydrogen to form carbonic acid which can convert to CO2 and water.
Hypobicarbonatemia: due to metabolic acidosis, renal failure, hyperventilation, diarrhea, carbonic
anhydrase inhibitors, drug toxicity (salicylate, methanol, ethylene glycol).
Hyperbicarbonatemia: due to metabolic alkalosis, hypoventilation, ↑ bicarbonate intake, diuretics.
Minerals
Calcium
Role: bone integrity, nerve impulse transmission, muscle contraction, pancreatic insulin release, gastric
hydrogen ion release, blood coagulation.
Normal level: 10 mg/dl. Ca reservoir in bones (44% calcium) maintains plasma level. 40% of calcium is
bound to plasma proteins (albumin)
Only free unbound ionic calcium is important physiologically  depends on amount of serum protein
(albumin)
Hypocalcemia: due to ↓ parathyroid hormone or ↓ vitamin D. Can be caused by loop diuretics.
Hypercalcemia: due to malignancy or metastasis, hyperparathyroidism, Paget’s disease, thiazide
diuretics, ↑ Ca intake, ↑ vitamin D.
Phosphate
PO4 is a major intracellular anion  source of phosphate for ATP and phospholipids synthesis. Normal
level: 4 mg/dl.
Ca and PO4 are affected by same factors  consider together
Hypophosphatemia: due to ↓ vitamin D, hyperparathyroidism, malnutrition / anabolism, aluminum
antacids, Ca acetate, alcoholism
Hyperphosphatemia: renal insufficiency, ↑ vitamin D, ↑↓ parathyroid
Magnesium
Second most abundant intracellular and extracellular cation.
Role: activates enzymes for carbohydrate / fat / electrolyte metabolism, protein synthesis, nerve
conduction, muscle contraction.
Normal level: 2 mEq/L.
Hypomagnesemia: more common, due to ↓ GI absorption, ↑ GI fluid loss, ↑ renal loss. Signs: weakness,
tremor, ↑ reflexes, arrhythmia.
Hypermagnesemia: due to ↑ Mg intake with renal insufficiency, Addison’s disease. Signs: bradycardia,
flushing, sweating, ↓ Ca.
Summary table
Indicator
RBC Count
Normal
4.5 million/mm3
Hematocrit (packed cell
volume)
Hemoglobin
Poikilocytosis
Anisocytosis
Mean corpuscular volume
45% (~3xHb)
Mean cell Hb concentration
RBC distribution width
Reticulocyte count
Erythrocyte sedimentation
rate
WBC Count
15 g/dl
∆ RBC shape
∆ RBC size
90: average RBC
size, (Hct / RBC
count)
35: average Hb /
RBC
Normal distribution
1% immature
RBCs
(reticulocytes)
10 mm/hr
7000 / mm3
Neutrophils
Lymphocytes
Eosinophils
Lactate dehydrogenase
(LDH)
Alkaline pohsphatase (ALP)
Asparatate aminotransferase
(AST) (also celld SGOT)
Alanine aminotransferase
(ALT) (also called SGPT)
anemia, blood loss, overhydration
anemia
iron deficiency anemia
hypochroma (pale RBCs), ↓ iron
anemia
anemia (iron, folic acid, vitamin
B12 deficiency)
hemolytic anemia, acute blood
loss
drug-induced aplastic anemia
↑ in females, acute or chronic
infection, rheumatoid arthritis,
tissue necrosis, MI, malignancy
Leukocytosis  infection (esp.
bacterial), leukemia, tissue
necrosis
Neutrophilic leukocytosis 
bacteria (pneumonia), viral,
fungi, stress, rheumatism, drug
hypersensitivity, tissue necrosis,
leukemia
Lymphocytosis  viral infection
225,000 / mm3
Creatinine kinase (CK)
Cardiac troponins
Low
Leukocytopenia  bone marrow
depression due to cancer,
lymphoma, antineoplastic drugs
Neutropenia (<1000/mm3) 
overwhelming infection,
chemothrepay
Lymphocytopenia  severe
debilitating disease, ↓ immunity,
AIDS
Basophilia  leukemia
Monocytosis  TB, bacterial
endocarditis
Eosinophilia  acute allergy,
parasite infection
Basophils
Monocytes
Platelet Count
High
↑ in men, ↑ erythropoiesis as in
hypoxemia
↑ in men, polycythemia,
dehydration
↑ in men
sickle-cell anemia
folic acid, iron deficiency anemia
folic acid or vitamin B12
deficiency anemia
Troponin-T<0.1
Toponin I < 1.5
ng/ml.
Thrombocytopenia (disease or
drugs)
acute MI (necrosis), skeletal
muscle damage
MI injury, prognosis of unstable
angina
MI, liver / lung disease
biliary obstruction (bile duct
stone), Paget’s disease,
osteomalacia,
hyperparathyroidism
Acute hepatitis, cirrhosis, fatty
liver, liver congestion (as in
CHF).
severe liver damage, less
sensitive / more specific than
AST
Liver enzymes
Total serum bilirubin (Indirect
/ unconjugated + direct
conjugated)
Direct serum bilirubin
(conjugated)
Serum proteins
Urine color
LDH/ALP/AST/
ALT (above)
0.5 mg/dl
liver dysfunction / damage
Jaundice (hemolysis, biliary
obstruction, liver cell necrosis)
(↑ bilirubin may also show in urine
 dark urine)
0.1 mg/dl
biliary obstruction, liver cell
necrosis
(not bound to albumin, secreted
to bile, filtered)
Liver disease, nephritic
syndrome, cystic fibrosis)
Red  blood or phenolphthalein
Brownish-yellow  conjugated
bilirubin
Acidic: vitamin C, ammonium
chloride
diabetes insipidus (↓ urine
concentration).
7 g/dL
pH
Clear yellow to
deep gold
Slightly acidic (6)
Specific gravity
1.015
Protein
65 mg/24 hr.
Glucose
Ketones
RBCs
180 mg/dl
None
None
Squamous cells
None
Casts
None
Crystals
None
Bacteria
None
Blood urea nitrogen
Serum creatinine
Creatinine clearance
13 mg/dl.
(60% of GRF)
1 mg/dl
100 ml/min
renal disease, ↑ renal bl. flow,
↑protein intake
renal insufficiency
Sodium
140 mEq/L
Potassium
140 mEq/L (only
10% extracellular)
↑ Na intake, hypertonic IV,
dehydration, diabetes insipidus,
↑ Na drug (Na bicarb), ↑
mineralocorticoid).
↑ intake, cellular breakdown
(hemolysis, burns, infections),
metabolic acidosis, K sparing
diuretics, ACE-I
Chloride
100 mEq/L
Bicarbonate
25 mEq/L
Calcium
10 mg/dl
Phosphate
4 mg/dl
Magnesium
2 mEq/L
Alkaline: acetazolamide,
bicaronaturia
DM, glucose or protein
(nephrosis) in urine
∆glomerular permeability,
infection, disease
Glycosuria: due to DM
Ketonuria: uncontrolled DM
trauma, tumor, systemic
bleeding
vaginal contamination due to
menstruation
protein conglomerations due to
renal disease
Acidic uric acid crystals
Alkaline  phosphate
UTI, urethral contamination
liver disease (protein is broken to
urea in liver)
renal insufficiency
metabolic acidosis, ↑intake,
dehydration, renal failure
metabolic alkalosis,
hypoventilation, ↑ bicarbonate
intake, diuretics.
↑ parathyroid, ↑ vitamin D,
thiazides, Paget’s disease, ↑
intake, malignancy, metastasis,
↑ vitamin D, ↓ parathyroid, renal
insufficiency
↑ intake, renal insufficiency,
Addison’s disease.
kidney disease, ↓ dietary intake, ↑
water intake, overhydration, ↓
mineralocorticoid, SIADH
↓ K intake, vomiting, diarrhea,
laxative abuse, diuretics,
glucosuria, metabolic alkalosis,
insulin / glucose, ↑
mineralocorticoids
fasting, diarrhea, vomiting,
diuretics
metabolic acidosis, renal failure,
hyperventilation, diarrhea,
carbonic anhydrase inhibitors,
salicylate, methanol
↓ parathyroid, ↓ vitamin D, loop
diuretics
↓ vitamin D, ↑ parathyroid,
malnutrition / anabolism,
aluminum antacids, Ca acetate,
alcoholism
↓ GI absorption, ↑ GI fluid loss, ↑
renal loss
38. Cardiac Arrhythmias
Introduction
Definition: deviations from the normal heartbeat pattern   cardiac output,  BP,  vital organ
perfusion. Causes include the following.
Abnormal impulse formation:  heart rate (∆ autmaticity, brady- tachy-cardia), rhythm, site of impulse
origin
Abnormal impulse conduction: abnormal sequence of atrial / ventricular activation, conduction block /
delay, re-entry (impulse re-routed through areas where it has already traveled  double-depolarization 
extra impulse).
Supraventricular arrhythmia:  atuomaticity (from SA node) or re-enntry conduction.
Ventricular arrhythmia: due abnormal (ectopic) pacemaker triggering ventricular contraction before SA
node fires. Common in MI.
Causes: heart disease (coronary artery / valvular / rheumatic / ischemic disease, infections), MI, drug
toxicity (digitalis),  sympathetic tone,  parasympathetic tone, vagal stimulation (stool straining), 
oxygen demand (stress, exercise, fever), metabolic disturbances, hypertension, hyperkalemia,
hypocalcemia, COPD, thryoid .
Electrophysiology
Conduction system
Two electrical sequences: 1. Impulse formation: occurs first as a result of automatic electrical impulse.
2. Impulse transmission: occurs second to signaling the heart to contract.
SA node  AV node  Bundle of His  Purkinje fibers
Conduction system structures (see figure): tissues that can generate or conduct electrical impulses.
Sinoatrial (SA) node: main heart pacemaker, in the wall of the right atrium, spontaneously start action
potential triggering atrium contraction. Atrioventricular (AV) node: in the lower interatrial septum,
delays impulse briefly to allow complete atrium contraction and ventricle filling before ventricle contraction.
Bundle of His: muscle fibers from the AV junction, impulses travel along bundle branches. Purkinje
fibers: network that ends in the ventricular surface  ventricle contraction.
Latent pacemakers: AV node, bundle of His and Purkinje fibers contain cells that can generate impulses
but at slower firing rate (called Overdrive Suppression in case of SA node damage or depression).
Myocardial action potential
Depolarization and repolarization: caused due to Na / K exchange   in electrical potential across
cell membrane. Has to occur before cardiac contraction.
Phase 0 (rapid depolarization): rapid sodium influx to cell, cell membrane electrical charge changes
from –ve to +ve.
Phase 1 (early rapid repolarization): Na channels close, potassium leaves the cell  return to resting
potential.
Phase 2 (plateau, absolute refractory period): more potassium out, also calcium enters the cell, cell
cannot respond to any stimulus
Phase 3 (final rapid ventricular repolarization): more potassium ions out  complete repolarization 
membrane electrical charge back to –ve. Called relative refractory period: phase 3, responds only to
strong stimuli.
Phase 4 (slow depolarization): back to resting state with potassium in and sodium and calcium out.
Fast channels (sodium): in heart muscle cells  rapid depolarization.
Slow channels (calcium): electrical cells of SA node and AV junction  slow depolarization.
Electrocardiography (ECG) (PQRST)
P wave: atrium depolarization (activation).
PR inverval: impulse spreads from atria to Purkinje fibers. Delay by AV node to allow ventricle filling. ↑
by digitalis.
QRS complex: ventricular depolarization. ↑ by mexiletine, quinidine, class IC
ST segment: beginning of ventricular repolarization, phase 2 (absolute refractory period), ↓ in angina
T wave: ventricular repolarization (phase 3), inverted in angina
QT: ventricular depolarization and repolarization. ↑ by quinidine, procainamide, sotalol,
Clinical evaluation
Physical findings
Chest pain,  brain perfusion  anxiety / confusion, dyspnea, cyanosis, abnormal pulse rate / rhythm,
palpitations,  BP, syncope, weakness, convulsions,  urine output.
Diagnostic test results
ECG: a 12-lead ECG provides definitive diagnosis.
Electrophysiologic testing: intracardiac procedure that determines the location of ectopic center and
the need for packemaker / surgery. Probes are hooked through veins and arteries  each heart segment
is stimulated until arrhythmia occurs.
His bundle study: locates origin of heart block / re-entry pattern
Laboratory findings: test for hyperkalemia or hypocalcemia.
Drugs
Class
IA
IB
IC
II
III
IV
Other
Action
Sodium channel blockers,  conduction
Also prolong repolaziation (K blocker)
Sodium channel blockers,  condcution
Sodium channel blockers,  condcution
Beta blockers
Potassium channel blocker  prolong
action potential.
Calcium (slow) channel blockers
Drugs
quinidine, procainamide, disopyramide
lidocaine, phenytoin, tocainide, mexiletine
flecainide, propafenone, moricizine
propranolol, acebutolol, esmolol
Bretylium, sotalol, amiodarone
verapamil, diltiazem
adeonsine, magnesium, atropine, digoxin
Class I (sodium / fast channel blockers)
Mechanism: slow sodium flow into cells during phase 0 (rapid depolarization)  slow impulse conduction
through AV node. IA prolong repolarization (refractory period). IB shorten repolarization.
Class IA
CI: cardiogenic shock, AV block (w/o pacemaker).
If  AV conduction: slow conduction using verapamil / digoxin.
If toxic arrhythmia occurs: give catecholamines, glucagon, or sodium lactate.
Quinidine
Cinchona alkaloids: quinidine is an optical isomer of quinine. Quinine oral sulfate or gluconate salt (not
preferred IM/IV).
+
+
Mechanism: Na and also K channel blocker.
SE: GI upset, diarrhea (use Al hydroxide), Narrow therapeutic index (target 3 ug/ml). Toxicity: 
conduction  SA block. Cinchonism: tinnitus, hearing loss, blurred vision, photophobia, diplobia,
psychosis.
CI: AV block, prolonged QT interval (may cause torsades, quinidine syncope and sudden death).  dose
in liver dysfunction and elderly.
DI: cause digitalis toxicity, severe  BP with vasodilators, alkalinizers cause  toxicity.
Procainamide
IV/IM (acute) and as SR orally (long term therapy).
N-acetylprocainamide: active metabolite.
SE: SLE (arthlagia, myalgia, fatigue), anticholinergic,  GI upset than quinidine. Narrow therapeutic index
(target 7 ug/ml). Toxicity: ventricular arrhythmia,  conduction  SA block.
CI: procaine hypersensitivity, myasthenia gravis, prolonged QT interval, torsades, AV block, SLE.  dose
in CHF (due to  Vd), in kidney or liver damage.
Disopyramide
SE: ventricular dysfucntion, anticholinergic (dry mouth, constipation, etc). Targel level: 3 ug/ml. Used
orally
CI: AV block, cardiogenic shock, CHF, myasthenia gravis.
Class IB
Lidocaine
IV/IM. For arrhythmia due to MI and heart surgery
SE: hemodynamic compromise, CNS (dizziness, resltessness, tremors, convulsions), tinnitus, blurred
vision. Target: 4 ug/ml. Toxic metabolites (glycinexylidide).
DI:  toxicity with phenytoin and beta blockers.
Phenytoin
Orally or IV. To treat digitalis-induced arrhythmia (mostly), acute MI, heart surgery.
SE: SLE, gingival hyperplasia, nystagmus, CNS (drowsiness, ataxia, vertigo), cardiac SE. Target: 14
ug/ml. Chronic use can cause toxicity. Multiple drug intractions   toxicity.
Hypersensitivity reactions: blood, skin, Stevens-Johnson, and liver.
Tocainide
Similar structure to lidocaine except taken orally (avoid in lidocaine hypersensitivity).
SE: CNS (dizziness, restlessness, tremors, confusion), GI upset, diarrhea, blurred vision, blood. Target: 6
ug/ml.
Mexiletine
Similar structure to lidocaine but  first-pass metabolism  taken orally.
SE: dizziness, ataxia,  BP,  QRS complex, blood, liver. Toxicity: tremor. Target: 1 ug/ml.
Class IC
Prolong QRS complex, slow of phase 0 (rapid depolarization) and slow conduction, no effect on
repolarization. May  mortality due to pro-arrhythmic effect  use is questionable. Orally.
Flecainide: Use only in refractory life-threatening ventricular arrhythmia. SE: -ve inotropic effect (CI in
CHF), CNS (dizziness, headache, tremor), GI upset, blurred vision. Target: 1 ug/ml.
Propafenone: SE: dizziness, headache, GI upset, bitter taste. Target: 0.5 ug/ml.
Moricizine: SE: dizziness, headache, GI upset.
IC: CV (arrhythmia esp in MI), eye toxicity (blurring, diplobia)
Class II (beta blockers)
Approved drugs for arrhythmia: propranolol, esmolol, acebutolol
Mechanism: ↓ heart stimulation, ↓ AV impulse conduction, ↑ refractory period  ↓ heart rate, ↓ heart
oxygen demand.
Propranolol: IV or oral for tachy-arrhythmia due to catecholamine stimulation, digitalis-induced
ventricular arrhythmias. SE: ↓ BP, cardiac arrest (↓ AV conduction), fatigue, bronchospasm. Sudden d/c
 acute MI, arrhythmia, angina  ↓ dose gradually. CI: AV block, cardiogenic shock, CHF, asthma, DB
(masks hypoglycemia).
Esmolol: very short t1/2 (minutes), give IV. SE: ↓ BP, dizziness, headache, fatigue, GI upset,
bronchospasm. CI: CHF.
Class III (potassium channel blockers)
Mechanism: potassium channel blockers, prolong refractory period and action potential / repolarization.
No effect on conduction or contractility.
Amiodarone: oral or IV, prophylactically to control refractory ventricular arrhythmia. Oral effect may take
days / weeks, very long t1/2 (2 months). Mechanism: sodium, beta, potassium and calcium blocker
properties. SE: pulmonary toxicity, eye damage, photosensitivity, liver toxicity, thyroid toxicity (hypo /
hyper), CNS toxicity, ↓ BP, ↓ heart rate. DI: ↑ level / effect of many drugs (calcium channel blockers, beta
blockers, IA antiarrhythmics, digitalis, warfarin).
Bretylium: quaternary ammonium, short term IV or IM only for life-threatening ventricular arrhythmias.
SE: ↓ BP. CI: digitalis-induced arrhythmia
Sotalol: orally, also a beta blocker. SE: beta blocker (↓ BP, prolonged repolarization (QT), bronchospasm,
bradycardia).
Class IV (calcium / slow channel blockers)
Use: supraventricular arrhythmias. Verpamil and diltiazem but not nifedipine are used for arrhythmias (IV
and oral).
Mechanism: ↓ calcium influx in phase 2 (action potential plateau, sustained depolarization), ↑ effective
refractory period, depress phase 4 depolarization, ↓ SA and AV conduction (dominant calcium channels)
SE: verapamil may cause constipation.
CI: AV block,  BP, beta blockers, CHF / digitals use, MI
DI: affected by and affect other drugs that are liver metabolized.
Class IV: verapamil, diltiazem, block slow inward.
Unclassified antiarrhythmics
Adenosine
Mechanism: naturally occurring nucleoside in all body cells. Acts on G-protein coupled adenosine
receptors  ↑ AV node refractoriness   AV conduction,  re-entry through AV node.
Given IV (very short t1/2, 10 seconds).
SE: short-lived flushing,  BP, sweating, palpitations, short breath, chest pressure (bronchospasm, X
theophylline).
DI: antagonize methylxanthines (caffeine, theophylline) effect.
Other uses:  exercise tolerance during exercise testing.
Atropine
Use: IV for sympathetic sinus bradycardia.
Mechanism: blocks vagal effects on SA node   AV conduction   heart rate.
Initial doses may cause reflex bradycardia.
Also Digoxin: vagotonic response of impulse generation  ↑ AV node refractoriness.
37. Coronary Artery Disease
Definition
Ischemic heart disease: insufficient supply of oxygen to the heart (oxygen demand > supply).
Risk factors: hyperlipidemia (cholesterol > 200 mg/dl, LDL > 130 mg/dl, HDL < 35 mg/dl), hypertension,
smoking, diabetes, obesity, family history, sedentary life style, chronic stress type A personality, ↑ age,
male gender, oral contraceptives, gout.
Factors that ↑ O2 demand: exercise, smoking, cold temp.
Etiology
1. ↓ blood flow: atherosclerosis with or without coronary thrombosis is the most common cause.
Coronary arteries are progressively narrowed by smooth muscle cell proliferation and accumulation of
lipid deposits (plaque). Coronary artery spasm is a sustained contraction that can occur spontaneously
or induced by irritation (catheter, hemorrhage), cold exposure, ergot drugs. The spasm can cause
Prinzmetal angina or MI. Traumatic injury such as impact of steering wheel on the chest. Embolic
events can also occur abruptly.
2. ↓ blood oxygenation: blood oxygen carrying capacity ↓ in anemia.
3. ↑ oxygen demand: can occur with exertion or emotional stress (sympathetic stimulation). Systole:
two phases (contraction and ejection). Contractile (inotropic) state affects oxygen requirement. ↑ ejection
time  ↑ oxygen demand.
Angina Pectoris
Episodic reversible oxygen insufficiency. May be caused oxygen imbalance (tachycardia, anemia,
hyperthyroidism, hypotension, arterial hypoxemia). .
Patient complaints: squeezing pressure, sharp pain, burning, aching, bursting, indigestion-like
discomfort, radiating pain to the arms / legs / neck / shoulders / back.
Physical examination: usually not revealing, especially between attacks. Note history, risk factors,
description of attacks, precipitation patterns, intensity, duration, relieving factors.
Treat risk factors: Hypertension should be controlled. Obesity should be ↓ through diet and exercise.
Smoking should be stopped, but watch for anxiety. Quitting results in 50% ↓ in morality. Transdermal
nicotine patches helps quitting over 10 weeks using decreasing doses of nicotine. Nicotine gum and
bupropion can also be used. Also, clonidine.
Types
Stable (classic / exertion) angina: most common form, usually due to a fixed obstruction in a coronary
artery. Triggered by exertion, emotional stress or heavy meal and relieved by rest or nitroglycerin. The
pain builds a peak radiating to the jaw, neck, shoulder, arms and then subsides.
Prinzmetal’s angina (vasospastic or variant angina): due to coronary artery spasm (↓ blood flow).
Initially occurs at rest, pain may disrupt sleep. Calcium channel blockers are preferred over beta blockers.
Nitroglycerin may not help.
Unstable angina: due to significant coronary artery vasospasm and platelet aggregation. Characteristics:
may occur at rest, ↓ response to nitroglycerin, pattern change / ↑ severity. Progressive unstable angina
may signal imminent MI. Immediate hospitalization required.
Nocturnal angina (angina decubitus): occurs in the recumbent position and is not related to rest or
exertion. Occurs due to ↑ ventricular volume (↑ demand). Relieved by diuretics (↓ left ventricular volume).
Nitrates may improve nocturnal dyspnea.
Diagnostic tests
ECG: normal in 60% of patients. May show ↑ Q-wave, T-wave inversion, ↓ ST segment.
Stress / exercise ECG: helps diagnose patients with normal ECG. ↓ ST-segment.
201
99m
Stress perfusion imaging: with thallium or
technetium sestamibi. Expensive.
Pharmacologic stress test: when coronary artery disease is suspected but patient can’t exercise. Use
IV dipyridamole, adenosine (↓ AV conduction), dobumatime to induce cardiac ischemia in ECG.
Coronary arteriography / cardiac catheterization: very specific, sensitive, invasive, expensive, risky
(2% mortality rate).
Antihyperlipidemics
Bile acid sequestrants: Cholestyramine chloride is a basic anion-exchange resin. Colestipol HCl is a
copolymer. Mechanism: insoluble, nonabsorbable, hydrophilic, anion-exchange resins bind bile acids in
the intestine  ↑ bile acid synthesis from cholesterol  cholesterol depletion. SE: bad taste (before
meals), GI upset, constipation, bloating, dyspepsia, ↓ other drugs’ absorption (e.g. digoxin, may use in
toxicity), fat soluble vitamine (ADEK) deficiency.
Statins: lovastatin, atrovastatin, simvastatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin, cerivastatin. Preferred in the
evening. Mechanism: ↓ HMG-CoA reductase (converts HMG-CoA to mevalonate; precursor for
cholesterol)  ↓ cholesterol synthesis. SE: liver toxicity, monitor creatine kinase (CK) in case of skeletal
muscle complaints (myopathy, rhabdomyolysis), headache, rash. CI: fibrates / cyclosporins  ↑ risk of
liver damage.
Fibric acid derivatives: gemfibrozil, clofibrate, fenofibrate (micronized prodrug). Mechanism: ↓
synthesis / ↑ catabolism of triglycerides / cholesterol. SE: GI upset, ↑ liver function (monitor combined
use for statins).
Niacin (nicotinic acid): SE: flushing / itching (tolerance in 2 weeks, may be ↓ with aspirin), ↑ liver
function, GI upset.
Other drugs: probucol, eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA), docashexanoic acid (DHA). Probucol SE:
arrhythmia, syncope.
Nitrates
Chemistry: Nitrites (amyl nitrite)  organic esters of nitrous acid, Amyl nitrite: very volatile, flammable
liquid, by inhalation for CN poisoning. Nitrates (nitroglycerin, isosorbide)  organic esters of nitric acid.
Nitroglycerin: very volatile, flammable, special storage, dispense in original glass container, protect from
body heat, special IV plastic tubes to avoid absorption and loss of effect, extensive first pass effect (use
transdermal or sublingual).
Dosage form: Nitroglycerin: sublingual / buccal tabs, topical ointment, transdermal, IV. Isosorbide mono
/ dinitrate: tablets.
Mechanism: fast acting, form free radical nitric oxide (NO, endothelium-derived relaxing factor, EDRF) 
activates guanylyl cyclase  ↑ cGMP  dephosphorylation of myosin light chain  muscle relaxation,
venous dilation (↓ vascular resistance)  peripheral blood pooling  ↓ venous return  ↓ preload (left
ventricular volume) ↓ respiratory symptoms (shortness of breath, nocturnal dyspnea). Also ↓ arterial
pressure  ↓ afterload  ↓ oxygen demand. Also some ↓ in afterload.
Use: use sublinigual (up to 3 tabs in 15 minutes), transmucosal (buccal tabs / spary) or IV nitroglycerin for
acute attacks of angina pectoris. Sublingual tabs / oral tablets / transdermals can be used
prophylactically before known stress (eating, sex). IV nitroglycerin is used for emergency unstable angina.
SE: may ↓ BP  reflex tachycardia / postural hypotension, headache (transient, temporary, prevented by
Tylenol 15-30 beforehand), dizziness, methemoglobinemia
Nitrate tolerance: loss of efficacy, avoid by requiring 12hr nitrate free periods. Otherwise, higher doses
may be required.
Beta blockers
Mechanism: ↓ sympathetic heart stimulation (B1)  ↓ heart rate and contractility (-ve inotropic /
chronotropic)  ↓ oxygen demand at rest / exertion, ↓ arterial blood pressure.
Use: with nitrates to ↓ frequency and severity of exertional angina. May narrow coronary artery 
combine with calcium blocker, avoid in Prinzmetal’s angina. Use propranolol.
SE: bronchoconstriction, mask hypoglycemia (tachycardia), cardiac compensation (fatigue, shortness of
breath, edema, dyspnea). Withdrawal syndrome and angina / MI if suddenly d/c.
Calcium channel blockers
Mechanism: prevent / reverse coronary spasm by ↓ calcium influx into smooth / cardiac muscle  ↑
blood flow / oxygen supply. Also ↓ dilate arterioles and ↓ heart contractility  ↓ total peripheral resistance
 ↓ oxygen demand / afterload.
nd
Use: 2 choice to nitrates and beta blockers in stable angina (may combine). Critical in Prinzmetal’s
angina / angina at rest.
Diltiazem / verapamil / bepridil: watch for heart block / cardiac compensation due to –ve inotropic effect.
Careful with other –ve inotropic drugs (beta blockers, anti-arrhythmics). Verapamil constipation 
straining and ↑ oxygen demand.
Nifedipine: peripheral vasodilation, limited –ve inotropic effect. SE: hypotension, tachycardia (combine
with beta blocker), dizziness, edema.
Other drugs:
Maximal therapy: nitrate, CCB, beta blocker combination.
Morphine: in unstable angina when nitroglycerin fails.
Aspirin: use indefinitely in stable and unstable angina.
Heparin/enoxaparin/dalteparin: with aspirin in unstable angina.
Myocardial infarction
Severe prolonged deprivation of oxygen to part of the heart  irreversible necrosis. Usually due to
occlusive thrombus near a ruptured atherosclerotic plaque. May lead to ventricular fibrillation (most
disorganized arrhythmia)  cardiac arrest and death (sudden death syndrome). Mortality rate: 30%.
Signs and symptoms:
Persistent severe chest pain or pressure (crushing, squeezing, elephant heavy). Pains beings in the
chest and may radiate to the left arm, neck, leg, etc. Onset of pain is not associated with exertion. Unlike
in angina, pain persists > 30 minutes and is not relieved by nitroglycerin. MI may be silent (no pain).
Other symptoms: anxiety, impending doom, sweating, GI upset.
Complications
Lethal (ventricular) arrhythmia: arrhythmias resistant to lidocaine may respond to procainamide and
bretylium.
CHF: left ventricular failure  pulmonary congestion  diuretics. Digoxin ↑ contractility, compensate for
heart damage.
Cardiogenic shock: due to ↓ cardiac output. Occurs when area of infarction > 40% and compensatory
mechanisms are ineffective. Vasopressors (alpha stimulants to ↑ BP) and inotropes may be used. Use
vasodilators (nitropursside) to ↓ preload and afterload. Intra-aortic balloon pump may be used.
Diagnostic tests
Because MI is life threatening emergency, diagnosis is presumed and treatment is initiated based on
complaints and immediate 12-lead ECG.
Serial 12-lead ECG: abnormalities may be absent in the first few hours. ST elevation. Ventricular
premature beats and ventricular arrhythmia are the most common arrhythmia.
Cardiac enzymes: creatine kinase (MB-CK) is elevated within hours, peaks at 24 h and back to normal
at 72 h. Cardiac troponin I and T (cTnI, cTnT) patterns are similar to MB-CK but more sensitive.
99m
Lactase dehydrogenase (LDH) use is not longer common. Cardiac imaging include
tc
pyrophosphate scintigraphy, myocardial perfusion, radionucleotide ventriculography, coronary
angiography.
Treatment:
Nitrates: may ↓ chest pain  ↓ anxiety and ↓ catecholamine release (↓ coronary spasm  less ↑ in
oxygen demand).
Morphine: causes venous pooling and ↓ preload, cardiac workload, oxygen consumption (IV). Drug of
choice to ↓ MI pain and anxiety. SE: orthostatic hypotension, respiratory depression, constipation (use
docusate). Vagomimetic effect  bradyarrhythmia (if excessive  reverse using atropine).
Oxygen: Three liters/min via nasal cannula for chest pain, hypoxia and ischemia
Warfarin: for treatment of acute MI to ↓ mortality, prevent recurrence, ↓ complications (stroke). Target
INR: 2.5-3.5.
Antiplatelet agents: abciximab, eptifibatide, tirofiban  ↓ platelet glycoprotein receptors.
Beta blockers: propranolol, metoprolol, atenolol. Given in early acute MI to ↓ oxygen demand, cardiac
workload, ischemia, infarction  ↓ post MI mortality.
ACE inhibitors: after MI to ↑ exercise capacity, ↓ mortality in case of CHF, ↓ ventricular remodeling.
Antihyperlipidemics: ↓ cholesterol  ↓ MI mortality.
Calcium channel blockers: avoid in acute MI or in left ventricular malfunction. ↓ incidence of reinfarction.
Dipyridamole: relax smooth muscles, ↓ coronary vascular resistance (↑blood flow). Also, anti-platelet
action. Used for angina pectoris prophylaxis. SE: ↓ BP, headache, dizziness.
Others: intra-aortic balloon, coronary angiography, PTCA.
Thrombolytic agents
Atherosclerotic plaques are made of lipids and fibrous proteins. Lesion rupture triggers release of
serotonins, thromboxane A2 and adenosine diphosphate alteplase  platelet aggregation  clot. The
resulting fibrin traps RBCs, platelets, plasma proteins to form thrombus. Clot dissolution is caused by
conversion of plasminogen to plasmin mediated by plasmingoen activators. Use as early as possible
(<12 h after pain starts).
Absolute CI: internal / eye hemorrhage, intracranial / intraspinal injury, pregnancy, aneurysm, ↑↑
hypertension.
Recombinant tissue plasminogen activator (t-PA): front-loaded regimen (IV bolus then infusion).
Streptokinase (SK): SE: systemic antibody formation  ↑ chances of refractory response and allergy if
repeated within 6 months (avoid if unknown). Monitor for bleeding, reperfusion arrhythmia (within 30 min),
hypotension, anaphylaxis.
Other thrombolytic agents: reteplase, tenecteplase, anisoylated plasminogen streptokinase activator
complex (APSAC).
Post thrombolysis adjunctive therapy: antiplatelet and anticoagulant therapy after reperfusion to
prevent reoccolusion, ischemia and reinfarcation.
Aspirin: during thrombolyic therapy  ↓ post-infarct mortality. Also: clopidrogel, ticlopidine, dipyridamole.
Heparin: with thrombolytics to prevent reocclusion after reperfusion, ↓ mortality in MI. Give bolus then
infusion. Goal: maintain APTT (activated partial thromboplastin time) at 1.5 – 20 times control. Avoid
combining with streptokinase (↑ bleeding). Give SC, but not IM. Alternatives: ↓ MWt heparins
(enoxaparin, dalteparin).
39. Hypertension
Pathophysiology
Arterial pressure = cardiac output X Peripheral Resistance
Cardiac output = heart rate X stroke volume
Conditions that increase stroke volume: fever, aortic regurgitation, thyrotoxicosis
Starling's Law: ↑ ventricular stretch  ↑ myocardial contractility
↑ blood volume returning  ↑ ventricular dilation
Initiators of baroreceptor reflexes: stretch receptors located in the wall of large chest and neck arteries
Causes of hypertension: Cushing's disease, oral contraceptives, acromegaly, polycystic kidney disease
Hypertension of unknown etiology: essential hypertension, toxemia of pregnancy, acute intermittent
porphyria
Essential hypertension: unknown cause (90% of cases). Chronic vasoconstriction (↑ tone).
Endocrine hypertension: pheochromocytoma (tumor causing ↑ in catecholamine release)
Renal hypertension: chronic pyelonephritis.
Neurogenic hypertension: familial dysautonomia
Other causes: aortic coarctation
Factors causing systolic hypertension with wide pulse pressure: ↑ stroke volume. ↓ aortic compliance
Anesthetized patients receiving antihypertensives  ↑↑ responses to body position changes and acute
blood loss, altered responses to sympathomimetic drugs
Perioperatively: antihypertensive drug treatment should be maintained
Rapid increases in BP vagal center excitation  negative iontropic effect (↓ contractility), negative
chronotropic effect (↓ heart rate).
Africans: use Ca channel blockers and diuretic (CaD) (ACE inhibitors/beta blockersless effective)
Generally, avoid prescribing two drugs from the same therapeutic class.
Effectiveness of antihypertensive drugs is highly unpredictable, requires dose/drug adjustments.
Withdrawal antihypertensives gradually to reduce SE (e.g. MI with b-blocker)
Elderly: esp. vulnerable to CNS SE, orthostatic hypotension. Lower doses may be needed.
Diuretics
Use: recommended (with beta blockers) as initial therapy for BP. Diuretics are also used for CHF, edema,
fluid retention.
Precaution: take during the day to avoid interruption of sleep due to frequent urination. May raise lithium
level (CI)
Thiazide diuretics
Examples: Chlorthiazide, hydrochlorthiazide, cyclothiazide, polythiazide, trichlormethiazide,
methyclothiazide, hydroflumethiazide, benzthizide, bendroflumethiazide, chlorthalidone, metolazone,
indapamide. Structure: most are related to sulfonamides.
+
Mechanism: Act on Na /Cl co-transporter at the distal convoluted tubule. Other actions: directly dilate
arterioles, ↓ total fluid (extravascular) volume, ↓ cardiac output.
Effects:
+
1. ↑ urinary excretion of Na / water due to ↓ Na / Cl reabsorption
+
2. ↑ urinary excretion of K and bicarbonate  hypokalemia ↑ potassium dietary intake, use
supplements / potassium sparing diuretics
3. ↑ blood glucose (hyperglycermia, care with diabetics), ↑ uric acid retention (hyperuricemia, care
with gout), ↑ serum lipids (hyperlipidemia), ↑ calcium levels (hypercalcemia)
4. ↑ effect on other antihypertensives by ↓ re-expansion of extracellular / plasma volumes.
SE: electrolyte imbalance (↓K, ↓Mg, ↑Cadehydration, postural hypotension, dizziness, headache,
fatigue, hypovolemic shock, arrhythmia, palpitation), metabolic alkalosis, ↓ K  muscle cramps, light
sensitivity / rash (use sunscreen), ↑ uric acid / gout, ↑ lipoproteins, ↑ BG, sulfonamide hypersensitivity.
Interactions: NSAIDs (e.g. ibuprofen)  ↓ renal perfusion  ↓ effect of thiazides. Sulfasenstivity.
Hyperlipidemia  ↑ risk of coronary artery disease. Digitoxin (↑ toxicity due to hypokalemia)
↓ urinary Ca excretion  use for kidney stones (calcium nephrolithiasis).
Metolazone: most effective thiazide diuretic.
Chronic use↑ water reabsoprtion↓ polyuria and polydipsia in diabetes insipidus (instead of ADH) (??)
Loop (high-ceiling) diuretics
Examples: furosemide, torsemide, bumetanide (all are sulfonamide derivatives), ethacrynic acid. Most
intense, shortest duration action.
Use: patients intolerant / irresponsive to thiazides, or with renal impairment (↓↓ golmerular filtration rate).
Very strong diureticsnot routinely used for hypertension. Used in edema in CHF / liver cirrhosis / kidney
disease / lungs, hypercalcemia
+ +
Mechanism: Blocks Na /K /2Cl co-transporter in the thick ascending limb of Loop of Henle (luminal
+
+
2+
2+
side) excretion of water, Na , K , Ca , Mg , Cl  metabolic alkalosis. ↑ BG, ↑ blood lipids, ↑ uric
acid.
SE: dehydration, ↓ BP, hypovolemia, ↓ K, ↓ Ca, metabolic alkalosis, ↑ uric acid, ↑ BG, ↑ lipids, tinnitus,
transient hearing loss (CI aminoglycosides), sulfonamide hypersensitivity, blurred vision, blood toxicity,
distal tubular hypertrophy (with chronic use).
Interactions: like thiazedsNSAIDs (e.g. ibuprofen)  ↓ effect, aminoglycosides  ototoxicity, digoxin
 ↑ toxicity (↓ K).
Potassium sparing diuretics
Examples: spironolactone, amiloride, triametrene.
+
Use: when if ↑ K loss and not corrected by supplements. May combine with thiazides / loops to balance
potassium. Least potent diuretics.
Uses: prevent hypokalemia from thiazide / loop diuretics, edema from CHF, liver cirrhosis,
hyperaldosteronism (Spironolactone).
+
+
+
Triamterene, amiloride mechanism: block Na channels at collecting duct  ↓ Na exchange with K
+
+
and H  ↓ K and H excretion  alkaline urine.
Triamterene SE: hyperkalemia, headache, dizziness, ↑ uric acid, ↓ dihyrofolate reductase 
methemoglobinemia in case of alcoholic cirrhosis. CI: history of kidney stones
Spironolactone: synthetic steroidal competitive inhibitor of aldosterone at mineralocorticoid receptors at
the collecting duct  ↓ sodium-potassium exchange  ↓ potassium excretion  alkaline urine  use in
hyperaldosteronism. SE: gynecomastia, hirsutism, menstrual disruption, lethargy, hyperkalemia.
Interactions: ACE inhibitors and potassium supplements  ↑ risk of hyperkalemia. Renal impairment.
Osmotic diuretics
Examples: mannitol, glycerin, urea
Mechanism: highly polar, water soluble inert chemicals, freely filtered at the glomerulus but poorly
reabsorbed from renal tubules  ↑ osmolarity of glomerular filtrate  ↓ tubular reabsorption of water  ↑
+
diuresis  ↑ water, Na , Cl , bicarbonate excretion  alkaline urine.
Use: prevent oliguria, anuria, ↓ cerebral edema, ↓ intracranial pressure, ↓ intraocular pressure (glaucoma).
SE: headache, blurred vision. Not absorbed well by the gut (causes osmotic diarrhea) only given IV.
Carbonic anhydrase inhibitors
Examples: acetazolamide, related to sulfonamides
Mechanism: ↓ carbonic anhydrase at the proximal tubules  ↓ sodium bicarbonate / Na reabsorption
+
+
 ↑ water, Na , K , bicarbonate excretion  alkaline urine. ↓ affect due to Na reabsorption in distal
sites
Use: glaucoma (aqueous humor has ↑ bicarbonate), acute mountain sickness, alkaline urine and ↑
excretion of acidic drugs (aspirin, urate), edema.
SE: hyperchloremic metabolic acidosis (due to bicarbonate loss), sulfonamide hypersensitivity, CNS
depression, drowsiness, fatigue, constipation, blood SE (bone marrow depression, thrombocytopenia,
hemolytic anemia, leukopenia, agranulocytosis)
Sympatholytics
Beta blockers
Use: recommended (with diuretics) as initial therapy, especially for patients with rapid resting heart rate
(atrial fibrillation, tachycardia), ischemic heart disease (angina pectoris, MI)
Mechanism: ↓ cAMP  ↓ heart contraction and rate. Other: ↓ rennin secretion ↓ cardiac output,
central ↓ in sympathetic output. Block autonomic reflex response (e.g tachycardia).
Examples (x-olol): atenolol, , propranolol, timolol, acebutolol, betaxolol, bisoprolol, carteolol, metoprolol,
nadolol, penbutolol, pindolol, esmolol, labetalol, carvedilol
Nonselective B1 (heart) - B2 (lung) blockers: propranolol, nadolol, timolol.
Selective B1 (heart) blockers: atenolol, metoprolol, acebutolol (A.M.A.), betaxolol, bisoprolol. Less
likely to mask hypoglycemiause in DM.
Intrinsic sympathomimetics (partial agonists, P.A.): pindolol, acebutolol, carteolol, penbutolol
Labetalol: beta (1/2) and alpha-1 blocker (racemic mixture), for hypertensive crisis due to
pheochromocytoma (tumor with ↑ catecholamines). SE: bronchospam, orthostatic hypotension, urinary
retention.
Carvedilol: beta (1/2) + alpha blocker and vasodilator.
Timolol: mainly for ocular hypertension (B1/B2).
Esmolol: ultrashort duration of action, IV.
Carteolol: ↓ lipid solubility↓ CNS penetration.
Propranolol: -ve inotrophic/chronotropic  ↓ oxygen demand  angina
Side effects, interactions, and precautions:
 Withdrawal syndrome if suddenly d/c ↑ anginal attacks, MI, rebound in BP above normal
 ↑ lipids, hypertriglyceridemia
 Impotence and ↓ libido  ↓ compliance
 NSAID’s  may ↓ effect of beta blockers
 ↑ SE with neurologic disorders if drug enters CNS  ↑ poor memory, depression, fatigue, lethargy
 ↓ kidney blood flow  ↓ glomerular filtration.
Contraindications:
 Ca channel blockers
 CHF  cardiac decompensation due to ↓ contractibility and ↓ electrical conduction
 DM may mask tachycardia (hypoglycemia), ↓ BG
 COPD, asthma, bronchospams (selectivity is dose dependent)
 Peripheral vascular disease / Raynaud’s phenomenon  vasoconstriction
Peripherial alpha-1 blockers
Examples (x-osin): prazosin, terazosin, doxazosin
Mechanism: block peripheral postsynaptic alpha-1 adrenergic receptors  vasodilation (arterioles and
veins).
First dose syncope: within 60 min of first dose  postural hypotension, dizziness, headache, palpitation,
tachycardia, sweating. Minimize by starting with low dose at bedtime.
Other SE: diarrhea, weight gain, edema, dry mouth, sexual dysfunction.
Uses: refractory ↑ BP, CHF,
Central alpha-2 agonists
Mechanism: act on central presynaptic alpha-2 inhibitory receptors to ↓ sympathetic flow to
cardiovascular system  ↓ peripheral resistance
Examples: methyldopa, clonidine, guanabenz, guanfacine.
General SE: rebound hypertension (if abruptly d/c), sedation, dry mouth
Methyldopa: SE: hemolytic anemia (+ve Coomb’s test) with prolonged use, SLE, orthostatic
hypotension, fluid accumulation, fever/flu-symptoms (due to liver damage). CI: MAOI (↓ methyldopa
activity), hepatic disease. Safest in pregnancy.
Clonidine: safer with renal impairment. ↓ BP, heart rate. SE: depression (CI: alcohol), initial ↑ then ↓ in
BP (with IV). No orthostatic hypotension (cardiovascular reflex blocked). Available as weekly patch.
Also analgesic (alpha-2 agonist in spinal cord) and used pre-anesthetically to ↓ BP. Rapid onset, long
duration.
Guanabenz/guanfacine: SE: dizziness, ↓ heart rate. CI: other sedatives, coronary insufficiency, MI,
hepatic/renal disease.
Postganglionic adrenergic neuron transmitter blockers
Use: ↑↑ SE  avoid if possible, obsolete. Possibly for severe refractory hypertension (other drugs
ineffective).
Guanethidine / Guanadrel: very powerful  not first choice for ↑BP. Mechanism: ↓ release
norepinephrine from adrenergic nerve endings (depletes NEp). Does not enter CNS  not sedation. ↑↑
SE: sodium / water retention, orthostatic hypotension, impotence, diarrhea. CI: cocaine/TCA  ↓ effect
Reserpine: Low dose with other antihypertensives (e.g. diuretics). Mechanism: depletes
catecholamines centrally and peripherally. SE: drowsiness, dizziness. CI: depression (cause nightmares,
suicide), peptic ulcer.
Vasodilators
Use: last line of treatment. Do not use alone (cause ↑ heart rate, heart output, plasma rennin). Directly
relax peripheral vascular smooth muscles. Commonly used in hypertensive crisis (IV).
General SE: tachycardia, headache, dizziness, fluid retention, nasal congestion.
CI: coronary vascular disease  the reflex cardiac stimulation (tachycardia) will ↑ myocardial oxygen
demand.
Diazoxide, Minoxidil  potassium channel activators  membrane hyperpolarization  arteriolar
vasodilation. Hydralazine  ↑ NO (EDRF)  arteriolar vasodilation.
Hydralazine: dilates arteries (renal, cerebral). Triggers sympathetic compensatory reactions. SE: reflex
(barorecceptor) ↑ heart rate/output (may cause angina), ↑ stroke volume, reversible systemic lupus
erythematosus (SLE)  fatigue, fever  regular blood counts.
Minoxidil: dilates arteries. SE: Hypertrichosis (used to treat male pattern baldness; alopecia),
tachycardia reflex (give beta blocker), pulmonary hypertension.
Diazoxide: dilates arteries. Quick and prolonged action. For hypertensive crisis.
Nitroprusside: dilates arteries and veins. 44% cyanide. Mechanism: reacts with oxyhemoglobin (forms
methemoglobin), forms nitric oxide which activates guanylyl cyclase. First choice for hypertensive crisis
(IV, short duration). Use for controlled hypotension during surgical anesthesia (bloodless surgery, good
cerebral perfusion). Also for heart failure (acute/chronic). Avoid in infants. Solution in water is
susceptible to photolysis.
Calcium channel blockers
Use: initial treatment for patients with angina, bronchospam, Raynaud’s disease. For ↑BP in elderly /
Africans with low renin.
Mechanism: block voltage-gated slow calcium channels  ↓ Ca influx  vascular smooth muscle
relaxation (more for arteries)  ↓ BP. Different agents: systemic / coronary vasodilation, SA/AV nodal
depression, ↓ myocardial contractility.
SE: ↓ BP, dizziness, headache, flushing, edema, ↑ beta blocker effect (AV block). Amlodipine: pruritus
Diltiazem / Verapamil ↓ cardiac contractility, ↓ AV conduction. Diltiazem: for arrhythmia and angina.
Verapamil: similar action to diltiazem (more ↓ electrical conduction). Verapamil SE: constipation,
bradycardia. CI: beta blockers  CHF / bradychardia, ↓ electrical conduction to AV node. Avoid
diltiazem and verapamil in patients with AV / SA node problems.
Dihydropyridines (nifedipine / nicardipine / nitredipine)  vasodilation but no cardiac effects (no
effect on SA / AV node)  reflex sympathethetic response  tachycardia. ↓ SE with SR form.
Second generation dihydropyridine derivatives (related to nifedipine): amlodipine, isradipine,
felodipine, nicardipine, nisoldipine. Chemically related to nifedipine. Selective effect on target tissues.
Less reflex tachycardia.
Nimodipine: ↑ lipid solubilityenters brainfor cerebral spasm
Angiotensin Converting Enzyme (ACE) inhibitors
Examples (x-pril): benazepril, captopril, enalapril, fosinopril, lisinopril, moexipril, perindopril, quinapril,
ramipril, trandolapril, perindopril.
Use: ↑ BP, diabetes with renal problems (delays diabetic neuropathy and glomerculosclerosis), renal
disease, left ventricular dysfunction, good for CHF.
Mechanism: renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system  long term BP control. ↓ Renin (aspartyl protease)
 ↑ hydrolysis of angiotensiongen to angiotensin I. ↓ ACE (peptidyl dipeptidase)  conversion of
angiotensin I (weak peptide vasoconstrictor) to angiotensin II (potent rapid peptide vasoconstrictor, i.e.
pressor) ↑ release of aldosterone  Na/water retention ↑ fluid volume. ACE blocks the breakdown
of bradykinin ( cough).
SE: initial dry cough, angioedema (skin swelling), hyperkalemia (↓ aldosterone ↓ K excretion),
syncope, neutropenia, proteinuria, rhinorrhea, renal damage.
+
+
CI: effect ↓ by NSAID (e.g. ibuprofen), renal problems, K sparing diuretics / K supplements ( ↑↑
hyperkalemia). Pregnancy X. ↑ dose gradually.
Enalapril: prodrug, converts to the active metabolite enalaprilat (w/ can be used for hypertensive crisis).
Lisinopril: long-acting enalapril analog. .
Longer duration ACE inhibitors (once daily): benazepril, fosinopril, moexipril, trandolapril, perindopril,
ramipril, quinapril.
Zankiren: renin inhibitor
Angiotensin II (type I) receptor antagonists
Examples (x-sartan): candesartan cilexetil, eprosartan, irbesartan, losartan, telmisartan, valsartan.
Mechanism: nonpeptide antagonists of angiotensin II receptor (AT1 subtype) in vasculature, heart,
kidney, brain  vasodilation, ↓ aldosterone release from adrenal gland  ↑ Na/water excretion  ↓
blood volume. Less effective than ACE inhibitors. No effect on bradykinin.
SE: hyperkalemia (monitor renal function), NO cough or angioedema (unlike ACE inhibitors).
+
+
CI: K supplements, K sparing diuretics, diabetics with nephropathy, CHF.
Hypertensive crisis
Definition: systolic > 200 or diastolic > 140  ↑↑ quick organ damage.
Reduction of BP must be gradual (15 mmHg over first hour) to avoid compromising organ perfusion (esp.
cerebral)
Drugs: vasodilatos (nitroprusside, hydralazine, diazoxide, nicardipine, nitroglycerin), enalaprilat,
adrenergic inhibitors (labetolol, esmolol, phentolamine (alpha blocker)), fenoldopam (dopamine D1
agonist, vasodilator), trimethaphan (ganglionic blocker)
40. Congestive Heart Failure
Introduction
Definition: condition due the inability of the ventricle to deliver adequate quantities of blood to the
metabolizing tissues during normal activity or at rest. It’s called ‘Congestive’ because of the edema
caused by fluid backup due to poor pump function.
Etiology: common in the elderly. CHF is not an independent diagnosis as it is superimposed on an
underlying cause (usually coronary artery disease).
Low-output failure: metabolic demands are normal but heart is unable to deliver be enough blood output.
This is the most common type.
High-output failure: due to ↑ metabolic demands (hyperthyroidism, anemia).
Treatment goals: remove underlying cause (drugs, anemia, hyperthyroid); relieve symptoms / ↑ pump
function (↓ metabolic demand, ↓ fluid volume excess, digitalis, inotropes, cardiac transplant).
Pathophysiology
CHF  compensatory mechanisms to normalize cardiac output (stroke volume x heart rate)  ∆ left
ventricle geometry  ventricular dilation, hypertrophy, ↑ cardiac wall thickness (cardiac remodeling).
Compensation
Sympathetic response: ↓ cardiac output  sympathetic activation  ↑ Ep, NEp  ↑ heart rate, ↑ blood
flow to vital organs (brain, heart).
Hormonal stimulation: sympathetic blood flow redistribution  ↓ renal perfusion  ↓ glomerular filtration
rate  sodium / water retention, activation of renin-angioensin-aldosterone system  more sodium
retention, volume expansion.
Concentric cardiac hypertrophy: ventricular remodeling.
Frank-Starling mechanism: ↑ blood volume  ↑ cardiac chamber stretch to accommodate excess fluid
(distention)  ↑ contractile force to expel fluid to the arteries.
Decompensation
Over time, compensatory mechanisms become exhausted and ineffective  viscous cycle of
compensation  compensation become self-defeating. Afterload: tension in ventricular muscles during
contraction, amount of force needed for the ventricle to overcome pressure in the artery, also called
‘intravascular systolic pressure’. Preload: force exerted on the ventricular muscle at the end of diastole
that determines degree of muscle stretch, also called ‘ventricular end diastolic pressure’. As fluid volume
↑  ↑ demand on exhausted pump  fluid backup  symptoms of CHF.
Clinical evaluation
Symptoms are due to blood backing up behind the failing ventricle. Symptoms are first related to the
failing side, then to both sides.
Left-sided CHF
Blood can’t be pumped from the left ventricle to the peripheral circulation  left ventricle can’t accept
blood from left atrium and lung  blood back up in pulmonary alveoli  pulmonary edema.
Symptoms: dyspnea, less effort to trigger exertional dyspnea, wheezing cough, exertional fatigue,
nocturia. Paroxysmal (sudden) nocturnal dyspnea and orthopnea result from volume pooling in the
recumbent position  relieved by propping with pillow or sitting upright.
Physical findings: Crackles indicate air movement through fluid-filled passages, tachycardia (early
compensatory mechanism).
Diagnostic tests: cardiomegaly (heart enlargement), left ventricular hypertrophy, pulmonary congestion.
Right-sided CHF
Blood can’t be pumped from the right ventricle to the lung  right ventricle can’t accept blood from right
atrium and circulation  blood back up in whole body  systemic edema.
Symptoms: tightness and swelling (fingers, skin), nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain on exertion due to
liver enlargement.
Physical findings: vein distention due to ↑ venous pressure, tender enlarged liver, bilateral leg edema.
Diagnostic tests: ↑ liver enzymes (ALT) due to liver congestion.
Therapy
Bed rest
Advantages: ↓ metabolic needs, ↓ heart workload, ↓ heart rate and dyspnea, ↑ diuresis  ↓ fluid volume.
Disadvantages: venous stasis  thromboembolism, ↓ risk by using anti-embolism stockings, leg
exercises.
Dietary controls
Small frequent meals with ↓ calories  ↓ metabolic demand
↓ sodium (3g/d) to ↓ volume. Education patient about sodium containing products (antacids, NSAIDs,
sodium bicarbonate, baking soda, water softeners).
Drug-related actions
↑ ejection fraction can be achieved by:
1. Directly ↑ heart contractility using inotropic agents: dopamine, dobutamine, milrinone, amrinone.
2. ↓ resistance to ejection by relaxing peripheral blood vessels: vasodilators such as hydralazine,
nitroprusside, nitrates
3. Affecting cardiac remodeling: ACE inhibitors, beta blockers, vasodilators (nitrates).
Addressing the underlying problem is more important than symptoms.
Digitalis glycosides (Digoxin)
Source: Plant steroidal glycosides. Digoxin: from Digitalis lanata; Digitoxin: from Digitalis pupurea;
Ouabain: from Strophanthus gratus.
Chemistry: Sugar (glycone portion) + steroidal nucleus (aglycone/genin portion) bonded with glycoside
(ether) linkage. ↑ hydroxyl groups ↑ polarity ↓ protein binding / liver biotransformation / renal
reabsorption ↓ duration of action. Ouabin v. short duration only IV.
+
+
+
+
Mechanism: Inhibit Na /K ATPase  ↑ intracellular Na , ↓ intracellular K , ↑ calcium entry  +ve
inotropic effect, ↑ CO, ↑ renal blood flow (perfusion)  deactivate RAAS  ↑ diuresis, ↓ edema,
prolongs PR interval in EKG. Also: ↑ vagal tone in SA node -ve chronotropic effect, ↓ CNS
sympathetic flow, systemic vasoconstriction.
Use: CHF, left ventricular systolic dysfunction, rapid atrial fibrillations / flutter, paroxysmal atrial
tachycardia. (CI in ventricular fibrillation / flutter).
Dosage forms: tablet, capsule, injection, elixir.
Dosing: Rapid digitalization: IV in acute need, steady state in 1 day. Slow digitalization: orally, steady
state in 1 week. Serum levels: first ↑ sharply and then ↓ sharply as drug enters the heart. Measure after
5 hr of dosing (steady state). Target: 1 ng/ml.
Potassium: antagonize digitalis effect. ↓ potassium  ↑ digitalis toxicity. DI with potassium altering
drugs (diuretics, ACE inhibitors).
Magnesium: inversely related to digitalis effect (↓ Mg  ↑ toxicity) (similar to potassium).
Calcium: ↑ digitalis inotropic effect. ↑ calcium  arrhythmia.
Metabolism: in the kidneys. Serum creatinine affects elimination.
Toxicity: common due to narrow therapeutic index. Can be fatal. ↑ toxicity with quinidine, verapamil,
amiodarone. Early: GI (anorexia, diarrhea, nausea, vomiting), CNS (headache, confusion, delirium,
muscle weakness, fatigue, visual disturbance). Later: ventricular fibrillation / flutter, AV block, atrial
tachycardia, premature ventricular contraction. Treatment of toxicity: d/c digitalis and any potassium
depleting drug, give potassium IV if hypokalemic, treat arrhythmia with lidocaine IV, cholestyramine to
prevent absorption (binds digitalis), purified digoxin-specific Fab fragment antibodies.
Inotropic drugs (IV emergency use)
Dopamine: ↓ dose: ↑ kidney blood flow, ↑ urine output. Moderate dose: ↑ cardiac output. ↑ dose: ↑
peripheral resistance, ↑ pulmonary pressure, tachycardia. Very short t1/2.
Dobutamine: similar chemical/pharmacological alternative to dopamine.
Amrinone / milrinone  bipyridine derivatives. Mechanism: inhibit phosphodiesterate (PDE) isozyme
in heart cells  ↑ cAMP  vasodilation, ↑ cardiac contractility. SE: thrombocytopenia, hypotension,
headache.
Amrinone: nonglycoside, non-sympathomimetic inotrope. Unstable in dextrose  use saline for IV
(sodium may also be a problem in CHF).
Milrinone: renally excreted.
Diuretics
Used for all CHF patients with fluid retention / edema.
Monitor fluid loss and ↓ in edema by following body weight
Thiazides: effective, commonly used. Disadv: weak, hypokalemia.
Loop: v. effective, orally / IV for acute pulmonary edema. Hypokalemia.
Potassium sparing: weak, balance the hypokalemia.
Aldosterone antagonists: e.g. spironolactone.
ACE inhibitors
For long term, not acute, management of CHF. First line agents.
Mechanism: ↓ enzyme for converting angiotensin I to angiotensin II (potent vasoconstrictor)  ↓ total
peripheral resistance  ↓ afterload. ↓ angiotensin II also  ↓ aldosterone release  ↓ sodium / water
retension  ↓ venous return and ↓ preload.
Vasodilators
Mechanism: ↓ afterload (artery dilation) / ↓ preload (venous dilation)  ↓ pulmonary congestion, ↑
cardiac output.
Nitroprusside: IV, dilates both veins and arteries.
Prazosin: alpha-1 blocker, dilates both veins and arteries.
Hydralazine: dilates arteries.
Nitrates: dilates veins. Higher dose for CHF than for angina.
Beta blockers
For long term, not acute, management of CHF.
Only carvedilol (Beta-1-2-Alpha-1 blocker) is approved for CHF.
Actions of norepinephrine: peripheral vasoconstriction, sodium retention by the kidney, cardiac
hypertrophy, arrhythmia, hypokalemia, cell death (apoptosis) due to ↑ stress.
Calcium channel blockers
No evidence of benefit in CHF symptoms. Do not use. Verapamil is particularly contraindicated because
of the significant –ve inotropic effect. Nifidipines are less dangerous (no heart effect)
41. Thromboembolic Disease
Introduction
Defintion: venous thromboembolic disease (VTED) occurs when elements of the Virchow’s triad
(vascular injury, venous stasis, hypercoaglate state ( protein C / S, antirhombin III)) are present resulting
in deep venous thrombosis (DVT) and pulmonary embolism (PE). Incidence: total is 500K, symptomatic
is 250K.
Risk factors: patient specific (age>40, obesity, varicose veins, immobility, pregnancy,  dose estrogen,
hypercoagulate state, lupus anticoagulant), illness / surgery (pelvic / hip / lower limb trauma or surgery
or cancer, MI, heart failure, inflammatory bowel, sepsis, kidney disease, polycythemia).
Prevention: nonpharmacologic ( venous stasis with external pneumatic compression or graduate
compression stockings), pharmacologic (anticoagulant drugs or heparins).
Oral anticoagulants – warfarin
Indications
Prevention of: VTED (1ry, 2ry), systemic arterial embolism in prosthetic heart valve or atrial fibrillation,
acute MI in peripheral arterial disease, stroke and death in acute MI, venous thrombosis, pulmonary
embolism, coronary occlusion in acute MI.
Mechanism
Chemistry: Coumarin derivatives (warfarin, dicumarol) are water insoluble weak acids. Chemically
related to vitamin K. ↑ protein bound. ↑ liver metabolism. ↓ therapeutic index. Therefore, ↑↑ drug
interactions.
Mechanism: antagonists of vitamin K. ↓ reductase responsible for interconversion of vitamin K and its
epoxide  liver production of defective () vitamin K-dependent coagulant proteins or clotting factors (2
(prothrombin), 7, 9, 10). Does not work in vivo.
PK
Warfarin is a racemic mixtuer of equal R/S forms
Rapid absorption  Cmax in 90 minutes.
 inter-individual variability in dose response.
Used mostly orally, but also IV. Pregnancy X.
Effect and depletion of clotting factors occurs after 3 day. Meanwhile, use UFH or LMWH if needed (5
day overlap). Effect also take time to wear off after d/c. Dose: 2.5-10 mg. Duration: 3-12 months.
Monitoring
Initial daily monitoring of prothrombin time (PT) and international normalized ratio (INR). Then 
frequency of monitoring gradually to every 4 weeks. PT results are highly dependent of type of reagent.
INR = patient PT / mean lab control PT. Target: 2-3 (risk  2.5-3.5).
ISI: International Sensitivity Index, a measure of thromboplastin responsiveness to  in clotting factors. 
ISI   responsive reagent  PT ~ INR
Warfarin is sensitive to metabolic enhancers / inhibitors, vitamin K.
Antibiotics  ↓ GI bacterial flora  ↓ vitramin K  ↑ warfarin toxicity.
SE: hemorrhage / bleeding (treat with vitamin K, i.e. phytonadione IM/SC), skin necrosis (due to ↓
protein C), urticaria, purpura, alopecia.
Unfractionated heparin
Chemistry: large very acidic muco-polysaccharide molecule
Indications: IV/SC with warfarin for proven VTED. Prevents / treats DVT, PE. Works in vivo to prevent
clotting of blood samples. Avoid IM ( hematoma).
Mechanism: inhibition / inactivation of thrombin (factor IIa, converts fibrinogen to fibrin clot), activated
factor Xa (converts prothrombin II to thrombin IIa), by antithrombin (AT) III.
PK: plasma proteins other than AT III compete for heparin binding. Short t1/2. Large molecule  can’t
cross placenta  safer in pregnancy.
Clearance: combination of saturable and non-saturable first-order kinetic models. Involve rapid followed
by gradual elimination.
 inter- and intra- individual variability (due to ∆ plasma proteins and clearance).
Administration: start with a 70 units/kg loading dose for fast response, then continuous dose (1000
unit/hr or weight-based)
SE: hemorrhage, thrombocytopenia (common), urticaria. Antidote: protamine sulfate (ver basic protein).
Monitoring: measure activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT) (patient aPTT / mean lab control aPTT)
 target: 1.5-2.5, but is dependent on the reagent. Heparin assay may also be used for monitoring.
Low molecular weight heparin
Examples (x-parin): enoxaparin (Lovenox), dalteparin, ardeparin
Chemistry: fragments of standard heparin produced by controlled chemical or enzymatic
depolymerization of heparin. Minimum 18 saccharide units. Very acidic  anions at physiologic pH  ↓
absorption from GI. Given only parenterally as sodium salts. Heparin: mean MWt 15K. LMWH: mean
MWt 5K.
Indications: prevention and treatment of venous thromboembolism (venous thrombosis, VTED, unstable
angina pectoris, MI, surgery).
Mechanism: very similar to heparin with more effect on Xa than on IIa.
PK:  binding to heparin-binding proteins than heparin   bioavailability at  doses and more
predictable effect / uniform absorption.  binding to endothelial cells   plasma t1/2 and doseindependent renal clearance. ↓ SE than heparin.
aPTTT can NOT be used to monitor effect. No approbriate assay available.
Danaparoid: low MWt heparinoid. It’s a glycosaminoglycan from porcine mucosa. Similar mechanism /
uses. CI: bleeding and pork product sensitivity.
Lepirudin
Chemistry: recombinant DNA (almost identical to hirudin).
Mechanism: ↓ thrombin (factor IIa) thrombogenic activity (antithrombin).
Use: anticoagulant in case of heparin-induced thrombocytopenia.
SE: cerebral bleeding, allergic/ skin reactions.
Antiplatelet agents
Aspirin: Mechanism: ↓ dose  permanent inhibition of COX  ↓ thromboxane A2. Use: ↓ mortality
post-MI, prevent MI reinfarction.
Ticlopidine / clopidrogel: Mechanism: interfere with ADP-induced platelet-fibrinogen binding  ↓
glycoprotein GPIIb/IIIa receptor. Use: ↓ MI, stroke risk. SE: ↑↑, diarrhea, rash, GI upset, neutropenia.
Fab fragments (Abciximab): Mechanism: monoclonal antibodies against GPIIb/IIIa receptor  ↓
platelet interaction. Use: coronary angioplasty, atheroctomy. SE: bleeding, thrombocytopenia, antibody
formation, arrhythmia.
Eptifibatide / Tirofiban: Mechanism: same as Abciximab. Use: acute coronary syndrome, coronary
angioplasty. Glycoprotein IIb/IIIa receptor antagonists  ↓ fibrinogen, adhesion ligands. SE: bleeding,
fever, headache.
Dipyridamole: Mechanism: ↓ RBC adenosine, ↓ phosphodiesterase ( ↑ cAMP), ↓ thromboxane A2.
Use: for thromboembolism prophylaxis after valve replacement. SE: nausea, GI upset, headache, rash,
dizziness. Also relax smooth muscles, ↓ coronary vascular resistance (↑blood flow).
Anagrelide: Mechanism: ↓ platelet production. Use: ↓ platelet count in thrombocythemia. SE: CHF, MI,
heart block, arrhythmia.
Cilostazol: Mechanism: PDE III inhibitors  ↑ cAMP  vasodilation. SE: CHF.
Thrombolytic agents
General Mechanism: ↑ conversion of plasminogen to plasmin (serine protease), which hydrolyzes fibrin
and dissolves clots.
General SE: bleeding (GI / GU / intracranial / catheter site), and allergic reactions (skin rash,
bronchospasm, edema, urticaria).
Alteplase / reteplase (t-PA): recombinant DNA-derived tissue plasminogen activators (t-PA) consisting
of amino acids. Called ‘Clot Selective’ because it acts on fibrin-bound plasminogen. SE: acute MI, acute
pulmonary embolism. No allergy issues (human-derived)
Streptokinase: protein derived from cultures of Group C beta-hemolytic streptococci ( hypersensitivity).
↓ fibrinogen and factors 5 & 8. Acts on bound & free plasminogen (not selective). Use: acute MI, DVT,
arterial thrombosis.
Anistreplase: also called ‘Anisolyated Plasminogen Streptokinase Activator Complex, APSAC’. Prodrug,
activated in vivo by deacylation. Use: acute MI, coronary arterial thromobi. SE: arrhythmia, ↓ BP
Urokinase: two-chain serine protease from cultured human kidney cells. Mechanism: enzymatically
active (plasminogen  plasmin). Use: coronary arterial thrombi, pulmonary embolism.
42. Infectious Diseases
43. Seizure Disorders
44. Parkinson’s disease
Disease state and pathology
Slowly progressive degenerative neurologic disease.
Incidence: over 50 years of age (mostly 60’s)= 0.1%.
Pathogenesis: Depigmentation of substantia nigra. Loss of dopaminergic input to the basal ganglia
(extrapyramidal system) which is responsible for initiating, modulating, sequencing motor activity  motor
disability. Parkinson’s is due to imbalance between dopamine (inhibitory neurotransmitter, ) and
acetylcholine (excitatory neurotransmitter, ).
Diagnosis: depends on clinical findings, tests to rule out secondary cause, PET scan to visualize
dopamine uptake in substantia nigra and basal ganglia.
Etiology
Primary (idiopathic): called classic Parkinson’s or paralysis agitans. Most common. Incurable disease.
Can be due to absorption of highly potent neurotoxins (CO, manganese solvent, MPTP) or exposure to
cell toxic hydrogen peroxide and free radicals; both products of dopamine catabolism.
Secondary: small percentage, usually curable. Drugs: dopamine antagonists / antipsychotics
(phenothiazines (chlorpromazine, perphenazine), haloperidol, reserpine). Toxins: CO, heavy metals
(manganese, mercury, MPTP). Infections: syphilis, encephalitis. Others: Wilson’s disease,
arteriosclerosis.
Pseudo-Parkinson’s: due ↑ dose of older (traditional) antipsychotic agents, more in the elderly
Signs and symptoms
Tremor: initial complaint. Most evident at rest (resting tremor) and with  frequency movement. Pillrolling tremor: involve thumb and forefinger. Action tremor: with activity.
Limb rigidity: ratchet-like movement when limb is moved passively
Akinesia (difficult) / bradykinesia (slow): including masked-face (fixed expression) with  spontaneous
emotional responses.
Postural difficulty: walking with stooped, flexed posture,  arm swing in rhythm with the legs.
Mental status: depression (50%), dementia (25%), psychosis.
2ry disease effects: cardiovascular (orthostatic hypotension, arrhythmia), GI (constipation,  salivation),
 urinary frequency, impotence, hallucinations.
Unified Parkinson’s Disease Rating Scale (UPDRS): used to monitor disease progress and evaluate
drug efficacy. Includes: mental status, behavior, mood, daily activities (speech, swallowing, walking, etc),
clinicians motor evaluation (speech, mobility, tremor, etc).
Treatment:
Non-drug: Exercise / physical therapy: very beneficial for mobility and mood. Nutrition: to  risk of
poor nutrition, weight loss,  muscle mass.  fiber and fluid intake to prevent constipation.  calcium to
preserve bone structure.  antioxidants (e.g. vitamin E) to  oxidative stress. Psychological
rehabilitation: support for patient, family. May need to treat depression, dementia.
Drugs: TCA (anticholinergic, dopaminergic, for depression). Beta blocker (propranolol,  lipid solubility),
BZD, primidone for action tremor. Diphenhydramine: antihistamine with anticholinergic effect for mild
tremor (CNS SE, avoid in elderly).
Principles of therapy: if drug fails  use another class, except bromocriptine and pergolide (try both in
sequence). Build dose gradually up. Never d/c drug suddenly.
Late disease disabilities: Levodopa  motor fluctuation, dyskinesia,  response  control by changing
dose and timing. Non-levodopa: urinary urgency  oxybutynin, constipation  fiber / PEG, 
salivation  antihistamines / anticholinergics,  sweating  beta blocker / anticholinergic, orthostatic
hypotension  desmopressin, pain  amitriptyline, depression / dysphagia  liquid levodopa,
daytime sleepiness  selegiline.
Definitions: Dyskinesias: reversible jerky movements. On-off effect: oscillations in response and
sudden changes in mobility from no symptoms to full symptoms within minutes. End-dose (wearing-off)
effect: may improve by shortening the dosing interval. Drug holiday: temporary d/c of levodopa to
reverse down-regulation of dopamine receptors and regain efficacy.
Individual drugs
Anticholinergic agents
Examples: benztropine, trihexyphenidyl (both structurally related to atropine), biperidene, procyclidine,
orphenadrine.
Use: mild symptoms, esp. tremors (not bradykinesia / pos. imbalance).
Mechanism: block action of acetylcholine in basal ganglia.
SE: dry mouth,  sweating (  heat tolerance), urinary retention, constipation (use stool softener),
delayed gastric emptying,  intraocular tension, GI upset, dizziness, agitation, hallucinations, hypotension.
CI: obstructed GI or GU, glaucoma, cardiac disease. Avoid drugs with anticholinergic activity
(antihistamines, antidepressants, phenothiazines),  digoxin level. Avoid combo with haloperidol (
tardive dyskinesia severeity, schizophrenia,  haloperidol level).
Dopamine precursor (Levodopa/carbidopa)
Most effective.  effect /  SE in 4 years. Dopamine can’t cross BBB (not used).
Mechanism: Levodopa: converted by dopa decarboxylase to dopamine   dopamine in CNS (crosses
BBB). Carbidopa: levodopa analog that does not cross BBB   peripheral decarboxylation of
levodopa   peripheral SE,  CNS bioavailability,  dose needed by 75%.
SE: due to peripheral conversion to dopamine (GI upset, arrhythmia, postural hypotension). Others:
hallucinations, psychosis, blood dyscriasis, GI upset, insomnia
CI: glaucoma, may activate malignant melanoma. Pyridoxine (vit B6)  ↑ peripheral decaroxylation 
↓ effect. MAOI hypertension. TCA / Food  absorption. Metoclopramide:  levodopa level.
General dopamine agonist SE: ↓ BP, syncope, arrhythmia, insomnia, hallucinations, psychosis.
Direct acting dopamine agonists
Ergot alkaloids (ergolines): bromocriptine, pergolide. Others: pramipexole, ropinirole. All mimic
dopamine effect (direct agonist).
Bromocriptine
SE: first-dose cardiovascular collapse (postrual hypotension, fainting, tachycardia, dysrhythmias,
dizziness), hallucinations, pulmonary toxicity, GI upset. V. long t1/2.  response variability.
Pergolide
Mechanism: semisynthetic ergosine derivative. 1000x more potent than bromocriptine.  prolactin,  LH,
 growth hormone.
SE: dysrhythmias, ↓ BP, hallucinations, insomnia, GI upset
CI: 90% protein bound (cautious with other protein bound drugs), antipscychotics  contradictory effects.
Non-ergot dopamine agonists
Examples: pramipexole, ropinirole
Mechanism: bind to dopamine D2/D3 receptors. Also, antioxidant/O2 free radical scavenger, moderate
antidepressant.
Start  dose and  gradually to titrate best balance of efficacy / SE. Also d/c gradually.  levodopa dose
if used together.
SE:  compared to non-selective agonists (motor fluctuations, dyskinesia). Orthostatic hypotension,
syncope, bradycardia, hallucinations, GI upset,
CI: liver metabolism. pramipexole: cimetidine  clearance. Ropinirole: smoking  metabolism,
ciprofloxacin  metabolism.
Indirect acting dopamine agonists
MAO-I: Selegiline
Mechanism: MAO-B selective inhibitor   catecholamine (dopamine) breakdown in the brain (MAO-A is
in the GI, MAO-B is in the brain). Used when levodopa wears off. Only MAO-A metabolizes tyramine
(exogenous amine in beer, wine, cheese, smoked meat)  hypertensive crisis if inhibited.
SE: hypertensive crisis (possibly with tyramine but ↓ risk),  levodopa SE, dizziness, hallucinations,
insomnia, orthostatic hypotension, syncope, arrhythmia, GI upset/bleeding.
CI: meperidine, other opioids.
Catechol-O-methyltransferase (COMT) inhibitors
Examples (x-capone): tolcapone
Mechanism: Selective reversible inhibitor of COMT; main enzyme for peripheral and central metabolism
of catecholamines including levodopa to O-methyldopa (doubles levodopa t1/2). It can be combined with
selective MAO-B inhibitor (selegiline).
SE: liver toxicity (jaundice, lethargy, fatigue, appetite loss, clay colored feces, monitor ALS/AST),
orthostatic hypotension, hallucinations, diarrhea,  levodopa SE, rhabdomyolysis.
Amantadine
Mechanism: antiviral agent used to prevent influenza. It  dopamine pre-synaptic reuptake,  dopamine
synthesis and release. Some anticholinergic effect ( tremor, ridigity, bradykinesia). Fast acting drug
(effect within few weeks). Drug tolerance occurs (d/c for a few weeks or use only when needed).
SE: anticholinergic SE, hallucinations, dizziness, seizures, CHF, reversible skin rash (livedo reticularis),
blood effect, insomnia, ∆ speech.
CI:  effect of anticholinergics, HCTZ/triamterene   excretion   blood level.
Surgical treatment
Require needle insertion in the brain  possible hemorrhage.
Deep brain stimulation: implant  frequency electrode into target site and connect lead to SC pace
maker  functional inhibition of target regions in the brain.
Globus pallidus internus pallidotomy: surgical resection of parts of the globus pallidus.
Retal nigral transplantation: implantation of embryonic dopaminergic cells to replace degenerated
neuronal cells.
45. Schizophrenia
Pathophysiology
Genetic studies: 10x  in risk with family history. 50% chance in both of monozygotic twins.
Neurophysiologic theories: mainly due to  dopamine. Serotonin and glutamate may play a role.
Dopamine may  in some brain areas.
Psychosocial theories: may be triggers but not causes. Stress,  interpersonal skills, bad family
communications, socioeconomic factors.
Population prevalence: 1%.
Diagnosis
Using Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (DSM) of Mental Disorders. Diagnosis by exclusion after ruling
out medical and mental causes of psychosis. Symptoms: delusions, hallucinations, disorganized speech
/ behavior, negative symptoms (6 months + 1 month active symptoms causing social or occupational
dysfunction).
Types: paranoid (delusions of grandeur or persecution), catatonic (psychomotor disturbances),
disorganized (incoherent responses), residual (history but no acute psychosis), undifferentiated.
No known cure. Objective is to relieve symptoms and restore function.
Treatment: pharmacotherapy, psychotherapy.
Antipsychotics
Agent selection: based on patient history and drug safety. Atypical antipsychotics in new diagnosis or
first episode (safer drugs). Antipsychotics are more effective for  positive symptoms. Maximum effect:
6-8 weeks. One episode  d/c gradually after 6 months. Multiple episodes: indefinite treatment.
Typical antipsychotics
Examples: phenothiazines (chlorpromazine, thioridazine, mesoridazine, fluphenazine, perphenazine,
trifluperazine), haloperidol, loxapine, molindone.
Mechanism: block dopamine (D2) activity. Cause hyperprolactinemia.
Potency:  potency   extrapyramidal symptoms.  potency  sedation, anti-cholinergic,
cardiovascular SE.
Efficacy: as good as the typical drugs for the positive but not the negative symptoms. Generally, more
SE than the typical drugs.
Extra-pyramidal SE
Acute dystonias: sudden muscle spasms (neck, jaw, back, eyes). Common in the first 2 days.
Treatment: IV/IM anticholinergic (diphenhydramine, benztropine).
Akathisia: motor restlessness, inner tension and agitation, urge to move (pacing). Common in the first
weeks or months. Treatment; anticholinergic, beta blocker, BZD.
Pseudoparkinsonism: parkinsonism induce by dopmine blockade. Common in the first weeks or
months. Treatment: anticholinergic or switch to atyptical drug.
Tardive dyskinesia (TD): latent extrapyramidal effect (after months / years). Abnormal movement (face,
tongue, shoulders, hipds, extremities, fingers, toes, etc). Movements are fixed (dystonic) and rhythmic.
It’s due to prolonged dopamine blockade  dopamine receptor up-regulation   sensitivity to
stimulation. Treatment: may be irreversible, d/c therapy, when  dose symptoms may first worsen due to
dopmaine blockade and still up-regulated receptors,  dose may initially mask symptoms but will remerge
later. Best approach is prevention (monitor).
Neuroleptic malignant syndrome (NMS)
Uncommon but sudden onset, serious and may be fatal. Symptoms: extrapyramidal effects, hyperthermia,
tachycardia,  BP, incontinence. Management: d/c drug, bromocriptine or dantrolene (muscle relaxant),
supportive therapy.
Atypical antipsychotics
Examples: risperidone, olanzapine, clozapine, quetiapine.
Block serotonin more than dopamione-2 receptors.
Less extrapyramidal SE than typicals. No hyper-prolactinemia.
Treat negative symptoms better than typicals.
Clozapine: only drug with no EPS/TD. Only effective drug for refractory patients. However, use as last
resort due to agranulocytosis (monitor CBC weekly). It has  anticholinergic SE.
Other condiserations
SE by recptor type: histamine H1  sedation; serotonin 5-HT  weight gain; dopamine D2  EPS /
hyperprolactinemia; muscarinic  anticholinergic / cognitive / tachycardia; alpha-1  orthostatic
hypotension / reflex tachycardia.
Rapid tranquilization: for acute psychosis with agitation and aggression. Use injectable typical drug (IM
haloperidol).
Noncompliant patient: use long acting IM drugs every 3 weeks; either haloperidol decanoate or
fluphenazine decanoate. Convert existing oral dose to its injectable equivalent.
Switching drugs: cross taper and titrate ( old,  new).
Adjunctive therapy: if 3 agent tried unsuccesfully  use clozapine or augmentative therapy (BZD
anixiolytics or modd stabilizers such as lithium, valproic acid or carbamazepine).
46. Mood Disorders
Mood range: depressiondysthymia (dysphoria)euthymiaeuphoria (hypomania)mania
Dysphoria (dysthemia): mood depression below normal range but above depression.
Euphoria (hypomania): mood elevations above normal range but below mania extreme.
Euthymia: the range of normal fluctuation in mood
Mood disorders: sustained elevation or depression in mood that impairs ability to function in the society.
Risk of suicide:x10-20.
Major Depression
Incidence: more in women (2x men). 15-20% chance in woman’s lifetime.
Etiology: Biogenic amine theory: due to depletion of serotonin and norepinephrine. Dysregulation
theory: cyclic nature of depression is due to impaired balance of neutrotransmitters not absolute ↓ or ↑.
Familial history plays a role.
Clinical depression: ↓ mood,anhedonia, appetite ↑ ↓ , weight ↑ ↓, sleep ↑ ↓, psychomotor ↑ ↓, fatigue,
worthlessness, guild, ↓ thinking / concentration, suicidal
Diagnosis: using Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (DSM) IV criteria. Patient must have persistent
symptoms for 2 weeks.
Treatment:
Psychotherapy, pharmacotherapy, and electroconvulsive therapy.
Pharmacotherapy with antiderpssants is 50-60% effective. It has three phases: acute (6 wk, resolve
symptoms), continuation (6-9 months, prevents relapse) and maintenance (3 or > years, prevents
recurrence).
Drug selection: all drugs are equally effective with different mechanisms and SE. Select drug with SE
profile that complements the disease process. For example, depression with psychomotor agitation 
sedative antidepressant, depression with psychomotor retardation  activating antidepressant.
Therapy initiation: start with half of the lowest dose to minimize SE  ↑ to target range in 1-2 weeks,
then titrate based on response. GRADUAL.
Lag time exists between therapy initiation and clinical response due to changes in postsynaptic receptor
sensitivity. Resolution of anxiety and insomnia in 1-2 week. Full effect in 4-6 weeks.
Serotonin syndrome: tremor, seizure, hyperreflexia, hypomania, agitation, fever, diarrhea, confusion.
May occur when two serotonin enhancing drugs are used concomitantly or close to each other (e.g. MAOI,
SSRI).
Serotonin withdrawal syndrome: lethargy, myalgia, chills, dizziness, flu-like symptoms
Tricyclic Amines (TCA)
Examples: amitriptyline, nortriptyline, protriptyline, imipramine, trimipramine, desipramine,
doexpin
Serum concentrations are established for some drugs.
Mechanism: blocks serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake. Also bind to cholinergic, histaminergic,
alpha-adrenergic receptors (SE).
SE: anticholinergic (blurred vision, dry mouth, constipation, urinary retention), alpha blockade (orthostatic
hypotension), antihistamine (sedation, take at bedtime), ↓ seizure threshold, ECG changes, lethal if
overdoes.
Not first choice for depression. Other uses: neuropathic pain, insomnia.
Monoamine oxidase inhibitors (MAOI)
Examples: phenelzine, tranylcypromine, isocarboxazid.
Mechanism: ↓ monoamine oxidase  block break down of biogenic amines  ↑ serotonin and
norepinephrine in the brain
Not first choice for depression. Only for depression with agitation, hypersomnia, anxiety.
↑ SE: orthostatic hypotension, weight gain, edema, sexual dysfunction. Isocarboxazid  liver damage.
May result in accumulation of sympathomimetic amines  hypertensive crisis  CI with decongestants,
foods with tyramines (aged cheese, wine).
MAO: 2 wk washout period before start or when D/C.
Bupropion (Wellbuterin)
Mechanism: ↓ reuptake of epinephrine, serotonin, dopamine.
SE: stimulation similar to SSRI  give in the morning, ↑ seizure esp with eating disorders.
Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors (SSRI)
Examples: fluoxetine, norfluoxetine, sertraline, paroxetine, citalopram, demethylsertraline,
fluvoxamine (for OCD).
Mechanism: selectively block serotonin reuptake  ↑ level
↓ SE: stimulation and insomnia (give in the morning), GI, sexual dysfunction, (weight gain?).
Abrupt D/C  serotonin withdrawal syndrome (except fluoxetine)  D/C gradually.
Metabolized by cytochrome P-450  drug interactions.
Fluoxetine: norfluoxetine has long t1/2 5 wk washout period after D/C.
Venlafaxine (Effexor)
Mechanism: ↓ reuptake of epinephrine, serotonin, dopamine (similar to bupropion). CI: MAOI. Dose
gradually.
SE: nausea, GI (take with food), sustained hypertension (monitor BP).
Trazadone
Low dose is commonly used for insomnia with stimulating antidepressants.
Mechanism: ↑ serotonin. ↑ SE: sedation, hypotension, GI
Nefazodone
Structure is similar to trazadone. Mechanism: ↑ serotonin.
SE (↓ than trazadone): sedation, hypotension, GI, dry mouth.
Interaction: ↑ protein binding  interact with warfarin, phenytoin. Cytochrome P-450 inhibitor  ↑ drugs
metabolized by P-450.
Mirtazapine
Mechanism: ↓ presynaptic alpha-2 receptors  ↑ norepinephrine and 5-HT central concentration.
Specific affinity to 5-HT1 receptors  ↓ SE compared to SSI (no insomnia, agitation, sexual dysfunction).
Blocks H1  sedation, and 5-HT2c  ↑ appetite.
SE: sedation (take at bedtime), weight gain, dry mouth.
Bipolar disorder
Incidence: 1% of the population. More common in female teens or early 20’s.
Etiology: Family history in 90% (genetics). Due to imbalance and fluctuation in neurotransmitter levels.
↑ norepinephrine  manic episode, ↓ norepinephrine  depression.
↓ GABA (gamma-aminobutyric acid, inhibitory neurotransmitter)  mania, due to unopposed excitatory
neurotransmitters (norepinephrine, dopamine).
↓ calcium in CSF  mania. ↑ calcium in CSF  depression.
G protein: involved in signal transduction and activation of other neurotransmitters. Hyperactive G
protein  mood instability.
Glutamate binding to G proteins linked to NMDA is involved.
Psychosocial and physical stressors trigger early episodes.
Diagnosis: using DSM-IV and history of mania and depression.
Mania: elevated, expansive or irritable mood for 1 week. Grandiose ideations, expansive self-esteem, ↓
sleep, racing thoughts, distraction, psychomotor agitation, dangerous activities.
Mixed episode (mood incongruent): mania and depression symptoms.
Bipolar I: manic or mixed episode.
Bipolar II: depressive and hypomanic episode.
Cyclothymia: depressive and manic symptoms for 2 years.
Rapid cycling: four depressive, manic, hypmanic or mixed episodes in 12 months
Clinical course: untreated episodes last days to months. Interval between episodes: 1-2 years. Episode
sequence is unpredictable. Early onset  bad prognosis.
Treatment
Acute, maintenance and continuation phases (like depression).
Antipsychotics, antidepressants, and mood stabilizers may be used.
Antipsychotics: short term therapy during acute mania to ↓ psychosis and agitation.
Antidepressants: use for depression with suicidal tendency. Use cautiously to avoid triggering mania.
Lithium
First line therapy (except for mixed episodes or rapid cycling).
Monovalent cation like Na and K. Citrate salt  liquid, carbonate salt  tablet.
Food may delay absorption. Take with food to avoid rapid rise in serum concentration and SE.
Highly distributed but takes 3 days  delayed response.
Eliminated through the kidneys with no metabolism.
nd
Mechanism: unknown. ↓ norepinephrine / serotonin, ↑ membrane stabilization, ↑ cAMP / cGMP (2
messengers).
Dose: narrow therapeutic index. Can be used to acute mania (↑ and ↓ dose gradually, quick action for
mania but slow for deperssion) or preventative maintenance (mania, depression). Require Cp monitoring.
If high dose  psychosis, psychomotor agitation  give BZD or antipsychotics.
SE: ↑↑↑. Monitor Cp. Categorized into early, long term, and toxicity. Polydipsia, polyuria, nocturia, dry
mouth, weight gain, ↓ libido, tremors, CNS.
Toxicity: use emesis, gastric lavage, hemo- or peritoneal dialysis but not charcoal.
st
CI: renal failure, pregnancy 1 trimester.
Interactions: drugs that ↑ serotonin  serotonin syndrome. With BZD, antipsychotics  ↑ neurotoxicity.
Valproic Acid (VA)
Indications: anticonvulsant that works as a mood stabilizer. Can be used in acute episodes or as a mood
stabilizer.
Forms: elixir  sodium valproate, capsules  VPA, enteric coated tabs  divalproex, injections 
sodium valproate sodium
SE: ↑↑. Monitor Cp. Blood (agranulocytosis, thrombocytopenia), weight gain, liver / pancreas damage,
GI upset (↓ in divalproex).
CI: sensitive to enzyme inhibitors and inducers.
CBZ
Indications: anticonvulsant that works as a mood stabilizer. Use in bipolar if lithium fails.
nd
Mechanism: modulate NEp and cAMP (G protein-linked 2 messenger system).
SE: CNS: drowsiness, dizziness, blurred vision, diplobia, nystagmus, confusion, headache. Dose
related: blood dyscrasias, ↑ dose gradually to avoid SE, GI upset (take with food). Non dose related:
skin SE. Metabolic enzyme inducer (drug interactions, monitor Cp). Complete monitoring (blood count,
live function, BUN, electrolytes, TSH).
New Mood stabilizers (anticonvulsants) (gabapentin, lamotrigine)
Indications: both mood elevation during epilepsy. Not approved, though, for mood stabilization (no
systematic data).
Lamotrigine: structure is similar to phenytoin and CBZ. Mechanism: block sodium-mediated release of
glutamate and aspartate, may also block GABA and Ach release. SE: dizziness, blurred vision / diplobia,
GI upset, rash / photosensitivity.
Gabapentin: structure is similar to GABA (but no effect on GABA). Mechanism: unknown. ↑ dose
gradually. Short t1/2  frequent administration. SE: somnolence, dizziness, nystagmus, fatigue.
Other topics
Use of dual mood stabilizers
Combination of lithium and CBZ or VPA. Watch for leukocytosis / leukopenia. Do not combine CBZ and
VPA (↑↑ blood dyscrasias). May also combine one of the three (older drugs) with one of the two newer
drugs (above).
Mood stabilizers in pregnancy
nd
rd
Older drugs (lithium, VPA, CBZ) may cause birth defects. If necessary, use lithium only in 2 and 3
trimester. If necessary, give folic acid with VPA to ↓ risk.
47. Asthma and COPD
Asthma
Definition
Reversible chronic airway inflammation. It involves obstruction, ↑ airway responsiveness, episodic
asthma symptoms. Pathologic changes are not permanent.
Classification: mild intermittent, and persistent (mild, moderate, severe)
Incidence: 15 million Americans (one third children). 50% of children outgrow asthma by mid-teens, may
return to asthma later in life.
Etiology
Allergens (pollen, dust mite, animal dander, mold, food), occupational exposures (chemicals, flour, wood,
textile dust), viral respiratory infections, exercise, emotions (anxiety, laughter, stress, crying), irritant
exposure (odors, chemicals, irritants), environmental exposure (weather change, cold air, smoke, sulfer
dioxide), drugs (hypersensitivity, aspirin, NSAID, cholinergics (bethanechol), anti-adrenergics (B
blockers)).
Allergic rhinitis is twice as common in asthmatics.
Pathology / pathophysiology
Postmortem examination: smooth muscle hypertrophy, airway plugs (inflammatory cells, debris,
proteins, mucus), vessel vasodilatation, inflammatory cellular infiltrate, collagen deposition.
Major contributing processes
Inflammatory cells: such as mast cells, eosinophils, activated T cells, macrophages, epithelial cells 
secrete mediators.
Airway obstruction: due to bronchoconstriction, airway wall edema, mucus plug formation, airway
remodeling, smooth muscle hypertrophy, hyperplasia. Obstruction  ↓ ventilation  ventilation /
perfusion (V/Q) imbalance  hypoxemia and ↓ partial pressure of arterial oxygen (PaO2).
Hyper-responsiveness: ↑ response to stimuli due to ↑ inflammatory mediators and infiltration by
inflammatory cells.
Airway inflammation: contributes to hyper-responsiveness, obstruction, respiratory symptoms, ↓ mucociliary function, ↑ airway permeability to allergens / irritants.
Autonomic neutral control: ↑ cholinergic sensitivity ↑ parasympathetic tone, reflex
bronchoconstriction.
Airway remodeling: due to persistent inflammation in poorly controlled asthma  collagen deposition
and fibrosis  permanent airway abnormalities.
Sequencing of events in asthma
Triggering: exposure to trigger (allergen, aspirin, virus, etc)  antigen binds to IgE  attach to activated
mast cells. Early response: begins in < 30 min and resolves in < 2hr, blocked by beta agonist or
cromolyns. Late response: begins 6 hr after trigger, persistent airway obstruction, inflammation, hyperresponsiveness, occurs in 50% of cases, may last several days, blocked by corticosteroids or cromolyns.
Signaling: inflammatory cells (mast cells, lymphocytes, eosinophils, macrophages, epithelial cells)
release chemical signals (cytokines, chemokines, eicosanoids, leukotrienes)  attract more inflammatory
cells.
Migration: influx of inflammatory cells (eosinophils, lymphocytes, monocytes, granulocytes); ↑ adhesion
molecules  attract cells to the airways.
Cell activation: required before cells can release inflammatory mediators. Eosinophils activation  ↑
inflammatory mediators  smooth muscle constriction, initiate chemotaxis. Leukotrienes 
bronchoconstriction, ↑ mucus, ↑ vascular permeability, ↑ responsiveness. Other mediators recruit more
inflammatory cells to the airways in the late asthmatic response.
Tissue stimulation and damage: due to release of inflammatory mediators from activated cells.
Epithelial damage  ↑ airway responsiveness  may cause remodeling.
Clinical evaluation
Physical findings
Acute exacerbations: occur suddenly or gradually, usually at night or early morning. Shortness of
breath, tachypnea, tachycardia, wheezing at end of exhalation, chest tightness, cough.
Chronic poorly controlled severe asthma: chronic hyper-inflation, barrel chest.
Signs of respiratory distress: cyanosis (↓ PaO2 / ↑ PaCO2), use of accessory muscles, inability to
speak in sentences, ↓ mental status, PEFR < 50% of normal.
Potentially fatal asthma: history of sudden severe exacerbations, poor self-perception of asthma, history
of intubation or ICU admission, visits to ER or hospitalization for asthma, frequent beta agonist use (>2
canisters / month).
Diagnostic tests
Pulmonary function tests: determine degree of obstruction, may be normal between exacerbations.
Forced expiratory volume in 1 second (FEV1): ↓ during exacerbation. Air trapping and lung
hyperventilation  ↑ residual volume (RV), ↑ total lung capacity (TLC). Peak expiratory flow rate
(PEFR): correlates with FEV1, used to monitor therapy, triggers, need for emergency care. Measure
PEFR in early morning before medications, and may be again midday. Diurnal variation > 20% in PEFR
indicate ↑ responsiveness, and poor control.
Blood analysis: ↑ WBC count during acute exacerbation, eosinophilia, leukocytosis (due to WBC
demargination due to corticosteroids).
Sputum analysis: may reveal eosinophils, clumps of epithelial cells, bacterial if infected, mucous in small
airways.
Pulse oximetry: noninvasive measure of degree of hypoxemia during acute exacerbation. It measures
oxygen saturation in arterial blood (SaO2) and pulse.
Arterial blood gas: help gauge the severity of exacerbations. Early stages  hyper-ventilation  ↓
PaCO2  fatigue of respiratory muscles. Respiratory acidosis: poor prognostic sign  respiratory
fatigue  ↓ respiratory rate  ↑ PaCO2.
ECG: may show sinus tachycardia, especially in the elderly.
Chest radiograph: may show pneumonia, hyperinflation.
Allergy skin and radioallergosorbent test: identify possible allergic triggers.
Complications
Status asthmaticus: severe asthma exacerbation that fails to respond to therapy  life threatening.
Symptoms: ↓ consciousness, cyanosis, ↑ PaCO2, PEFR < 100 L/min or FEV1 < 1 liter. Treatment:
oxygen, inhaled beta agonist, anticholinergic, IV steroids. If respiratory acidosis  tracheal intubation,
mechanical ventilation.
Pneumothorax: acute exacerbation with air accumulation in the pleural space. Symptoms: chest pain,
dyspnea, cough, anxiety, lung collapse. Treatment: oxygen, pleural air aspiration, analgesics.
Atelectasis: airway obstruction  ↓ gas exchange during respiration  collapsed lung. Symptoms:
worsening dyspnea and anxiety, hyperventilation, ↓ breath sounds, cyanosis. Treatment: postural
drainage, chest percussion, coughing / breathing exercise, bronchodilators, bronchoscopy to remove
secretions.
Therapy principles
Acute exacerbations
At home: depends on EFV or PEFR. If < 50% of personal best  aggressive treatment. Limit inhaled
albuterol to 3 treatments of 3 buffs by MDI at 20 min intervals or one nebulizer treatment. If response is
poor  use oral corticosteroid, go to ER if needed.
In the hospital: inhaled albuterol, mechanical oxygen ventilation (up to 90% saturation), anticholinergic,
oral or IV corticosteroids, intubation.
Persistent asthma
Step-down approach: aggressive. Start treatment one step above assessed severity for rapid control,
review every 3 months. Then, do gradual step-wise reduction in treatment.
Step-up approach: start treatment at the same step as assessed severity, and adjust upward as needed.
Always, control environment to avoid triggers. If daily or ↑ use of inhaled albuterol  consider long-term
therapy (e.g. anti-inflammatory). A rescue course of systemic corticosteroids may be used.
Exercise-induced bronchospasm (EIB)
Warm-up period helps prevent EIB. Prevent EIB by using short acting beta agonist (albuterol) 15 min
before exercise, long acting beta agonist (salmeterol) 45 min before exercise, or cromolyn sodium 1 hr
before exercise. Keep albuterol handy.
Chronic asthma (NIH guidelines)
Severe persistent: ↑ dose inhaled steroid + ↓ dose oral steroid + long acting bronchodilator (inhaled or
oral salmeterol, SR theophylline).
Moderate persistent: inhaled steroid + long acting bronchodilator for nigh time symptoms (inhaled or
oral salmeterol, SR theophylline) (drop oral steroid).
Mild persistent: only one of the following: ↓ dose inhaled steroid, inhaled cromolyn, SR theophylline,
leukotriene modifier.
Mild intermittent: no daily medications. Albuterol for attacks.
Therapeutic agents
Beta agonists
Short acting: albuterol (R- and S- isomers), levalbuterol (only active R-enantiomer), metaproterenol,
pirbuterol, for acute exacerbation and EIB prophylaxis.
Long acting: salmeterol, formoterol for asthma maintenance, EIB prophylaxis, nocturnal symptoms, ↑
↑ albuterol use, COPD.
Mechanism: stimulate beta 2 receptors  ↑ adenyl cyclase  ↑ cAMP  bronchodilation, ↑ mucociliary
clearance, ↓ inflammatory cell mediator release.
SE: tremors (due to B2 activation in skeletal muscles), gluconeogenesis (↑ glucose), activation of Na K
ATPase, cardiac stimulation (due to partial B1 stimulation: palpitation, tachycardia), nervousness,
headache.
Administration: inhalation ↓ systemic SE (preferred over oral). Always use salmeterol with inhaled
steroid, except for EIB prophylaxis. May combine long and short acting.
Tachyphylaxis: occurs due to regular use. It’s due to down-regulation due to moving of beta receptors
from cell surface to inside the cell. Effect may be reversed with steroids.
Paradoxical bronchoconstriction: due to cold-Freon effect or use of adjuvants.
↑ bronchial hyperactivity: due to irritants such as methacholine and histamine. May be due to
albuterol’s S-isomer.
Drug interactions: hypertensive crisis with MAO inhibitors, TCA and methyldopa. Beta blockers (e.g.
propranolol)  bronchospasm. Combined with sympathomimetics  ↑ heart effect, vasoconstriction
(prevent by alpha blockers, phenolamine).
Corticosteroids
Mechanism: Bind to glucocorticoid receptors in the cell cytoplasm  alter gene transcription  ↓
inflammatory response, ↓ airway hyper-responsiveness, ↓ mucus.
Use: in case of allergic component. Added only when anticholinergic / beta agonist combo is ineffective.
Systemic steroids: used for rapid response during acute exacerbations (few hours).
IV steroids: hydrocortisone and methylprednisone. Alternative to oral steroids to prevent respiratory
arrest in hospitals. Switch to oral steroids after stabilization.
Oral steroids: prednisone, prednisolone. Used in emergencies if possible when there is no risk of
respiratory arrest. Used in burst doses for a week. Dose tapering may be required.
Inhaled steroids: fluticasone, flunisolide, triamcinolone, beclomethasone, budesonide. Used for chronic
treatment, not for acute exacerbations. Less SE and less efficacy. ↑ steroid penetration into bronchial
tree by giving bronchodilator several minutes prior.
Systemic steroids SE: hyperglycemia, ↑ BP, CHF, peptic ulcer, immunosuppression, chronic infections,
osteoporosis, glaucoma, depression, psychosis, cataract, skin changes. If long term, minimize SE by
giving morning dose or alternate day dosing.
Inhaled steroids SE: fungal infection, voice hoarseness, dry mouth. May ↓ children growth velocity, but
uncontrolled asthma also retards growth. Systemic SE with large doses. Gargle and wash mouth after
use to ↓ fungal infections, systemic absorption.
Interactions: enzyme inducers (rifampin, barbiturates, hydantoins)  ↑ steroid metabolism. Oral
contraceptives, estrogens, enzyme inhibitors  ↓ steroid clearance. ↑↑ hypokalemia with thiazide and
loop diuretics, amphoterecin  ↑ digitalis toxicity. Cyclosporine  ↑ steroid concentration.
Leukotriene modifiers
Leukotrienes: derivatives of fatty acids formed by lipoxygenase. No ring structure. Covalently linked to 23 amino acids. Slow reacting substances of anaphylaxis. ↑ eosinophil and neutrophil migration, ↑
leukocyte adhesion, ↑ neutrophil and monocyte aggregation, ↑ capillary permeability, ↑ smooth muscle
contraction, ↑ mucous secretion, bronchoconstriction, .
Effect: anti-inflammatory and bronchodilation  ↓ steroid dose.
Leukotriene receptor antagonists (x-lukast)
Examples: zafirlukast, montelukast
Mechanism: prevent interaction of leukotrienes with receptors by ↓ cysteinyl leukotriene-1  block effect
of histamine in asthma and allergy reactions.
Take zafirlukast on empty stomach (max absorption).
SE: ↓↓, can be used in children. GI upset, dizziness.
Churg-Strauss syndrome: eosinophilic vasculitis angiitus when steroids are d/c or ↓.
DI: enzyme inhibitor, ↑ effect of warfarin / theophylline.
Lipoxygenase inhibitor (Zileuton)
Mechanism: blocks 5-lipoxygenase  ↓ leukotrienes synthesis from arachidonic acid.
SE: liver dysfunction and ↑ ALT (monitor, esp in alcoholics). Others (mild): headache, GI upset, myalgia.
DI: ↑ effect of warfarin, theophylline, propranolol.
Mast cell stabilizers (Cromolyn, nedocromil Na)
Effects: Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory. Less effective than steroids. Used only for asthma maintenance,
EIB prevention.
Mechanism: ↓ mast cell degranulation, ↓ inflammatory cells.
SE: ↓↓, used in children. Wheezing, coughing, nasal congestion, throat irritation / dryness.
Methyl xanthines (theophylline)
Use: alternative to B-agonists and steroids in acute attacks and to long acting B-agonist in persistent
asthma. Combine with inhaled steroids  control night or early morning symptoms.
Effects: ↓ mucus, ↑ mucociliary transport, ↑ respiration, anti-inflammatory, ↑ renal diuresis.
Mechanism: ↓ phosphodiesterase  ↑ cAMP, antagonize adenosine receptors. Less bronchodilation
than B-agonists.
Oral (SR): ↑ compliance. ↓ fat tissue distribution, calculate dose based on lean body weight. Gradually
titrate dose upward.
IV: rare. Start with loading dose, then maintenance infusion.
Theophylline anhydrous  oral solids, theophylline monohydrate  oral solutions. Aminophylline  IV.
SE: palpitations, restlessness, nervousness, insomnia, seizures, GI upset, diarrhea, dizziness. Do not
use in pregnancy.
Therapeutic drug monitoring: monitor SE, serum level, other drugs use. Clearance is age and condition
specific.
Interactions: multiple drug and other interactions. ↑ clearance (↓ level) with smoking, ↑ protein. ↓
clearance (↑ level) with age (↑↑ or ↓↓) , fats and carbohydrates, CHF.
CI: peptic ulcer or uncontrolled seizure.
Anticholinergics
Postganglionic muscarinic block  bronchodilation.
Use: more effective in COPD than in asthma.
Ipratropium sodium: quaternary ammonium compound. Used with or as an alternative to beta agonist in
acute attacks. Slow onset and long duration compared to beta agonists  give regularly. SE: ↑
intraocular pressure if touches the eye, ↓ anticholinergic.
Atropine aerosols, glycopyrrolate (quaternary ammonium compound): rarely used due to ↑ SE and ↓
efficacy. Used in nebulizers
Other drugs
Antihistamines: if patient has allergic rhinitis. Prevent release of histamine mediated response that
influence asthma.
Antibiotics: used to treat infections (change in volume, color, viscosity of sputum). Sputum cultures are
useless because COPD are chronically seeded. Chronic antibiotic preventative used can be considered
in case of frequent exacerbations. M. pneumoniae or Legionella pneumophilia  macrolide . C.
nd
rd
pneumoniae  oral doxycycline. Pneumonia in the hospital  2 or 3 generation cephalosporin or
beta-lactam with b-lactamase inhibitor.
Magnesium sulfate (IV): cause little bronchodilation, ↑ respiratory muscle strength in hypomagnesemic
patients.
Immunotherapy: may ↑ lung function, ↓ symptoms.
Non-pharmacologic
Humidified O2: ↓ flow rate helps reverse hypoxemia (use if PaO2 < 55 mmHg), esp. at night/during
exercise. Goal: SaO2 > 90%.
Heliox: helium / oxygen mixture that is less dense than air  ↑ ventilation during acute attack.
IV fluids: and electrolytes are given if volume is depleted.
Environmental control: avoid allergens and triggers. Use allergen-resistant mattresses / pillow
encasements, ↑ filtration vacuum cleaners, avoid ferry pets, carpets and draperies.
Vaccines: used to prevent infections that may trigger asthma (e.g. influenza and polyvalent
pneumococcals).
Drug delivery options
MDIs: accurate with good technique and a spacer. A facemask may be needed for children. Wait 1 min
between buffs.
Spacers and holding chambers: ↓ drug deposition in the upper airway, ↓ oral absorption, ↓ local /
systemic SE. Spacers are important for ↑ dose steroids or if hand-lung coordination is poor.
Nebulizers: require ↓ patient coordination. Disadvantages: cost, time consuming, ↑ size, inconsistent
drug delivery. Used in ↑ dose beta agonists, anticholinergics, cromolyn in children.
Dry powder inhalers: more common, avoid the use of Freon propellants, easier to use. First load the
dose, and then inhale rapidly. No spacers. Keep away from moisture.
COPD
Chronic bronchitis
Definition: excessive mucus production by the tracheo-bronchial tree  edema and bronchial
inflammation  airway obstruction.
Pathophysiology: respiratory tissue inflammation  vasodilation, congestion, mucosal edema  ↑
mucus. Neutrophils infiltration. Cilia impairment. Cartilage atrophy. Airways become blocked by thick,
tenacious mucus secretions  sputum rich productive cough. Normally sterile airways become colonized
by Strept pneumoniae, H influenza, Mycoplasma. Recurrent viral / bacterial infections  ↓ body defenses,
↑ mucus accumulation, ↓ ciliary activity. Airway degeneration  ↓ gas exchange  exertional dyspnea.
Hypoximia, ↑ PaCO2 (hypercapnia).
Physical findings: chronic productive cough after age 45 (first in winter, worse in the morning).
Progressive exertional dyspnea, obesity, wheezing, prolonged expiration, right ventricular failure,
cyanosis (called “blue bloater”)
Diagnostic tests: hypoxemia  ↑ erythropoiesis  polycythemia (↑ RBCs). ↑ WBC due to infections.
Sputum: thick, colored (if infected), ↑ neutrophils, microorganisms. Arterial blood gas: ↓ PaO2
(hypoxemia), ↑ PaCO2 (hypercapnia). ↓ FEV1. Right ventricular hypertrophy and cor pulmonale in ECG.
Emphysema
Definition: permanent alveolar enlargement and destruction of the alveolar walls, ↓ alveolar surface
area.
Pathophysiology: Inflammation, ↑ mucus secretion  alveoli air trapping.  tissue damage  ↓ space
into which normal lung tissue expands.. Alveoli merge  ↑ space for air trapping. Alveolar wall
destruction  small airways collapse. Hypercapnia and respiratory acidosis are uncommon because of
compensatory ↑ in respiratory rate.
Physical findings: cough is chronic but less productive than in chronic bronchitis, starts at age 55.
Exertional dyspnea is progressive, constant, more severe than in bronchitis. Other findings: weight loss,
tachypnea, prolonged expiration, ↓ breath sounds. Patient usually maintain good oxygenation through
tachypnea  “pink buffer”.
Diagnostic tests: small chance of ↓ AAT in blood or infections in sputum. ↓ PaO2 and ↑ PaCO2 in
arterial blood gas, ↓ FEV1.
Etiology
Smoking: causes pulmonary hyperactivity and persistent airway obstruction. Alpha-1 antitrypsin (AAT) is
a serine protease inhibitor  ↓ neutrophil elastase. ↑ risk of COPD when smoking is combined with
genetic ATT deficiency.
Others: exposure to irritants (sulfur dioxide, polluted air, noxious gases, dusts), family history, social,
economic factors.
Complications
Pulmonary hypertension: lung congestion  ↓ pulmonary vascular bed space  pulmonary
hypertension  cor pulmonale (right ventricular hypertrophy)  right heart failure.
Acute respiratory failure: advanced emphysema  brain respiratory center damage  ↓ cerebral
oxygenation  ↑ PaCO2  hypoxia, respiratory acidosis  respiratory failure.
Infection: chronic bronchitis  trapping of excessive air, mucus, bacteria and ↓ coughing and deep
breathing  infection.
Polycythemia: ↑ in RBCs  hypercoagulate state, embolism, stroke.
Therapy
Anticholinergics: First line treatment for COPD.
Beta blockers, corticosteroids, theophylline, O2, etc (see above)
Mucolytics: such as acetylcysteine  ↑ sputum clearance, ↓ mucus plugs. May cause bronchospasm.
Expectorants: such as guaifenesin. Avoid potassium iodide.
Chest physiotherapy: loosens secretions, re-expand lungs, ↑ efficacy of respiratory muscle. More
important in outpatient.
Physical rehabilitation: ↑ exercise tolerance and ↑ diaphragm and abdominal muscle tone.
Smoking cessation: and avoidance of irritants. Use drugs with behavior intervention for maximum
success.
Surgery: lung volume reduction therapy
48. Rheumatoid Arthritis
Introduction
Definition: chronic, systemic, autoimmune, inflammation of the synovial joint.
More common in women (2-3:1). 2% of the population.
Classification:
Four of the following criteria have to be met
1. Morning stiffness for 1 hour before improvement
2. Three joints have fluid or soft tissue swelling
3. One joint in the hand joints must be swollen.
4. Symmetric arthritis: involvement on both sides of the body.
5. Subcutaneous (rheumatoid) nodules
6. ↑ serum rheumatoid factor
7. Radiological erosion or decalcification of bones
May also include extra-articular organ manifestations (GI, infections, etc)
Etiology
Human leukocyte antigen (HLA-DR4) + environmental factor  inappropriate immune response 
chronic inflammation
Tumor necrosis factor (TNF) ↑ in RA and Crohn’s disease.
Infections may ppt RA in predisposed patients, e.g., polyarthritis with lyme disease
Pathogenesis
Vasodilation, edema, sensation of heat, loss of function, ↑ production of thick boggy synovial fluid,
effusion accumulation.
Pannus: exuberant synovial thickening due to inward overgrowth of enlarged synovium across the
surface of articular cartilage  cartilage degradation, bone loss, x-rayed marginal erosions, bone rubbing,
pain.
Clinical course
Variable and unpredictable, polycyclic course (intermittent remissions) or progressive course
(relentless rapidly advancing destructive deforming inflammation  permanent join deformities 
progressive functional decline, ↓ range of motion, work disability, loss of 4-10 years of life expectancy.
Early symptoms: aching, joint pain, fatigue, then hand and feet synovitis (swelling, warmth, tenderness).
Morning stiffness: maximal pain and stiffness on awakening (30 min)
Diagnosis and clinical evaluation
Mainly clinical joint evaluation with lab and x-ray results.
Rheumatoid nodules: firm, round, rubbery masses in the SC of joints prone to pressure (e.g. elbows).
X-ray: soft tissue swelling, osteoporosis, erosions.
Laboratory findings: ↑ Rheumatoid factors (antibodies) especially IgG and IgM, ↑ erythrocyte
sedimentation rate due to inflammation, microcytic anemia, antinuclear antibody test.
Monitoring parameters: morning stiffness duration, number of affected joints, severity of pain, range of
motion, deformity and circumference of joints, time to walk 50 feet, depression, weight loss,
sedimentation rate.
Therapy
Mechanical therapy
A balanced daily program of rest and exercise (↑ muscle strength and joint motion). Use lightweight
splints during night (or even day) to align joints. Avoid complete immobilization. Consider joint
replacement.
Symptomatic pharmacological therapy
Aspirin
First line agent, first as analgesic and then ↑ dose for inflammation. Dose: 4-5 g daily.
SE: bleeding and ↓ platelet function (7 days after d/c), tinnitus in ↑ doses, GI (↓ by enteric coating or
taking with food)
Nonacetylated salicylates
Examples: salsalate, choline salicylate  safer for aspirin sensitive patients. ↓ anti-inflammatory effect, ↓
respiratory SE, ↓ effect on platelets.
Other NSAID
Examples: naproxen, ibuprofen, sulindac, piroxicam. May be better tolerated than aspirin. Try for 2
weeks before change.
Chemistry: x-en  propionic acids, others  acetic acids.
Avoid in asthmatics  may trigger bronchospasm.
↑ bleeding time /↓ platelet function (effect reverse quickly if d/c)
GI upset, ulceration, hemorrhage (↓ platelets). ↓ GI ulcers by using misoprostol (Cytotec, ↑ SE: diarrhea)
or H2-antagonists. Ibuprofen, naproxen  ↓ GI SE  available OTC. Piroxicam  ↑ GI SE, CI in elderly.
↓ renal blood flow  renal failure (esp with diuretics or CHF).
Temporary CNS effects (headache, drowsiness, confusion, anxiety, etc) esp. with indomethacin. Avoid in
the elderly.
Meclofenamate: diarrhea
COX-2 inhibitors
Rofecoxib, celecoxib, valdecoxib. Anti-inflammatory, analgesic, antipyretic with ↓↓ GI SE.
Second line agents
Known as Slow Acting Anti-rheumatic Drugs (SAARD) or Disease Modifying Anti-Rheumatic Drugs
(DMARD). They modulate immune response to ↓ progression of erosion. All slow are acting (min 3
months for effect), except methotrexate. Used w/ NSAID. All have ↑↑ SE.
Methotrexate (Rheumatrex)
First line for severe RA. Immunosuppressive folic acid antagonist and antineoplastic. Give a weekly dose,
oral or IM.
Aspirin ↓ methotrexate secretion  ↑ toxicity
SE: GI, bone marrow suppression, hepatitis, ↑ infection.
Give folic acid supplements. CI in creatinine < 40. Pregnancy X.
Azathioprine (Imuran)
Purine analogue immunosuppressive antimetabolite. Converts to 6-mercaptopurine  ↓ purine
synthesis  cytotoxicity to dividing cells   lymphocyte proliferation.
SE: GI, hepatitis, bone marrow depression. Also for leukemia.
2
Antidote: Leucovorin Ca (tetrahydrofolic acid derivative)
Gold compounds
IM: gold sodium thiomalate, aurothioglucose. SE: proteinuria.
Oral: auranofin. SE: metallic taste, diarrhea, GI, stomatitis
General SE: blood toxicity, rash.
Gradual build up of dose. Try for a min of 6 months
Penicillamine (Depen)
↓ immune response. Taken on empty stomach to ↑ absorption. Dosing: do low-go slow. ↑ SE: rash,
fever, proteinuria, hematologic, autoimmune diseases.
Other drugs
Hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil): antimalarial for mild RA. ↓ SE: Retinal toxicity (retinopathy) due to
drug deposition in the cones  monitor for vision acuity. GI upset.
Sulfasalazine (Azulfidine): very effective in slowing progress of joint damage. SE: GI, rash, rare blood
dyscrasias, hepatitis
Cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan): Toxic antineoplastic prodrug. SE: ↑↑, hemorrhagic cystitis (treat with
mesna), bone marrow depression, sterility, alopecia.
Etanercept / Infliximab: TNF-alpha inhibitor  ↓ TNF (cytokine) binding to inflammatory cell surface.
Biological Response Modifier. Given SC. SE: respiratory infections, autoantibody formation. NO effect of
kidney function.
Leflunomide: immuno-modulator. Mechanism: ↓ dihydroorotate dehydrogenase (critical for pyrimidine
synthesis). SE: rash, diarrhea, alopecia, rash, anemia. Pregnancy X.
Mycophenolate mofetil: immuno-suppressant. SE: diarrhea, GI, hematologic. Used to prevent cardiact
and renal allograft rejection.
Other drugs: chlorambucil, cyclosporine, minocycline.
Corticosteroids
Prednisone. Last resort. They do not alter the course of RA. Used for acute flare ups, before action of
slow acting drugs kicks in, systemic RA symptoms, or in case of intolerance to other drugs. Can be used
as intra-articular injection if symptoms are localized. SE: GI bleeding, slow wound healing, hyperglycemia,
hypertension, osteoporosis.
Topical therapy
Capsaicin: for symptomatic treatment. It’s the pungent ingredient of hot pepper. Mechanism: depletes
and prevents accumulation of substance P, a chemical mediator in pain transmission from the periphery
to CNS (sensory nerve fibers). It produces a sensation of warmth. Use: joint pain, arthritis tenderness,
neuralgia, psoriasis. SE: erythema (reflex vasodilation), histamine release.
Counter-irritants: methyl salicylate, menthol, allyl isothiocyanate, produce a mild inflammatory
reaction. Effect may be actually due to the massage during application not the drug itself.
Combination second line therapy
Step-down bridge approach: combo of antimalarial, oral gold, parenteral gold and methotrexate.
Remove medications and taper dosage after 3 months to the antimalarial alone.
Saw-tooth strategy: use second line agent early and serially substitutes with other agents before
previous agents lose efficacy.
Graduated-step paradigm: combo therapy only for patients at active disease. Escalate treatment as
needed.
49. Hyperuricemia and Gout
Introduction
Hyperuricemia: ↑ serum uric acid > 7 mg/dl.
Gout: recurrent acute attacks of urate crystal-induced arthritis. It may include tophi-deposits of
monosodium urate.
Incidence: 1% of the population, almost all men. ↑ risk with alcoholism, obesity.
Uric acid synthesis: purine  xanthine oxidaze  urice acid (adenine and guanine are purine bases).
One gram in the body. No biological function. 66% daily turnover.
Uric acid elimination: 66% through the kidneys, 33% through the GI.
At urine pH (acidic, 4-5)  poorly soluble free uric acid. At physiologic pH (7.4)  uric acid as
monosodium urate salt.
Asymptomatic hyperuricemia: ↑ serum uric acid but no symptoms of arthritis. May be harmless. Drug
treatment may be unnecessary. May develop gout later. Maintain good urine output to prevent stone
formation, ↓ purine foods, monitor.
Etiology
Primary: due to defect in purine metabolism or uric acid excretion. It is due to uric acid ↑ production or ↓
renal clearance or both. Under-excretors (90%): excrete < 600 mg/day on a purine restricted diet.
Secondary: renal failure (↓ excretion), hematologic diseases (↑ nucleic acid breakdown to uric acid).
Drug induced gout:
Ethanol  ↑ production and ↓ secretion.
Aspirin and salicylates  ↓ uric acid tubular secretion (↓ excretion).
Diuretics (except spironolactone)volume depletion / ↓ tubular secretion.
Cyclosporine, pyrazinamide, levodopa  ↓ urate renal clearance.
Ethambutol, nicotinic acid  compete for urate secretion  ↓ excretion
Cytotoxic drugs  ↑ nucleic acid turnover.
Pathophysiology
Gouty arthritis develop when monosodium urate crystals deposit in the join synovium  inflammatory
response  gout attack  join swelling, redness, warmth, tenderness  tophi (urate deposits)  joint
deformity, disability, renal impairment.
Renal complications: Acute tubular obstruction: due to uric acid pptn in the ureters and collecting
tubes. Urolithiasis: uric acid stones due to low urine pH. Chronic urate nephropathy: urate deposits in
the renal interstitium.
Acute gouty arthritis
Painful arthritic attacks of sudden onset. Triggers: trauma, cold exposure. Initial attack is abrupt and
usually occur at night or early morning  very hot swollen, tender joints. Podagra: attack in the
metatorso-phalangeal joint. Attacks last 1-2 weeks (longer as the disease progresses). May include
fever, chills, malaise.
Diagnosis: Urate needle-shaped crystals in synovial fluid (-ve birefringence). Serum ↑ urate, ↑
erythrocyte sedimentation rate, ↑ leukocytes. Dramatic therapeutic response to colchicine. Acute attack
pattern with remission periods.
Therapy
Immobilize affected joints. Start anti-inflammatory drugs immediately. Start urate-lowering drugs after
attack is over.
Colchicine: drug of choice for ↓ pain and inflammation and ending the attack. Mechanism: antimitotic, ↓
chemotaxis of leukocyte to inflamed area, ↓ phagocytosis and ↓ urate deposition. Orally or IV (never IM
or SC due to irritation). ↑ SE: diarrhea, GI, bone marrow depression, irritation if given IM.
NSAIDs: if first choice is colchicine is not tolerated or not started immediately. Examples: indomethacin,
naproxen, sulindac. SE: GI, CNS headache and drowsiness / dizziness. Take with food. Aspirin ↓ dose
 ↓ uric acid secretion, ↑ dose  ↑ uric acid secretion.
Corticosteroids: Methylprednisolone acetate given intra-articular with diagnostic / therapeutic aspiration.
Prednisone (oral), Triamcinolone acetonide (IM) or methylprednisolone (IV).
Intercritical gout
Symptom free period between attacks.
Non-drug urate lowering: ↓ high-purine diet (meats, legumes), ↓ obesity, ↓ alcohol. Limited effect.
Prophylaxis: ↓ dose colchicine or NSAID.
Urate lowering therapy (<6 mg/dl): lifelong treatment.
Allopurinol (isopurine): ↓ production. Mechanism: ↓ xanthine oxidese (↓ xanthine  hypoxanthine 
uric acid). Long acting active metabolite: oxypurinol. Preferred over uricosurics in case of renal
impairment (↓ dose). SE: reversible rash (↑ incidence with ampicillin), exfoliative dermatitis  treat with
prednisone, Stevens-Johnson syndrome. May ↑ gout attacks if given during the attack due to
mobilization of stored urate (give colchicine). May dissolves tophi.
Uricosurics  ↑ excretion. Examples: sulfinpyrazone, probenecid (benzoic acid derivative).
Mechanism: ↓ uric acid reabsorption at the proximal convoluted tubules. Do not initiate during acute
attacks or give with colchicine. During the first 6-12 months  may ↑ attacks. Maintain ↑ fluid intake,
urine output and alkaline urine to ↓ risk of renal urate pptn. Build up dose gradually. Action is
antagonized by salicylates. SE: GI, blood dyscriasis (sulfinpyrazone). CI: urinary tract stones.
Chronic tophaceous gout: ↑↑ urate pool. Large SC tophic. Allopurinol / probenecid combo.
50. Peptic Ulcer Disease
Introduction
Definitions
Peptic ulcer disease (PUD): circumscribed lesions of upper GI mucosa.
Gastro-esophageal reflux disease (GERD): retrograde movement of gastric contents from stomach into
esophagus. When reflux leads to inflammation and/or ulcerations, it’s called reflux (erosive)
esophagitis.
Dyspepsia: persistent / recurrent, pain / discomfort in upper abdomen.
Manifestations
Duodenal ulcers: develop in the first cm of duodenum (bulb).
Gastric ulcers: common in the antrum or antral-fundal junction.
Stress ulcers: from serious trauma or illness, major burn, sepsis.
Zollinger-Ellison syndrome: severe peptic intractable ulcer with extreme gastric hyperacidity and
gastrionoma (non-beta islet cell tumor). Diagnosed by ↑ fasting plasma gastrin concentration.
Stomal (marginal) ulcers: after ulcer surgery or subsequent ulcer recurrence after symptom free period.
Drug-associated ulcers: chronic ulcerative drug users (e.g. NSAID’s)
Reflex esophagitis: recurrent symptoms (heartburn), altered epithelial morphology. Heartburn may
radiate to the neck. Other symptoms: belching, chest pain, asthma, cough, hoarseness, laryngitis.
Epidemiology: Duodenal ulcers: 7% incidence. Gastric ulcers: 0.05%. May have both gastric and
duodenal ulcers. Onset: 30-50 years. 45% of the population experience heartburn once a month. 15%
take indigestion drug twice a week. Prevalence of dyspepsia: 25% (3% of doctor consultations).
Hospitalization / mortality for peptic ulcer are ↓.
Description: Duodenal ulcers < 1 cm diameter. Gastric ulcer: slightly larger. Edges are sharply
demarcated. Surrounding mucosa is inflamed and edematous. Scar may form after healing. Gastric
ulcers may be malignant (10%).
Etiology
Helicobacter pylori (campylobacter pylori): gram negative spiral bacteria with multiple flagella living in
the gastric mucosa. Produces urease  hydrolyzes urea into ammonia  neutralizes gastric HCl 
bacteria survives. H pylori prevalence ↑ with age. 15% of positive persons develop ulcer. H pylori is
present in 90% of gastric and duodenal ulcer and cancer cases. Eradication may help ulcers and
dyspepsia.
Genetics: ulcer prevalence with first degree relative is 3x the normal rate. May be due to H pylori
presence. Blood type O have ↑ incidence.
+
NSAIDs: chronic use  ↓ COX-I  ↓ PG synthesis (cytoprotective to mucosa). Also, allow H back
diffusion into mucosa  injure mucosa
Smoking: ↑ incidence of ulcer, ↓ ulcer healing and ↑ incidence of relapse. Nicotine ↓ biliary and
pancreatic bicarbonate secretion, ↑ stomach emptying into the duodenum.
Alcohol: known mucosal irritant, especially at concentrations > 20%.
Coffee: peptides in regular and decaf coffee  ↑ gastrin release  ↑ gastric juice flow. A direct coffeeulcer link is not proven.
Associated disorders: ↑ incidence with hyper-parathyroidism, emphysema, rheumatoid arthritis, alcohol
cirrhosis.
Advanced age: pylorus degradation  ↑ bile reflux into the stomach  ↑ ulcers.
Corticosteroids: NO link between corticosteroids and ulcers.
Psychological factors: minor factor, contrary to the opposite belief.
Pathophysiology
Ulcers occur due to imbalance between factors protecting gastric mucosa and factors causing mucosal
corrosion.
Protective factors: thick mucosal mucus is a barrier between luminal acid and epithelial cells. This
barrier ↓ inward movement of hydrogen ions and allow neutralization by bicarbonate ions in fluids
secreted by the stomach and duodenum. Alkaline and neutral pancreatic biliary juices buffer acid
entering duodenum from the stomach.
Corrosive factors: gastric mucosa is unable to resist corrosion by irritants such as HCl and pepsin.
Mucosal barrier may not be intact.
Physiologic factors: Duodenal ulcer: ↑ gastric emptying rate, ↑ post-prandial acid secretion, ↑ serum
pepsinogen I, ↑ pepsin secretion, ↑ # of acid producing parietal cells. Gastric ulcer: ↓ gastric emptying
rate, ↓ mucosal resistance, ↑ serum gastrin, ↓ mucosal PG.
GERD: reflux occur via transient lower esophageal sphincter relaxation (TLESR). People with GERD  ↑
TLESR frequency.
Dyspepsia: caused by PUD, GERD, gastric cancer, biliary tract disease.
Clinical presentation
Only 50% of patients experience classic ulcer symptoms. Pain: heartburn, aching, burning, cramping.
May be due to chemical stimulation or spasm. Duodenal ulcer pain: more localized and often peaks
between 12-2 AM. Gastric ulcer pain: less localized.
Food: may ↓ duodenal ulcer pain but ↑ gastric ulcer and GERD pain. So, duodenal ulcer patients may
gain weight and gastric ulcer patients may lose weight. Pain occurs 1.5-3 hr after meals in duodenal but
only 1 hr after meals in gastric ulcer.
Disease course: usually chronic with remissions and exacerbations. Relapse may be more common in
spring and autumn. Test for and eradicate H pylori and use maintenance drugs to ↓ recurrence.
Clinical evaluation
Blood test  hypochromic anemia. Stool test  occult blood in chronic ulcers. Gastric secretion
tests  hyper-HCl secretion in duodenal ulcers, normal or subnormal HCl secretion in gastric ulcer.
Upper GI barium x-ray: reveals ulcer crater. Upper GI endoscopy: most conclusive test. Biopsy: may
be necessary to detect malignancy. H pylori status: using non-invasive (serology or breath test, false
negative breath test with PPI, antibiotics or bismuth compounds) or invasive (histological bacterial
visualization or urease activity test) tests.
Complications
Hemorrhage
Clinical picture: fresh blood vomit, bloody / tarry stool, coma, hypovolemic shock (heart rate > 110,
systolic BP < 100).
Management: ensure airway, breathing, circulation. IV crystalloids or colloids (e.g. hetastarch), monitor /
correct electrolytes, gastric lavage, vasoconstrictors, antacids, H2 antagonists, PPI, vasopressin (GI
muscle and blood vessel contraction).
Perforation
Sudden acute upper abdominal pain, rebound tenderness, and finally, peritonitis and shock. Symptoms
may ↓ with time (dangerously misleading). Emergency surgery is needed.
Obstruction
Occurs due to inflammatory edema, spasm or scarring.
Clinical picture: postprandial vomiting / bloating, appetite / weight loss, abdominal distension.
Management: continuous gastric suction, monitor fluids and electrolyte status, perform saline load test to
measure degree of obstruction. Liquids feeding and daily aspirations may be needed.
Post-surgical complications
Dumping syndrome: rapid gastric emptying in 10% of patients after partial gastrectomy.
Clinical picture: weakness, dizziness, anxiety, tachycardia, flushing, sweating, abdominal cramps,
nausea, vomiting, diarrhea. Occur between 15 and 120 minutes after the meal.
Management: eat six small meals, ↑ protein and fat and ↓ carb. Ingest fluids 1 hr before or after a meal
but not with it. Give anticholinergics to delay gastric emptying.
Other complications: reflux gastritis, stomal ulceration, diarrhea, malabsorption, early satiety, iron
deficiency anemia.
Refractory ulcers
Dyspeptic symptoms after 8 wk therapy. Perform gastroscopy and biopsy to exclude: Crohn’s disease,
TB, lymphoma, carcinoma.
Treatment: only PPI offer maximum acid ↓. Eradicate H pylori. D/C NSAID. Perform surgery if all fails.
Maintenance regimens
70% of ulcers recur in a year (90% in 2 years) after healing and therapy d/c. Use long-term maintenance
therapy in: concomitant disease, 4 relapses / year, many risk factors (old, male, NSAID, alcohol, smoking,
family history, history of complications). H pyloric eradication ↓ need for continuous therapy.
Therapy
Antacids
As effective as H2 antagonists. Examples: magnesium, aluminum and calcium salts. Antacids are not
widely used for PUD. Continue therapy for only 7 weeks. Typically given 2 hours after meals at bedtime.
Effect lasts for 3-4 hours.
Mechanism: Neutralize gastric acid  ↑ gastric pH  ↓ pepsin activity and ↑ mucosal barrier  heat and
treat ulcer pain.
Non-systemic antacids: such as magnesium or aluminum are preferred over systemic antacids (e.g.
sodium bicarbonate) to avoid alkalosis.
Liquid antacid: ↑ buffering capacity than tablets but not as convenient.
Antacid mixtures: such as aluminum hydroxide and magnesium hydroxide ↓ each drug dose and ↑
effect. Side effects are negated (aluminum  constipation, magnesium  diarrhea).
Calcium carbonate: not preferred ( acid rebound, delayed pain relief and ulcer healing, constipation,
hypercalcemia). It may produce milk-alkali syndrome esp with milk (hypercalcemia, alkalosis, kidney
damage).
Acid neutralizing capacity (ANC): number of mEq of a 1 N solution of HCl that can be brought to a pH
of 3.5 (99% neutralization) in 15 minutes. For duodenal ulcers, 50 mEq/hr or 125 mEq/day of antacid is
needed for neutralization.
Precautions:
Use calcium and magnesium carefully in renal disease (e.g. elderly).
Sodium bicarbonate is CI in hypertension, CHF, renal disease, edema.
Use aluminum carefully in patients with dehydration, GI obstruction.
Calcium carbonate + alkali (sodium carbonate) + milk = milk-alkali
Long term aluminum hydroxide use  hypo-phosphatemia, osteomalacia. Aluminum hydroxide is used
to treat hyperphosphatemia.
Interactions:
Generally, take other drugs 30-60 min before antacids.
Avoid antacids (polyvalent cations) with tetracycline (↓ absorption), cipro.
May destroy enteric coating leading to premature release in the stomach.
Interfere with absorption of: ranitidine, cimetidine, iron, digoxin, phenothiazines, anticholinergics.
↓ effect of sucralfate.
H2 receptor antagonists
Preferred in mild-moderate GERD due to lack of effect on GI motility.
Mechanism: competitively ↓ action of histamine at parietal cell H2 receptors  ↓ volume and H+
concentration of gastric acid.
General SE: nausea, dizziness, renal damage (adjust). Absorption is ↓ with antacids (give 1 hr before
antacids). All available oral or IV.
Cimetidine: first drug, ↓ gastric acid by 50%. SE: liver damage, hematologic (thrombocytopenia,
agranulocytosis, aplastic anemia), weak androgenic (gynecomastia), confusion. Cytochrome P-450
inhibitor  ↓ metabolism of phenytoin, theophylline, Phenobarbital, lidocaine, warfarin, imipramine,
diazepam, propranolol, procainamide.
Ranitidine: more potent drug, ↓ gastric acid by 70%. Used with bismuth citrate and clarithromycin to
eradicate H pylori.
Famotidine: most potent, ↓ gastric acid by 94% for 10 hr.
Nizatidine: newest drug, similar to ranitidine. Oral.
DI: ↓ absorption of drugs requiring acidic pH (e.g. ketoconazole).
Sucralfate
Non-absorbable disaccharide containing sucrose and aluminum.
Mechanism: adheres to the base of ulcer crater forming a mucosal protectant barrier against acids and
bile salts (esp. in duodenal ulcers). Acidic pH is required for polymerization.
SE: constipation. Give 1 hr before meals and at bedtime for 6 weeks.
Interactions: antacids ↓ sucralfate mucosal binding, give 45 min apart. Surcralfate ↓ absorption of
digoxin, iron, phenytoin, cimetidine, tetracyclines, ciprofloxacin.
GI anticholinergics
Examples: atropine, propantheline. No proven value in ulcer healing
Mechanism: ↓ basal and stimulated gastric acid and pepsin secretion. Most effective at night in large
doses with antacids  delay gastric emptying. Or, take 30 min before food (↓ acid by 40%)
SE: dry mouth, blurred vision, urinary retention, constipation, tachycardia
CI: gastric ulcer (they prolong gastric emptying), narrow angle glaucoma.
Prostaglandins (misoprostol)
Mechanism: PG E1 analgoue  ↑ mucus  protect gastric mucosa against NSAID damage, ↑
bicarbonate, ↓ acid. NSAID  ↓ prostaglandins  ↓ bicarbonate and mucus secretion  damage.
Use: QID prevention of NSAID induced gastric ulcer in ↑ risk patients.
SE: diarrhea, GI pain (take with food).
CI: abortifacient, pregnancy category X.
Proton pump inhibitors
Examples (x-prazole): omeprazole, lansoprazole, esmoprazole, rabeprazole, pantoprazole.
Omperazole sulfenamide is the active form.
Mechanism: forms a stable disulfide bond with sulfhydryl group near potassium binding site on luminal
+ +
side of gastric proton pump H K ATPase  pump shuts down.
Very rapid ulcer healing and symptom control compared to other drugs (e.g. H 2 blockers). 90% acid
reduction for 24 hr with no achlorhydria.
Omeprazole is better than ranitidine or misoprostol for preventing or healing NSAID ulcers. Omperazole
can be used in infants.
SE: headache, diarrhea, GI pain / upset, flatulence. Take before food.
Interactions: ↓ absorption of drugs requiring acid pH (ketoconazole, ampicillin, iron). Omeprazle may ↓
or ↑ cytochrome P-450 metabolism.
Bismuth compounds
Examples: bismuth subsalicylate (Pepto-Bismol), ranitidine bismuth citrate (RBC), colloidal bismuth
subcitrate (not FDA approved).
Mechanism: bismuth prevents adhesion of H pylori to gastric mucosa, ↓ H pylori growth, ↓ release of
proteolytic enzymes.
Use: most effective in combination with PPI or antibiotics.
SE: CNS/neutrotoxicity, dark stool / tongue, headache, diarrhea, rash, salicylism in ↑ doses (tinnitus,
hyperpyrexia, confusion, tachycardia).
Antibiotics for H pylori: metronidazole, tetracycline, clarithromycin, amoxicillin, bismuth subsalicylate,
omperazole / lansoprazole. Optimum regimen: bismuth subsalicylate QID + metronidazole QID +
tetracycline QID + omperazole QD = 2 wk  90% eradication.
Prokinetic agents
Example: metoclopramide, erythromycin, cisapride (d/c due to ↑ incidence of arrhythmia / torsades).
Mechanism: ↑ ACh release  ↑ gastric emptying (no effect on acid secretion).
SE: diarrhea, GI upset, headache.
Interactions: antifungals (ketoconazole, itraconazole, fluconazole, miconazole)  ↓↓ cisapride
metabolism  severe arrhythmia. Rapid gastric emptying can affect absorption of narrow therapeutic
drugs.
CI: arrhythmia, CHF, ischemic heart, renal failure, respiratory failure.
Diet / social modification
Milk may ↑ gastric acid (used to be recommended, no more). Milk leaves the stomach quickly  no
extended buffering.
Small frequent meals may ↑ ulcer pain by causing acid rebound (used to be recommended, no more)
Strict dietary limitations are now considered unnecessary.
Avoid certain foods: caffeinated drinks, alcohol, smoking, NSAIDs.
Surgery
Used in complicated, incapacitating ulcer unresponsive to therapy.
Vagotomy: severs a branch of the vagus nerve  ↓ HCl secretion.
Antrectomy: removes the antrum  ↓ some acid secreting mucosa.
Others: gastrectomy, funoplication.
51. Diabetes
Introduction
Definition
1. Dysfunction in metabolism of fat, carbohydrate, protein, insulin
2. Dysfunction of blood vessels and nerves function and structure
2-10% of US population (half undiagnosed)
Classification
General common symptoms: polydipsia, polyuria, dry skin, polyphagia, fatigue, frequent skin / vaginal
infections, visual disturbances.
1. Type 1 (Insulin-Dependent, Juvenile-Onset, Ketosis-Prone)
Insulin production/secretion is destroyed. Usually in children and adults <30. Prone to ketoacidosis
(accumulation of ketone bodies). Dependent on exogenous insulin replacement. 10% of all diabetes.
Etiology: a. Genetics: ↑ w/ family history. Linked to Human Leukocyte Antigen (HLA) system. b.
Environment: virus (e.g. rubella), toxic chemical triggers genetics / autoimmunity. c. Autoimmunity:
anti-insulin and anti-beta-cell antibodies usually present
Clinical presentation: abrupt onset, acute presentation. Unintentional weight loss w/ or w/o ketoacidosis.
2. Type 2 (Non-Insulin-Dependent, Adult-Onset)
Endogenous insulin is normal, ↑ or ↓. May or may not need exogenous insulin. 90% of all diabetes (esp.
in the elderly). Adults >30. 80% are also obese. Not prone to ketosis except during stress (infection,
surgery, trauma).
Etiology: a. Genetics: 90% concordance between monozygotic twins. 15% chance in offspring of
diabetics. b. ↓ beta cell:  ↓ insulin. c. Insulin site defect  insulin-resistant tissue (insensitivity)
Clinical presentation: develops gradually. Evidence of damage to retina, kidneys, peripheral vasculature.
3. Gestational (pregnancy)
Glucose intolerance detected during (late) pregnancy (3% of pregnants). Test tolerance 6 wk postpartum. Usually returns to normal.
4. Other types (Secondary Diabetes)
Due to disease of pancreas, genetics, endocrinopathies (Cushing’s), drugs (thiazides, loops,
corticostroids,  hyperglycemia)
5. Diabetes insipidus: Cause: pituitary disease with ↓ production of antidiuretic hormone (ADH) 
kidney can’t conserve water, lithium (↓ sodium reabsorption). Symptoms: polyuria (20 L / d), severe
thirst, polydipsia, watch for dehydration. Treatment: anti-diuretic hormone (vasopressin) analogs 
desmopressin (oral), lypressin (nasal), maintain fluids / electrolytes. (Desmopressin is also used in
Hemophilia A and von Willebrand’s disease).
Pathophysiology
Normal glucose regulation
Insulin:
Structure: endocrine hormone secreted by beta-cells of pancreas. It is a 51-amino acid chain with two
polypeptide chains and two inter-chain disulfide bonds. It is derived from proinsulin (86 amino acids).
Proinsulin can be used to determine the purity fo insulin products.
Mechanism: glucose  ATP closes potassium channels  membrane depolarization  calcium
influx  fusion of insulin granules  insulin release. Insulin and glucose  activate N/K ATPase
force potassium into the cells  hypokalemia.
 Glucose effects: ↑ glucose transport across cell membranes, ↑ glucose storage as glycogen in
muscles / liver (glycogenesis), ↓ glucose formation from glycogen in muscles / liver
(glycogenolysis), ↓ glucose formation from amino acids (gluconeogenesis)
 ↓ breakdown of fatty acids to ketone bodies (lipolysis) (insulin prevents ketoacidosis  absent in
type II DM), ↑ adipose (fat) tissue formation from triglycerides and fatty acids.
 ↑ incorporation of amino acids into proteins
Counter-regulatory hormones: glucagon (from pancreas alpha-cells), epinephrine,
norepinephrine, growth hormone, cortisol.
 Glycogen: carbohydrate consisting of branched chains of glucose units. Principal form of
carbohydrate storage, mainly in the liver and muscles. Breaks down easily to glucose when
needed.
Abnormal glucose regulation
General
Insulin insufficiency, resistance  hyperglycemia. Liver: ↑ glycogenolysis, ↑ neoglucogenesis, ↓
glycogenesis. Muscle (peripheral tissue): ↓ glucose uptake  cells use protein as energy source 
protein breakdown  ↑ carbohydrates / glucose  ↑ hyperglycemia.
Renal glucose threshold: 180 mg/dl. ↑ BG concentration  exceeds kidney’s glucose reabsorptive
capacity  glucose excreted into urine (glucosuria)  osmotic diuresis  dehydration, electrolyte
abnormalities  coma, death.
Diabetic Ketoacidosis (DK) (Type 1)
No insulin to break glucose  triglycerides breakdown (lipolysis)  free fatty acids and glycerol. ↑
glycerol  ↑ liver glucose production  ↑ hyperglycemia. Free fatty acids  acidosis  breakdown
in the liver  ketone bodies  kidney excretion  ketonuria  exceeds kidney excretion limit 
ketonemia  coma, death. A ketone body: acetoacetate  converted in the liver to acetone  excreted
+
-3
through the lungs  acetone fruity breath. ↑ anion gap (Na – (Cl + HCO ))
Ketone bodies urine detection: add sodium nitroprusside and ammonia  purple color. May also occur
in severe vomiting or starvation.
Initially, the body compensates for acidosis by ∆ breathing patterns (Kussmaul: rapid deep breathing)
and by blood buffering systems (bicarbonates, proteins).
If Type 2 DM  Hyperglycemic hyperosmolar nonketotic syndrome (HHNK), presence of even ↓
insulin prevents fat breakdown, ketonemia, ketoacidosis (Ketosis-resistant).
Laboratory findings
Diagnostic criteria: 1. Random BG > 200 mg/dl with classic DM symptoms (polydipsia, polyuria,
polyphagia, weight loss). 2. Fasting BG > 125 mg/dl. 3. 2-hour BG > 200 mg/dl during an oral glucose
tolerance test (OGTT) using 75 g anhydrous glucose in water.
DM predisposition: Impaired fasting glucose (IFG): fasting BG 110-125 mg/dl. Impaired glucose
tolerance (IGT): 2-hr OGTT BG 140-200 mg/dl.
Gestational diabetes: testing is done at 26 weeks in all women (unless ↓ risk: normal weight, no family
history, and <25 year). Glucose tolerance: 50 g, after 1 hr  if > 140  glucose tolerance: 100 g, 3 hr.
Goals of management: euglycemia with no symptoms, prevent acute complications, prevent vascular
and neuropathic disease, prevent / treat risk factors (↑ BP, ↑ blood lipids), normal life expectancy and
quality of life.
Patient education and self care
↓ Modifiable risk factors: smoking, ↑ BP, ↑ blood lipids, BMI > 27.
Identify BG patterns: effect of diet, exercise, medications on BG.
Foot care: ↑ lower-extremity complications due to neuropathy, peripheral vascular disease, trauma,
infections. Inspect shoes and feet skin color and integrity daily. Clean feet daily and dry well. Do not use
hand to sense water temperature if neuropathic (sensation loss). Trim nails. Moisturize dry skin but NOT
between the toes. Wear well fitting shoes and cotton socks. Avoid walking barefooted. Do not self-treat
skin foot conditions.
Skin care: dry skin is common due to diuresis and dehydration or anhidrosis (autonomic ↓ in
perspiration,)  use aqueous non-alcoholic moisturizers. ↑ skin infections due to ↑ BG and ↓
circulation. Always use sunscreen (sun burn  ↑ BG). Avoid skin trauma. Keep skin clean and
regularly inspect for abrasions, swelling, pain.
Dental care: DM accelerates periodontal disease. Should effectively brush and floss, and have an
annual exam.
Eye care: DM is the leading cause of visual impairment and blindness. Should have annual dilated eye
exam.
Assessment of glycemic control
Self monitoring of blood glucose (SMBG): allows assessment of response to factors affecting BG (diet,
drugs, stress, etc). Gives immediate feedback to adjust diet, exercise, insulin, etc.
Urine glucose testing: only retrospective information (not recommended).
Urine ketone monitoring: more important during illness, infection, trauma (even for type 2), type 1
patients with BG consistently >250 mg/dl, pregnant diabetics, patients on a diet to lose weight.
Hemoglobin A1c test (glycol-hemoglobin, glycosylated hemoglobin): long term BG monitoring,
reflects average BG over 7-16 weeks. Stable for 120 days (RBC lifespan). Perform 1-2x / year.
Hemoglobin A1c < 7% is targeted (normal = 6% (130 mg/dl), if >8%  additional intervention). BG ~ A1c x
20-30. Glycosylated fructosamine test: measures BG control over 3 weeks. Useful for short-term
follow-ups (e.g. pregnancy).
Acute changes in glycemic control
Hyperglycemia
Mild to moderate hyperglycemia
BG 200-250 mg/dl. Rapid onset (hr). No metabolic abnormalities.
Acute: due to illness, emotional distress, or ↑ dietary calories.
Rebound (Somogyi effect): rebound hyperglycemia following severe/prolonged hypoglycemia, e.g.
overnight insulin reaction).
May be ↑ BG pattern in early morning due to counter-regulatory hormones.
Moderate to servere hyperglycemia
BG > 250 mg//dl. Few days duration with acidosis or ketosis (Diabetic Ketoacidosis, DKA).
Common in children with undiagnosed Type 1 DM.
Precipitating factors: stress, infection, ↑ alcohol consumption, improper insulin therapy, dietary
noncompliance.
Physical findings: Kussmaul’s respirations, acetone breath odor, dehydration, dry skin, ↓
consciousness (confusion, coma), abdominal pain. Can be deadly.
Therapy: insulin IV infusion (Regular), fluid / electrolyte replacement.
Severe hyperglycemia
BG > 500 mg/dl. ↑ serum osmolarity. Duration: days/weeks.
Mostly in Type 2 DM. Higher mortality rate than DKA.
Precipitating factors: conditions that ↑ insulin requirement and predispose to dehydration (burns, GI
bleeding, CNS injury, MI), use of glucogenic drugs (steroids, glucagon, thiazide diuretics), high glucose
products (peritoneal dialysis, enteral nutrition).
Physical findings: ↑↑ dehydration, ↑ serum osmolarity (> 280 mOs), no ketosis / acidosis
(hyperglycemic hyperosmolar nonketotic syndrome, HHNK), polyuria, polydipsia, hypotension,
tachycardia, palpitations, rapid respiration, nausea, vomiting, abdominal discomfort, ↓ CNS function
(confusion, coma, seizures, myoclonic jerking).
Therapy: insulin, fluid / electrolyte replacement.
Hypoglycemia
Mild hypoglycemia symptoms: adrenergic (tachycardia, palpitations, shakiness), cholinergic
(sweating), mild CNS glucopenia (↓ concentration, dizziness, hunger).
Moderate hypoglycemia: ↑ CNS effect  confusion, motor impairment, no unconsciousness.
Severe hypoglycemia: coma, seizure, motor impairment.
Pseudo- hypoglycemia: hypoglycemic symptoms perceived (mostly adrenergic) but BG is normal.
Hypoglycemia unawareness: no or little symptoms but BG is low. Sweating or neurologic impairment is
noticed.
Precipitating factors: excess insulin or oral hypoglycermic, delayed or ↓ food, ↑ exercise, alcohol,
drug interaction ↓ BG, ↓ progesterone in menstruation, new insulin bottle with full potency,
gastroparesis (delayed stomach emptying), change in insulin injection site (↑ absorption if SC near
exercising muscle).
Treatment of hypoglycemia: if conscious  10-15 g fast acting simple oral carbohydrate (milk, juice,
regular soda), 3 g glucose tablet or hard candy, honey, glucose gel. Repeat in 10-15 min if BG is not
back to normal. If unconscious  IV glucose (10-15% dextrose) or glucagons injection (1 mg IM, SC, or
IV).
Long-term complications
Macrovascular
Atherosclerosis: coronary, cerebrovascular, peripheral
Peripheral vascular disease: pain, chronic “cold feet”, insufficient circulation to heal distal lesions 
gangrene
Hypertension: with diabetes  ↑↑ cardiovascular disease, stroke, transient ischemic events. Causes
acceleration of retinopathy, nephropathy, atherosclerosis. Hyperinsulinemia / insulin resistance 
diabetic hypertension.
Coronary artery disease: autonomic neuropathy  Silent myocardial infarction (atypical, no chest
pain).
Management: daily ↓ dose aspirin, ACE inhibitor (for ↑ BP), cardio selective beta blocker (for cardiac
disease).
Eye (retionopathy)
Consequence of microvascular changes, leading cause of new blindness. Treatment: laser
photocoagulation.
Nonproliferative (background) retinophathy: retinal microaneurysms, blot hemorrhages, retinal edema,
hard exudates, macula edema
Preproliferative retinopathy: ↑ abnormality of tiny vessels, retinal ischemia, white patches of oxygenstarved retina (soft or cotton-wool spots).
Proliferative retinopathy: lack of oxygen  weak vessel grow or proliferate (neovascularization) from
retinal surface to vitreous cavity. Fragile vessels may bleed into vitreous cavity  hemorrhage 
obscured vision  scar tissue and new vessels grow  vitreous pull on the retina  retinal detachment.
Nephropathy
Most common cause of End Stage Renal Disease (ESRD)
↑ microalbuminuria, positive dipstick (clinical) albuminuria, proteinuria / ↑ BP, ↓ glomerular filtration, ↑
creatinine.
ACE inhibitors helpful, ↓ protein intake, treat UTI. For ESRD  fluid / electrolyte restriction, dialysis.
Neuropathy
Peripheral neuropathy: esp. in sensiomotor nervous system. Symptoms first in distal lower extremities
then upper extremities (Stocking-glove distribution). Signs: impaired perception of pain / temperature 
numbness / tingling, impaired balance, ↓ proprioception (perception of body parts movement), motor
nerve damage  muscle weakness / atrophy.
Autonomic neuropathy: genitourinary  neurogenic bladder, sexual dysfunction. GI  gastroparesis,
nocturnal diarrhea, fecal incontinence, chronic constipation. Cardiovascular  orthostatic hypotension,
cardiac denervation.
Foot, skin and mucous membranes
Due vascular changes and peripheral neuropathy  alter nerves that control blood flow and skin
hydration
Infection by staph, beta-hemolytic strept, fungus  cutaneous infection (furunculosis, carbuncles),
Candida (genital, upper thighs, under breast), cellulites, lower-extremity vascular ulcers
Atrophic round painless lesions, diabetic dermopathy (red-brown popular spots) esp. in lower extremities.
Necrobiosis lipoidica diabeticorum (ulcerative necrotic lesion)
Peripheral neuropathy  loss of protective sensation, inability to detect minor trauma  ulcers
Infection, injury, neuropathy, vascular disease  gangrene
Sensory exam of feet (protective sensation)  10 g monofilament
Protective footwear (deep sole shoes, molded shoes, orthotics)
Significant interactions affecting glycemic control
Hyperglycemia (direct glucogenic effect): corticosteroids, furosemide, thiazides, sunburns, nicotinic
acid, phenytoin, pentamidine, protease inhibitors, sympathomimetics, isoniazid, sulfinpyrazone,
theophylline toxicity.
Hypoglycemia: MAO-I, fluoxetine, salicylates (↑ dose), alcohol, fenfluramine, pentamidine
Prolonged hypoglycemia / masking hypoglycemic symptoms: B1 beta blockers (e.g. propranolol)
Therapy
Medical nutrition therapy (MNT)
Carbohydrate counting: 50% of total calories. DM therapy may include pre-meal short acting bolus
insulin (lispro, regular, semilente). Otherwise, maintain consistent CHO intake.
Fat: limitations on type and amount. Critical for weight loss and treating hyperlipidemia. Target: < 30% of
calorie intake and < 300 mg/day cholesterol.
Protein: important in end stage renal disease and may delay dialysis.
Fiber: bran, beans, fruits, vegetables may help BG and lipids.
Alter diet based on stress, illness, exercise, etc.
Spaced meal intervals help match hypoglycemic therapy effect.
Physical activity
Careful exercise ↑ cell glucose uptake  ↓ BG
Careful if patient has severe retinopathy.
Patients with cardiovascular disease or over 45  cardiovascular evaluation and stress test.
Aerobic activity: e.g. swimming, walking, running, preferred due to positive effect on BG (↓),
cardiovascular, BP, lipids, circulation, weight loss.
Anaerobic activity: e.g. weight lifting, should be avoided. Potential negative cardiovascular, BP,
retinopathy effects.
Insulin and insulin analogues
For type 1 DM and only uncontrolled type 2.
Mechanism / structure: see above
Factors ↑ insulin requirement: infections, weight gain, puberty, inactivity, hyperthyroidism, Cushing’s
disease
Factors ↓ insulin requirement: renal failure, weight loss, ↑ exercise, nutrient malabsorption,
hypopituitarism, adrenal insufficiency.
Concentration: U-100 or U-500 for insulin resistance.
Source: human, bovine, porcine, synthetic (Lispro insulin, Humalog), or a mixture. Human insulins are
made by enzymatic conversion of terminal amino acid of porcine insulin (Novolin, semisynthetic), or by
recombinant DNA (Humulin). Human insulin  ↓ antigenicity.
Short-acting: Lispro  synthetic, shortest onset and duration. Regular  soluble insulin with neutral pH,
only clear insulin (IV), only insulin that can be mixed freely. Semilente (prompt insulin zinc suspension)
 finely divided amorphous prep, use acetate buffer, mix only with other lente, similar duration to Regular,
Aspart insulin analogues.
Intermediate-acting: NPH (isophane insulin suspension)  similar to protamine zinc but with no excess
protamine. Lente (insulin zinc suspension)  mixture of 70% ultralente crystals and 30% semilente
powder.
Long-acting: Protamine zinc  use phosphate buffer. Ultralente (extended release zinc suspension)
 large crystalline. Glargine insulin analogue (very long acting).
Pre-mixed insulin: 50/50 Regular/NPH, 70/30 Regular/NPH, 75/25 Lispro/Protamine Lispro 
regular as pre-meal bolus and NPH intermediate for later control of hyperglycemia. Other mixtures can
be prepared extemporaneously for tailored ratios.
DM Type 1 example: pre-breakfast is 2/3 of total daily dose (TDD) 1:2 short : intermediate. Bedtime is
1/3 of TDD 1:2 like pre-breakfast. Or give pre-supper rapid/short and then bedtime intermediate.
DM type 2 example: bedtime only or 2-3 daily injections.
Subcutaneous: for routine administration. Absorption of regular insulin is fastest from abdomen > arm >
buttock > thigh. Monitor variations in absorption. Randomly rotate injection site to avoid lipohypertropy.
If ↑ variations  avoid random rotation of injection site. Exercise, hot showers, baths, massages  ↑
blood flow to injection site. Abdomen is least likely to have ↑ absorption  preferred site for preexercise insulin.
Continuous Intravenous (insulin drip): provide Regular insulin for acute hyperglycemia, ketoacidosis,
HHNK, or during surgery.
Continuous SC infusion (insulin pump): short acting insulin is infused continuously during the day to
deliver ↓ doses (basal insulin). Bolus dose (determined by algorithms) is delivered by the patient before
each meal. Offers tighter glycemic control. Used for diabetics with ↑ BG fluctuations, irregular work
schedules, lifestyles, or meals. Require frequent SMBG (BG self-monitoring) and training.
SE: hypoglycemia (tachycardia, sweating, hunger, convulsions and insulin shock), hypersensitivity,
injection site local irritation.
Insulin secretagogues
Drugs (all acidic): Sulfonyrlureas: First gen: chlorpropamide, tolbutamide, acetohexamide, tolazamide,
more lipid-soluble, more potent. Second gen: glyburide, glipizide, glimperide. Also repaglinide.
Mechanism: block ATP-sensitive potassium channels  ↑ insulin pancreatic release (primary), and also
as sensitizers with time (secondary).
Use: Type 2 (useless in type 1, require functioning beta cells).
Chlorpropamide: longest duration of action. CI in liver and kidney disease. ↑ SE severity and
frequency, disulfiram-reaction (also with tolbutamide).
Use insulin instead during stressful conditions (↑ risk of hyperglycemia due to ↑ counter-regulatory
hormones release).
SE: severe / prolonged hypoglycemia (esp. in the elderly, w/ glipizide / glyburide), GI upset, sulfa
sensitivity, sun sensitivity, headache, rash, tachycardia, hematologic problems, cholestatic jaundice.
CI: allergy to sulfa drugs, pregnancy, lactation.
Altered protein binding of sulfonylureas: alcohol, salicylates, NSAID’s, methyldopa, chloramphenicol,
MAO-I, clofibrate, probenecid.
Therapy failure: due to ↓number of functioning beta cells. Primary: failure to control BG within 4 weeks.
Secondary: initial control of BG, but fails to maintain control, due to progression of DM.
Repaglinide: less hypoglycemia.
Insulin sensitizers
Drugs: biguanides (metformin, basic drug), thiazolidinediones (rosiglitazone, pioglitazone).
Mechanism: anti-hyperglycermic not hypoglycemic. ↑ sensitivity to insulin,  (metformin  work on
liver, ↓ hepatic glucose production, gluconeogenesis), (glitazones  ↑ sensitivity / ↓ insulin resistance
in muscle and adipose tissue). Thiazolidinediones bind to PPARs.
Use: significant insulin resistance.
Biguanides SE: fatal lactic acidosis, metallic taste, GI upset, ↓ vitamin B12, no hypoglycemia. May be
fatal if at ↑ risk of lactic acidosis (liver / kidney disease, hypoperfusion, hypoxia, radiography).
Phenformin was d/c.
Glitazones SE: liver toxicity / failure (monitor), weight gain, edema, GI upset, no hypoglycemia.
Troglitazone was d/c due to liver toxicity. CI: liver disease. May resume ovulation in premenopausal
women. Highly protein bound (99%).
Alpha-glucosidase inhibitors
Drugs: acarbose (polysaccharide), miglitol (basic monosaccharide)
Mechanism: inhibit intestinal enzyme alpha-glucosidase  ↓ absorption of complex carbohydrates
(starch, dextrins, disaccharides). Use only glucose or lactose for correcting hypoglycermia if it occurs.
Use: significant post-prandial hyperglycemia. Minimal effect on pre-prandial or fasting BG. Good
combination with insulin secretagogues. Take with first bite of meal.
SE: GI (diarrhea, abdominal pain, flatulence) due to undigested carbohydrates in the lower GI, no
hypoglycemia. CI: GI conditions (inflammatory bowel, colonic ulcer, obstructive bowel, intestinal gas),
liver cirrhosis (monitor liver function), pregnancy.
52. Thyroid Disease
Physiology
Thyroid hormone regulation / function
Thyrotropicn-releasing hormone (TRH): secreted by the hypothalamus, triggers the release of TSH
through negative feedback mechanism.
Thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH): released by the anterior pituitary gland, controls thyroid hormone
secretion and transport.
Thyroid gland produces thyroxine (T4), triiodothyronine (T3) (both for growth, development, metabolic
rate), and calcitonin (↓ blood calcium).
Thyroid hormone is transported in the circulation by thyroxine-binding globulin (TBG), and albumin.
Protein binding protects hormone from premature metabolism, excretion, and prolongs its t1/2.
Metabolism: T4T3 conversion in pituitary gland, liver, kidneys.
Degradation: by deiodination  feces / urine excretion.
Function: Activate mRNA and ↑ protein synthesis or catabolism (↑ dose). ↑ growth, development, ↑ basic
metabolic rate, ↑ blood flow, ↑ cardiac output, ↑ heart rate, fine muscle tremor, fatigue wakefulness, ↑ lipid
mobilization and degradation, ↑ bone remodeling (rate of resorption > rate of formation).
Biosynthesis
Dietary iodine: critical for thyroid hormone synthesis, reduced to inorganic iodide then exracted from
plasma by the thyroid by iodide trapping (iodide pump).
Organification: oxidation of iodide by peroxidase. Synthesis starts with iodide-tyrosine binding 
modoiodo then dioiodo-tyrosine.
Thyroid function studies
Serum total thyroxine (TT4):
Most direct reflection of thyroid function by indicating hormone availability in tissues. Total (free and
bound) T4 is determined by radio-immunoassay (sensitive, rapid).
TBG ↑ during pregnancy  misleading results (bound T4).
↑ TT4  hyperthyroidism, and vice versa
Serum total triiodothyronine (TT3):
Measures total (free and bound) T3. TT3 rise before TT4, useful for early detection. ↑↑ in
hyperthyroidism (more than T4), responsible for symptoms. Pregnancy  ↑ TT3.
Resin triiodothyronine (RT3U):
Evaluates the binding capacity of TBG. Clarifies whether abnormal T4 is due to thyroid disorder or
abnormal protein binding. If abnormal thyroid in the blood  RT3U changes in same direction (↑ in
hyperthyroid). If abnormal protein binding  RT3U changes in opposite direction (↓ in hyperthyroid).
Serum thyrotropin (TSH) assay:
Serum TSH assay: most sensitive test for hypothyroid, but nor reliable in hyperthyroid (TSH is
suppressed).
Sensitive TSH assay: uses monoclonal antibodies known as immuno-radiometric or immunometric (IMA)
method (vs. the older radio-immunoassay). ↑ sensitivity, ↑ cost, more commonly used to control over
treatment of replacement therapy.
Free thyroxine (T4) index (FTI):
Not a separate test but rather an estimation of free T4 level by a calculation involving serum T4 and
RT3U. ↑ FTI  hyperthyroid or ↓ TBG.
Strategies for testing
Most common and ↓ expensive: TT4, RT3U, FTI.
Thyroid disease screening for healthy population is not cost effective. Screen only target population
(elderly, chronic disease hospitalization,
Use FTI and Sensitive TSH for disease diagnosis.
Hypothyroidism
Classification
Primary hypothyroidism: due to gland destruction or dysfunction caused by disease or therapy
(radiation, surgery).
Secondary hypothyroidism: due to ↓ TSH secretion (pituitary disorder). Thyroid gland is normal but not
enough TSH stimulation.
Tertiary hypothyroidism: ↓ TRH (hypothalamus) to stimulate pituitary
Causes
Hashimoto’s thyroiditis: chronic autoimmune thyroiditis.
Treatment of hyperthyroidism: e.g. radioactive iodine, subtotal thyroidectoym, antithyroid drugs.
Goiter: enlargement of the thyroid gland. Endemic goiter: due to inadequate dietary iodine
(malnutrition). Sporadic goiter: due to foods or drugs containing progoitrin (inactive  hydrolysis 
active goitrin)  ↓ oxidation of iodine to iodide. Goitrogenic drugs: propylthiouracil (PTU), iodides, cobalt,
lithium, phenylbutazone. Other causes: thyroiditis, thyroid cancer.
Surgical excision
Signs and symptoms
Vague early symptoms: lethargy, fatigue, sensitivity to cold, weight gain, constipation. Later: features of
Myxedema such as dry flaky inelastic sin, coarse hair, puffy face / hands / feet, eyelid droop, slow
speech / thought, ↓ libido, coma (if not controlled).
Myxedema coma
Life threatening condition in old patient with undiagnosed hypothyroidism
Precipitating factors: alcohol, sedative / narcotic use, antithyroid overdose, d/c thyroid replacement,
infection, cold exposure, radiation, surgery.
Symptoms: coma, hypothermia, ↓ respiratory rate  failure, hypometabolism  fluid / electrolyte
retention  fluid retention, hyponatremia, ↓ heart rate / contractility, ↓ heart output.
Treatment: rapid restoration of T3 and T4 to normal levels. IV bolus levothyroxine, oral liothyronine, then
oral levothyroxine.
Drugs
Desiccated thyroid preparations: not commonly used anymore. Different preparations are not
bioequivalent (varying amounts of actives depending on source (bovine, ovine, porcine).
Fixed ratio (liotrix) preparations: standard ratio of T4/T3. T3 is, however, unnecessary (T4 converts to
T3)  cause SE tremor, headache, palpitations, diarrhea.
Levothyroxine: agent of choice, predictable results, no T3. Individual variable response to different
preparations  care if to switch. Use ↓ dose for elderly or chronically ill patients. Results start after 2 wk,
full response after 4-5 months (TSH levels ↓ to normal levels).
Precautions
Careful in the elderly and in case of cardiac disease. Start with ↓ doses.
Watch for cardiac complications (palpitations, arrhythmia, angina).
Monitor thyroid levels (T4, RT3U, FTI, sensitive TSH).
Long term levothyroxine therapy can cause thyrotoxicosis.
Accelerated bone loss due to over treatment  nontraumatic fracture.
CI: cholestyramine (bile acid sequestrant)  ↓ thyroxine bioavailability. Separate drug by 6 hours.
Hyperthyroidism / thyrotoxicosis
Grave’s disease (diffuse toxic goiter)
Most common form. Occurs usually in young women.
Autoimmune disease, antibodies (long-acting thyroid stimulators, LATS) bind to and activate TSH
receptors (does not actually increase TSH itself).
Symptoms: enlarged goiter, exophthalmos, stare, nervousness, irritability, anxiety, insomnia, heat
intolerance, ↑ sweating, ↑ appetite, ↓ weight, muscle tremor / weakness, tachycardia, palpitations,
diarrhea.
Signs:
Plummer’s disease (toxic nodular goiter)
Less common. Common in the elderly. Caused by adenoma nodules autonomously secreting excessive
thyroid.
Symptoms: same as Grave’s with nodular masses rather than diffusion enlargement.
Other forms
Jodbasedow phenomenon: hyperthyroid due to ↑↑ iodine ingestion or amiodarone.
Factitious hyperthyroidism: due to abusive ingestion of thyroid replacement drugs to lose weight.
Drugs
Beta blockers – propranolol
Propranolol ↓ peripheral symptoms (tachycardia, sweating, tremor, nervousness). It also ↓ peripheral
T4T3 conversion (deiodonation).
Antithyroid drugs
Examples: propylthiouracil (PTU), methimazole.
Mechanism: interferes with thyroid hormone synthesis by ↓ iodide oxidation. PTU ↓ peripheral T4T3.
Dosing: initial dose (2 mo), maintenance dose (12 mo), gradual withdrawal (2 mo). Restart therapy if
signs of hyperthyroidism appear.
Monitor serum thyroid, FTI and goiter size.
SE: skin rash, urticaria, pruritus, hair loss, skin piementation, drowsiness, myalgia, arthralgia. Severe SE:
blood (agranulocytosis, granulocytopenia, thrombocytopenia), monitor blood count.
Radioactive iodine (RAI)
Mechanism: thyroid gland picks up the radioactive element iodine-131 as it would regular iodine.
Radioactivity destroys cells.
Advantages: ↑ cure rate (100%), avoid surgical risks, ↓ cost
Disadvantages: risk of delayed hypothyroidism, delayed effect.
SE: only for women past childbearing years. Response is hard to gauge (too much, too little).
Subtotal thyroidectomy
Partial removal of the thyroid gland. Last resort.
Advantages: ↑ success rate, rapid cure.
SE: thyroid storm, permanent hypothyroidism.
Complications
Hypothyroidism: may follow Grave’s disease.
Thyroid storm (thyrotoxic crisis): is a sudden exacerbation of hyperthyroidism caused by rapid release
(leakage) of thyroid hormone (↑↑ T4)  fever, tachycardia, restlessness, tremor, hyper-meabolism 
dehydration, shock, death if not treated rapidly. Precipitating factors: thyroid trauma, surgery, radiation,
infection, sudden d/c of antithyroid therapy. Treatment: PTU, methimazole, proproanolol, potassium
iodide (↓ intrathyroidal iodine intake), supportive therapy (rehydration, cooling, AB, rest, sedation).
54. Cancer Chemotherapy
Principles of oncology
Cancel cells
Tumors arise form a single abnormal cell, which continues to divide indefinitely. Characteristics: no
growth control, can invade local tissues, can spread (metastasize).
Incidence
Second leading cause of death in the US.
Affects 30% of all people at some point in life.
Some forms of cancer are curable if detected / treated early.
Etiology
Viruses: Epstein-Barr virus, hepatitis B, human papilloma viruses.
Environmental / occupational exposures: ionizing / UV radiation, chemicals (benzene, asbestos, vinyl
chloride).
Life-style: ↑ fat, ↓ fiber diet, ethanol, tobacco.
Medications: alkylating agents, immunosuppressants.
Genetics: inherited mutations, cancer-causing genes (oncogenes).
Detection / diagnosis
Warning signs: CAUTION. Change in bowel / bladder habits, A sore that does not heal, Unusual
bleeding / discharge, Tissue thickening or lumps (e.g. breast), Indigestion of difficulty swallowing, Obvious
change in a wart or mole, Nagging cough or hoarseness.
Guidelines for screening: for asymptomatic people  mammography (breast cancer), fecal occult blood
test (colon cancer), Pap smears (cervical cancer).
Tumor markers: biochemical indicators of the presence of neoplastic proliferation in serum, plasma,
other body fluids. Not definitive. Include: prostate specific antigen (PSA), carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA),
alpha fetoprotein (AFP).
Tumor biopsy: definitive test for cancer cells is pathology of a biopsy.
Imaging studies: x-ray, computerized tomography scans, MRI, positive emission tomography.
Lab tests: complete blood count, blood chemistries.
Staging
It is the categorizing of patients according to extent of the disease. Used to determine prognosis. Two
system are used for neoplasm staging.
TNM: T = tumor size (0-4), N = regional lymph node spread (0-3), M = presence of absence of distant
metastases (0-1). Example: T2N1M0.
AJC: by the American Joint Committee on staging. Scale: 0-IV.
Survival
Depends on tumor size, disease extent, treatment received.
60% survive more than 5 years, but not all survivors are cured. “Complete response or remission” when
no evidence of disease after treatment. Slow growing tumors  10-15 disease free years.
Cell life cycle
Phases of the cell cycle
M phase (mitosis): cell divides into two daughter cells
G1 phase (postmitotic gap): synthesis of RNA and proteins
S phase (synthesis): synthesis of DNA
G2 phase (premitotic / postsynthetic gap): production of RNA and topoisomerisae I/II enzymes
(important for DNA replication and RNA transcription).
G0 phase (resting): cell is not dividing. Cells now are not sensitive to chemotherapy. Recruitment:
resting cells re-enter actively divided cell cycle caused by some chemotherapy agents.
Cell growth kinetics
Cell growth fraction: proportion of the cells in the tumor dividing or preparing to divide. Large tumor  ↓
nutrients and blood supply to some cells  ↓ cell growth fraction.
Cell cycle time: average time for a cell that has just completed mitosis to grow and again pass through
mitosis (divide). Cycle time is specific for each individual tumor.
Tumor doubling time: time for the tumor to double in size. Large tumor  ↓ cell growth fraction  ↑
doubling time
Gompertzian growth curve: illustrates cell growth kinetics concepts.
Tumor cell burden
9
Number of tumor cells in the body. Number required for clinical symptoms: 10 (large number)  tumor
may be in plateau phase of growth curve when detected. Body immunologic defenses may be able to
keep tumor cells less than 1000 under control.
Each cycle of cancer chemotherapy kills a certain percentage of tumor cells (depending on the dose).
When tumor cells are killed  Cells in G0 phase may be recruited to G1 phase  tumor regrowth.
Therefore, repeated cycles of treatment are required for complete response or remission.
Drug reliance on cell cycle kinetics for cytotoxic effect
Phase specific agents: M  vinca alkaloids / taxanes, G1  asparaginase / prednisone, S 
antimetabolites, G2 > bleomycin / etoposide.
Phase nonspecific agents: effective when cell are at any phase of the active cycle. Examples:
alkylating agents, cisplastin, antitumor antibiotics.
Cell cycle nonspecific agents: effective in all phases including G0. Example: nitrosoureas, radiation.
Combination of drugs that are active in different cell cycle phases will result in greater cell kill.
Chemotherapy
Therapy objectives
Cure: sought with aggressive therapy for long time to eradicate all disease. Example for leukemia:
remission induction, attempt maximal cell kill and therapy consolidation to eradicate all clinically
detectable disease and get tumor cell count ↓ 1000.
Palliation: goal is to control symptoms when complete eradication of tumor is unlikely or if patient refuses
aggressive therapy.
Adjuvant: given after more definitive therapy (e.g. surgery) to eliminate any remaining disease.
Neoadjuvant: goal is to ↓ tumor burden before surgery or radiation.
Dosing
May be bases on body weight, BSA or AUC. BSA is preferred (correlates with cardiac output which
determines renal / hepatic blood flow / elimination). Adjust dose for liver or kidney dysfunction.
Dosing is usually given as short courses in cycles.
Combination chemotherapy
To overcome or prevent resistance, achieve cytotoxicity to resting and dividing cells, enhance
biochemical effect, rescue normal cells.
Acronyms are often used to indicate certain combinations.
Administration
IV is the most common
Inrathecal: for methotrexate, hydrocortisone, cytarabine, thiotepa.
Response to chemotherapy
Does not always correlate with survival.
Complete response: disappearance of all disease (clinical, gross, microscopic).
Partial response: > 50 reduction in tumor size for a period of time.
Response rate: defined as complete response + partial response.
Progression or no response: > 25 increase in tumor size or appearance of new lesions.
Classification of chemotherapeutic agents
Alkylating agents
Prototype: mechlorethamine (nitrogen mustard)
Mechanism: cross-linking and abnormal base-pairing of DNA strands  ↓ DNA replication.
Nitrogen mustards: chlorambucil, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine, melphalan.
Ethylenimines / methylmelamines: thiotepa, altretamine.
Alkyl sulfonates: bisulfan
Nitrosoureas: carmustine, lomustine, semustine, streptozocin.
Triazenes: dacarbazine
Platinum coordination complexes: cisplatin, carboplatin
Substituted ureas: hydroxyurea
Others: procarbazine, temozolomide.
Antitumor antibiotics
Most come from Streptomyces
Mechanism: alkylation (mitomycin) or intercalation. Intercalation: drug slides between DNA base pairs
and ↓ DNA synthesis.
Anthracyclines: daunorubicin (daunomycin), doxorubicin (adriamycin, hydroxydaunorubicin), epirubicin,
idarubicin.
Anthracendiones: mitoxantrone
Others: bleomycin, dactinomycin, mitomycin, plicamycin (mithramycin).
Antimetablites
Structural analogs of naturally occurring substrates for biochemical reactions.
Mechanism: false substitution in production of nucleic acid  ↓ DNA synthesis.
Adenosine analogs: cladribine, fluudarabine, pentostatin (deoxycoformycin).
Folic acid analogs (folate antagonists): methotrexate, trimetrexate, raltitrexed.
Purine analogs (purine antagonists): mercaptopurine, thioguanine
Pyrimidine analogs (pyrimidine antagonists): fluorouracil, capecitabine, cytarabine, gemcitabine.
Plant alkaloids
Vinca  prevent formation of the mitotic spindle  arrest cell division. Examples: vinblastine, vincristine,
vindesine, vinorelbine.
Camptothecins  inhibit topoisomerase I. Examples: irinotecan, topotecan.
Podophyllotoxins  inhibit topoisomerase II. Examples: etoposide, teniposide.
Taxanes  ↑ microtubule assembly / stabilization  ↓ cell division. Examples: taxol (paclitaxel), taxotere
(docetaxel).
Hormones
Androgens: testosterone, fluoxymesterone
Antiandrogens: bicalutamide, flutamide, nilutammide.
Antiestrogens: tamoxifen, toremifene.
Aromatase inhibitors: letrozole, anastrozole, exemestane, aminoglutethimide.
Corticosteroids: prednisone, dexamthasone
Estrogens: ethinyl estradiol, diethylstilbestrol.
Estrogen/nitrogen mustard: estramustine
Progestins: medroxyprogesterone, megestrol
Luteinizing hormone releasing hormone analogs: leuprolide, goserelin
Asparaginase
Mechanism: enzyme that causes the degradation of essential AA asparagine to aspartic acid and
ammonia. Normal cells can synthesize asparagine but tumor cells can not.
Biologic response modifiers
Mechanism: alter the patient’s immune system to fight cancer or to ↓ SE of cancer treatment. Examples:
Bacillus Calmette-Guerin (BCG), Colony-stimulating factors (erythropoietin, filgrastim, sargramostim),
interferons (alpha, beta, gamma), interleukins (IL-2, IL-11), levamisole, monoclonal antibodies (rituximab,
trastuzumab).
Toxicity of chemotherapeutic agents
Most toxic to the most rapidly proliferating cells (mucous membranes, cells, hair, GI tract, bone marrow).
Bone marrow depression
Most life threatening SE. Effect is dose related.
↓ WBC (especially neutrophils; neutropenia)  serious infections.
Colony stimulating factors: used to ↓ extent of neutropenia.
↓ platelets (thrombocytopenia)  bleeding  give platelet transfusion.
Anemia is not as common because RBC lifespan is 120 days.
Time course: onset  1 week, lowest count point (nadir)  2 weeks, count recovery  3 weeks.
Dermatological
Alopecia: partial or complete, can not be prevented.
Local necrosis: results from extravasation during administration of vesicant drugs  immediate pain /
burning + possible delayed reaction  tissue damage, necrosis, ulceration  require plastic surgery.
Treatment: cold for all drugs except vinca and taxanes (use heat).
Skin changes: dryness, sun sensitivity (methotrexate, fluorouracil).
GI toxicity
Nausea and vomiting
Most distressing SE from the patient’s viewpoint.
Acute, delayed or anticipatory.
Antiemetics are used for prophylaxis.
Vomiting  dehydration, electrolyte imbalance, esophageal tears  d/c therapy.
Stomatitis
Common with methotrexate, fluorouracil (same as skin changes)
General inflammation of the oral mucosa or other areas of the GI with rapid turnover of cells.
Symptoms: erythema, pain, mouth dryness, lip tingling / burning, ulceration, bleeding  infection, inability
to eat.
Time course: starts in 1 week, resolve in 2 weeks.
Other SE: fluorouracil  diarrhea, vincristine  constipation.
Pulmonary
Irreversible and may be fatal. Especially with bleomycin, mitomycin.
Symptoms: breath shortness, unproductive cough.
Cardiac
Acute: transient ECG abnormalities. Not important.
Chronic: irreversible CHF due to drugs or radiation.
Dexrazoxane: cardioprotective (use with doxorubicin).
Neurotoxicity
Due to intrathecal or systemic therapy.
Autonomic / peripheral neuropathy: due to vincristine. Vincristine is fatal if given intrathecally.
Peripheral neuropathy / ototoxicity: due to cisplatin.
Arachnoiditis: due to intrathecal methotrexate, cytarabine.
Hemorrhagic cystitis
Bladder toxicity due to cyclophosphamide and ifosfamide. Acrolein: metabolite of these drugs 
chemical irritation of bladder mucosa  bleeding. Prevention: aggressive hydration with frequent
urination, mesna (binds to acroltein  prevents it from contacting bladder mucosa).
Other
Hypersensitivity: may be life threatening (anaphylaxis).
Chills / fever: especially with bleomycin.
Hepatoxocity: ↑ liver function tests, jaundice, hepatitis.
Nephrotoxicity: ↑ serum creatinine, ↑ BUN, electrolyte imbalance. Use amifostine to protect the kidney
if using cisplatin.
Secondary malignancies: such as leukemia, solid tumors, lymphoma.
Female infertility: may be temporary or permanent .
Other chemotherapeutic modalities
Surgery: can be diagnostic or therapeutic
Radiation: ↑ doses of ionizing radiation directed at the cancerous tissue. SE: stomatitis,
myelosuppression, GI (nausea, vomiting, diarrhea).
It’s common to combine drugs, surgery and radiation.
55. Pain Management
Definitions
Pain: unpleasant sensory and emotional experience that usually is associated with
structural or tissue damage. No objective measurement.
Acute pain: lasts < 30 days. Occurs after muscle strains and tissue injury. Self limiting,
↓ w/ time as injury heals, linear process with beginning and end, ↑ autonomic NS: ↑
heart rate, ↑ breath rate, ↑ BP, mydriasis, anxiety.
Chronic pain: persistent or episodic, > 6 months.
Chronic non-malignant pain: complication of acute injury, disease (osteoarthritis,
rheumatoid arthritis, fibromyalgia, degenerative disorders). Cyclic, constant, does not
improve w/ time. No ANS stimulation. Depression, insomnia, weight loss, sexual
dysfunction
Chronic cancer pain: similar to non-malignant pain, depression, fear, anger, agony.
Due to cancer therapy or tumor (bone metastasis, compression of nerves, occlusion of
blood vessels, obstruction of bowel, infiltration of soft tissue).
Breakthrough pain: intermittent, transitory ↑ in pain.
Principles of pain management
Comprehensive pain management: chronology, history, symptomatology, onset,
location, intensity, duration, quality, distribution, provoking factors, underlying disease /
trauma, allergies, analgesic response, side effects.
Pain management targets: ↑ patient comfort (may aid healing in acute pain), break
pain cycle (chronic pain), ↓ breakthrough pain, improve sleep, well-being, self-esteem,
mobility, psychology, etc.
Individual management regimens: dose, intervals, mode of administration, adjunct
therapy. Avoid narcotics for chronic non-malignant pain. Long acting analgesics (round
the clock) for cancer pain. Intermittent prn short-acting analgesics for breakthrough and
acute pain. Reassess and change regiment as needed.
Analgesics
Non narcotic analgesics
General uses: antipyretic, anti-inflammatory (except acetaminophen), analgesic ceiling effect, no
tolerance, no dependence. OTC: aspirin, acetaminophen, ibuprofen, ketoprofen, naproxen (low doses).
General SE
1. Gastro-intestinal:
Due to PG inhibition. With all except acetaminophen, COX-II inhibitors, choline magnesium trisalicylate,
etanercept.
Symptoms: dyspepsia, ulceration, bleeding, perforation.
Especially in the elderly, ulcers, smokers, alcoholics.
Avoid by combo therapy with GI protectants (PPI, misoprostol, H2-antagonists, antacids, sucralfate) or
enteric coating (aspirin).
2. Hematologic:
Exceptions: acetaminophen, choline mg trisalicylate, etanercept.
Inhibit platelet aggregation by reversibly inhibiting PG synthase. Aspirin is an irreversible inhibitor.
Contraindicated with anticoagulants (warfarin, heparin, etc)
3. Renal:
PG inhibition, interstitial nephritis, impaired renin secretion, ↑ tubular water/Na reabsorption  reversible
abrupt oliguria
Salicylates
Chemistry: derivatives of salicylic acid (from Willow bark). Weak acids with excretion ↑ by ↑ pH.
Aspirin is acetyl salicylic acid, hydrolyses easily, unstable in water, moisture. Other salicylates: diflunisal,
methyl salicylate (topical, wintergreen oil), salsalate, mesalamine, olsalazine, sulphasalazine, sodium
thiosalicylate (injection), choline salicylate (oral liquid).
Pharmacology: ↓ cyclooxygenase (COXI/II)  ↓ local PG  analgesic, antipyretic, anti-inflammatory.
Aspirin is the only salicylate that ↓ COX irreversibly by covalent acetylation. Also, ↓ platelet COX  ↓
thromboxane A2 formation  ↓ platelet aggregation / thrombus formation.
Indications: analgesics (skeletal muscle pain, headache, neuralgia, myalgia, spasmodic dysmenorrhea),
anti-inflammatory (arthritis, rheumatic fever), antipyretic (avoid in children with viral infection  Rye’s
syndrome), prophylaxis of MI. Mesalamine, sulphasalazine, olsalazine  ↓ inflammation in inflammatory
bowel disease, Crohn’s disease. Methyl salicylate  topical counter irritant.
SE: GI upset (nausea, vomiting, discomfort, irritation, ulceration, hemorrhage), ↑ bleeding, delayed labor,
↑ depth of respiration, hyperglycemia, glycosuria. Low dose (2 g)  ↓ urate excretion (↑ blood level).
High dose (5 g)  opposite. Toxicity: salicylism (tinnitus). Oral methyl salicylate can be fatal.
Sulphasalazine  male infertility. Acute hypersensitivity (asthma, rhinitis, urticaria, shock, etc). May
have cross-sensitivity to other NSAID
DI: Oral anticoagulants (due to platelet inhibition and gastric mucosal damage ↑ bleeding).
Methotrexate: ↑ toxicity with salicylates by blocking methotrexate renal tubular secretion.
NSAIDs
Examples: (x-profen) ibuprofen, ketoprofen, fenoprofen, flurbiprofen, naproxen (sodium), indomethacin,
piroxicam, diclofenac, ketorolac (oral, IM), etodolac, oxyprazocin, tolmetin, sulindac, meclofenamate,
mefanemic acid, nabumetone. COXII inhibitors: celecoxib, rofecoxib, valdecoxib.
Chemistry: Many are acid derivatives. Most are from propionic (x-en) or acetic acid. Others: fentamates,
oxicams or anthanilic acid derivatives. COX-II inhibitors  pyrazole derivatives.
Pharmacology: COX-I produces PG cytoprotective of stomach lining. COX-II produces PG for pain /
inflammation. NSAIDs: ↓ COXI/II  ↓ local PG synthesis. COX-II inhibitors: ↓ COXII only.
Indications: NSAIDs: mild to moderate pain, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, gout, additive analgesia
with narcotics. COX-II inhibitors: rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis.
Ketorolac IM: for moderate to severe pain (strongest NSAID for analgesia) when narcotic are
undesirable (addicts, respiratory depression, sedation).
Indomethacin: strongest NSAIDS for inflammation, ↑ CNS SE. Use for ductus arterisous in premature
infants.
SE: NSAIDs: GI upset (dyspepsia, mucosal erosion), CNS depression / drowsiness, ↓ platelet function,
skin rash, kidney damage. COX-II inhibitors: kidney damage, ↓ GI upset.
DI: NSAIDs ↓ effect of diuretics (due to ↓ renal perfusion). COXII inhibitors are CI in allergy to
sulfonamides, aspirin, NSAID’s
p-Aminophenols
Acetaminophen is the prototype (APAP, acetyl para-amino phenol). Also, phenacetin.
Mechanism: ↓ central PG  analgesic, antipyretic. No peripheral PG blocking  no effect on
inflammation, platelets.
Use: alternative antipyretic, analgesic to salicylate. Unlike aspirin, safe as antipyretic for children with
viral infections.
SE: ↓ at normal doses (skin rash). Acute overdose  liver failure. Antidote: N-acetyl cysteine. CI:
alcoholism.
Pyrazolones
Chemistry: prototype is phenylbutazone, its metabolite is oxyphenbutazone. Also sulfinpyrazone.
Mechanism: ↓ PG synthesis, stabilize lysosomal membrane  analgesic, antipyretic, anti-inflammatory,
uricosuric. Sulfinpyrazone  only uricosuric ↓ hyperuricemia in gout.
Use: (oxy)phenylbutazone  short term treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and gout (not first choice).
SE: ↑ SE. blood dyscrasias (agranulocytosis, thrombocytopenia, anemias), GI uspet, ulceration, kidney
damage, hyperglycemia, skin rash, CNS (drowsiness, headache).
Narcotic analgesics (opioids)
Chemistry
Include natural opiate alkaloids and synthetic analogs
Derived from opium (oldest drug) from poppy seed capsule.
Morphine: phenolic hydroxyl group is critical for activity. Most important alkaloid (pharmacologically and
quantitatively). Amphoteric structure  erratic oral absorption.
Agonists: morphine, codeine, heroin, oxycodone, oxymorphone, hydromorphone, hydrocodone,
dihydrocodone, meperidine, fentanyl (transdermal), propoxyphene, loperamide, methadone / levorphanol
(both long t1/2), diphenoxylate, sufentanil, dezocine.
Antagonists: methyl group on nitrogen atom is replaced by bulkier group. Examples: naltrexone,
naloxone, levallorphan (?).
Mixed agonists-antagonists: nalbuphine, buprenorphine, butorphanol, pentazocine, can ppt withdrawal
symptoms if used after agonists.
Mechanism
Endogenous peptides (enkephalins, endorphins, dynorphins) provide self-pain relief. Opioid receptors:
in the brain / spinal cord (Types: μ, κ, σ, δ, ε)
Effects of mu receptor stimulation (morphine-like): analgesia, sedation, miosis, euphoria, physical
dependence, respiratory depression, bradycardia
Other actions: cough suppression, CTZ stimulation (nausea, vomiting).
Opioids mimic the action of endogenous opioid peptides at CNS opioid receptors  ↑ pain threshold and
tolerance.
Clinical use
Moderate to severe pain, acute or chronic, of visceral or somatic origin, e.g. MI, cancer, labor, etc. Preanesthesia and adjuncts during anesthesia. Anti-tussives (codeine, dextromethorphan). Antidiarrheal
(loperamide, diphenoxylate).
Pure antagonists are used as antidotes to reverse SE of agonists or agonists-antagonists (respiratory
depression, CV depression, drowsiness). Naltrexone is used for opioid addition.
Dose is increased gradually until the appearance of limiting SE
Mixed agonist-antagonist preferred for acute pain respiratory depression risk is ↑. Avoid with chronic
opioids  withdrawal.
Oral: preferred esp. for chronic stable pain. CR morphine and oxycodone available for continuous pain
(e.g. cancer)
IM, SC: used post-operatively. Absorption is not predictable.
IV bolus: most rapid, predictable onset for breakthrough pain
IV infusion: to titrate pain relief rapidly for unstable chronic pain, esp. morphine.
IV PCA: for acute post-operative pain. Small doses delivered at frequent intervals (10 min).
Epidural / intrathecal: for acute post-operative pain and chronic cancer pain. Intrathecal dose = 0.1
epidural dose. Must be preservative free due to neurotoxicity of parabens and benzyl alcohol. Intrathecal
local SE: itching, urinary retention. Epidural: ↓ brain level  ↓ SE  give if respiratory depression risk
is ↑. Labor  meperidine (less neonatal respiratory depression).
Rectal: alternative to oral. Patient un-preferred, poor absorption.
Transdermal: CR fentanyl (3 days). Alternative to oral for chronic pain. Slow onset, require oral
supplement.
Adverse effects
Constipation: due to ↓ intestinal tone and peristalsis. After several days (↑ with codeine). Prophylaxis:
laxative / stool softener combo (bisacodyl / docusate) if to be used chronically.
Respiratory depression: most serious. Monitor respiratory rate if at risk. Use IV naloxone (antagonist)
to reverse life-threatening depression, but may ppt withdrawal if on chronic opiates.
Nausea / vomiting: due to central stimulation of chemoreceptor trigger zone, esp. in parenteral dosing
for acute pain. May need anti-emetic (hydroxyzine, prochlorperazine), but may ↑ sedation.
Sedation: dose-related and ↑ with other sedatives (BZD, anti-emetics). Tolerance develops if
chronically used. May need CNS stimulant (methylphenidate, dextroamphetamine). Different from
physiological sleep (pain is controlled  patient rests).
Anticholinergic: dry mouth, urinary retention.
Hypersensitivity: not true allergy. Itching or wheel at injection site due to histamine release, esp. with
intrathecal or epidural.
Meperidine  CNS excitation: seizure-like, esp. in renal failure patients. Due to accumulation of
normeperidine metabolite.
Tolerance: to analgesic, sedative and euphoric effects. Combo with NSAID may help overcome this
problem.
Other SE: miosis, euphoria, confusion / hallucinations, coma, orthostatic hypotension, arrhythmias,
histamine release (itching, vasodilation  ↓ BP, bronchoconstriction).
Dependence: Withdrawal symptoms: anxiety, irritability, insomnia, chills, salivation, rhinorrhea,
diaphoresis, nausea, vomiting, GI cramping, diarrhea, piloerection. Long t 1/2  less intense / delayed
withdrawal. Reduce acute withdrawal by using antagonist (naloxone) or agonist-antagonist (pentazocine).
Drug interactions: additive CNS depression (alcohol, anesthetics, antidepressants, antihistamines,
barbiturates, benzodiazepines, phenothiazines). Meperidine with MAO inhibitors  hypertension,
excitation, rigidity.
Tramadol
Oral, centrally acting, non-controlled, analgesic with weak opiate (mu) activity for moderate to severe pain.
Chemically unrelated to opioids.
Mechanism: bind to opiate receptors  ↓ norepinephrine, serotonin reuptake. Naloxone is a partial
antagonist.
SE: GI (nausea, constipation, dry mouth), CNS (dizziness, drowsiness, headache), ↓↓ respiratory
depression, histamine release.
DI: ↑ sedation with alcohol and hypnotics. Inhibits MAO  avoid with MAO inhibitors ( seizures)
Miscellaneous agents
Glucosamine sulfate and chondroitin sulfate
For degenerative joint disease (arthritis)
Glucosamine: substrate and stimulant for biosynthesis of hyalouronic acid and glucosaminoglycans
forming proteoglycans in structural matrix of joints. SE: GI, drowsiness, headache, rash.
Chondroitin: substrate for formation of healthy joint matrix
Analgesic adjuncts
Other drugs affect non-opiate pain pathways  may help with certain types of pain (e.g. neurogenic /
neurologic), or to ↓ SE
Examples: tricyclic antidepressants, anticonvulsants, BZD, neuroleptics, corticosteroids, antihistamines,
amphetamines.
Non-pharmacological pain management
Include Cognitive Behavioral Interventions (education, instruction, relaxation, biofeedback, hypnosis),
and Physical methods (acupuncture, physical therapy, compression gloves, orthotic devices, heat / cold,
massage, immobilization, exercise, rest, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation (TENS)
56. Nutrition and the Hospitalized Patient
I. Nutritional problems in hospitalized patients
a. Malnutrition:
Pathologic state resulting from the relative or absolute deficiency or excess of one or more essential
nutrients.
b. Marasmus:
Chornic state (over months or years) that result from deficiency in the total calorie intake  depletion of
fat stores and skeletal proteins to meet metabolic needs.
Visceral protein is preserved (normal serum albumin, prealbumin, transferrin).
Immune competence, wound healing and ability to handle short term stress are preserved
Aggressive nutritional repletion can result in metabolic distrubances (e.g. hypokalemia,
hypophosphatemia)
c. Kwashiorkor
Acute pricess (within weeks) due to inadequate protein intake
Visceral protein depletion, impaired immune function
Hypermetaboism (e.g. trauma, infection, surgery) + protein deprivation  kwashiorkor malnutrion,
hypoalbuminemia, edema
Aggressive nutritional protein repletion is warranted
d. Mixed marasmus kwashiorkor
Severe protein-calorie malnutrition when marasmic patients are hypermetabolic
II. Nutritional assessment of metabolic requirements
A. Nutritional assessment
1. Subjective global assessment (SGA): relies on patient history
2. Prognostic nutritional index (PNI)
Derived from a formula that quantifies patient’s risk of developing complications based on markers of
nutritional status such as: serum albumin (visceral protein), triceps skn fold thickness and delayed
hypersensitivity skin-test reactivity (immune competence).
PNI<40  low risk, PNI>50%  high risk.
3. Body composition analysis: measure and compares the ratios of body compartments.
a. Bioelectrical impedence: calculates lean body mass based on resistance to electrical current.
Inaccurate in critically ill patients, and those with fluid or electrolyte abnormalities.
b. Dual energy x-ray absorptiometry: measures fat and lean body mass. Depend on hydration status
c. Total body potassium: uses whole body counter to measure potassum isotope concentrated in lean
tissue  measures lean body mass
d. Total body water: measures lean body mass from deuterium total body water (impractical).
e. In-vivo neutron activation analysis: divides the body into compartments. Requires large dose of
radiation.
4. Test of physiologic function:
Quantify malnutrition based on decrease in muscle strength due to amino acid mobilization.
a. Maximum voluntary grip strength: measured with isokinetic dynamometry and correlates to total
body protein.
b. Electrical stimulation of the ulnar nerve: measures muscle contraction.
B. Metabolic requirments:
1. Energy requirments
Determined as nonprotein calories (NPC). Can be measued by:
a. Indirect calorimetry or Measured Energy Expendure (MEE)
Most accurate. Directly measures O2 consumption and CO2 production.
Energy requirment is directly related to oxygen consumption.
Respiratory quotient (RQ) = CO2 produced / O2 consumed
Oxidation of nutrients: carobohyrates RQ = 1.0, fat RQ = 0.7,
Lipogenesis: conversion of excess carbohyrate calories to fat, produces more CO2 than oxidation.
b. Estimated energy expendure (EEE)
Requires calculation of basal energy expendure (BEE) from Harris-Benedict equation. BEE is then
multiplies by stress and substrate utilization factors.
c. Simple nomogram
Based on patient weight, least accurate. Range from 2535 Kcal/kg/day depending on degree of stress.
2. Protein (nitrogen) requirments
a. Nitrogen balance techniques
16% of protein is comprised of nitrogen
Nitrogen balance = 24hr nitrogen intake – 24hr nitrogen output
Nitrogen output = urine urea nitrogen + nonurea urine nitrogen (ammonia, creatinine) + nonurine nitrogen
loss (skin/feces)
Positive nitrogen balance of 3-6 g is the goal (not for the renally impaired)
b. Nomogram method: estimates protein needs based on lean body weight (1.5-2.0 g protein/kg/day)
c. Nonprotein calorie to nitrogen (NPC:N) ratio: normally 125-150:1
3. Essential fatty acids (EFAs):
EFAs are polyunsaturated fatty acids not synthesized by humans.
Linoleic acid: principal EFA. It’s omega-6 polyunsaturated fatty acid.
Linoleic acid deficiency  diarrhea, dermatitis, hair loss
Prevent EFAs deficiency by giving ~5% of patient’s calorie intake as linoleic acid from lipid emulstion.
4. Vitamins:
Fat soluble: A, D, E, K; Water soluble: B, C
Vitamin A: essential for vision, growth, reproduction. IV form binds to plastic and glass.
Vitamin D: regulate calcium / phosphorous homeostasis together with calcitonin and parathormone.
Vitamin E: antioxidant, ↓ oxidation of free unsaturated fatty acids. Need to ↑ Vitamin E in diets ↑ in
unsaturated fatty acids.
Vitamin K: critical for synthesis of clotting factors.
Vitamin B1 (thiamine): coenzyme in phosphogluconate, structural component of nervous system
membranes. Deficiency  acute pernicious beriberi. Prolonged deficiency  Wernicke’s
encephalopathy.
Vitamin B2 (riboflavin): coenzyme in oxidative phosphorylation. No intracellular stores maintained.
Vitamin B3 (niacin): conenzyme in oxidative phosphorylation. Deficiency  pellagra.
Vitamin B5 (pantothenic acid): functional form is coenzyme A, essential for all acylation reactions.
Vitamin B6 (pyridoxine): coenzyme in enzymatic reactions. Deficiency when taking isonizid,
penicillamine, cycloserine.
Vitamin B7 (biotin): synthesized by intestinal floar. Involved in carboxylation reactions.
Vitamin B9 (folic acid): folate cofactors are needed for purien and pyrimidine (DNA) synthesis.
Deficiency in B12  deficiency in (B9) folate  megaloblastic anemia. Deficiency during pregnancy 
neural tube fetal defects.
Vitamin B12 (cyanocobalamin): large stores  deficiency develops in years. Deficiency: megaloblastic
(pernicious) anemia, peripheral neuropathy (needed for myelin synthesis).
5. Trace minerals
Iron: necessary for hemoglobin and myoglobin production, enzymatic reactions (cofactor). Deficiency:
hypochromic, microcytic anemia, immune deficiency.
Zinc: necessary for RNA, DNA synthesis and enzymatic reactions (cofactor). Deficiency: imparied wound
healing, growth retardation, hair loss, anorexia.  risk of deficiency in long-term steroid therapy, malabsorption, surgery.
Copper: necessary for heme synthesis, electron transport, wound healing. Deficiency: anemia,
leukopenia, neutropenia.
Manganese: involved in protein synthesis
Selenium: for antioxidant reactions. Deficiency: muscle pain, cardiomyopathy.
Iodine: component of thyroid hormones. Deficiency: goiter
Chromium: critical for glucose use,  insluin effect. Deficiency: hyperglycemia, glucose intolerance.
Molybdenum: essential to xanthine oxidase
100. The Patient Behavioral Deterimants
102. Drug Education
103. Patient compliance
Definition: extent to which an individual’s behavior coincides with medical or health advice.
Noncompliance can be intentional or unintentional.
About 50% of the population is noncompliant with drug therapy in some way.
Causes in the elderly: complicated drug regimen, inability to read labels, difficulty opening lids, etc.
Noncompliance can affect and bias the results of clinical studies.
Types of noncompliance
Not filling Rx: because they do not feel they need or want the Rx. Example: an infection with Tylenol is
feeling better and improving. May be because of cost.
Omission of doses: common for drug that are taken frequently for long time.
Wrong dose: amount of does or frequency of administration is incorrect.
Incorrect administration: for example, not using the right technique with aerosols, or wrong route of
administration.
Wrong time: for example, drug taken at the wrong time in relationship to meals. Drugs such as
tetracycline, fluoroquinolones, erythromycin should be taken on empty stomach. Diuretic should be taken
in the morning.
Premature d/c: common with antibiotics (symptoms subside) or chronic drugs such as for ↑ BP
(asymptomatic).
Storage: improper storage and improper disposal of unused drugs.
Consequences of noncompliance
Over and under utilization have major economic impact.
Always, the benefits from ↑ compliance outweigh the costs of compliance enhancing programs.
Overutilization: may cause toxicity. Examples: double dose to make up for missed dose, if one pill is
good then more must be even better.
Noncompliance is one of the most commonly missed diagnoses (e.g. poorly controlled BP).
Consequences of noncompliance are not always negative. Some patients are “intelligent noncompliant”
where they alter the dose based on SE emergence while treatment goals is still achieved.
Detection of noncompliance
Diagnosis of the problem is a key. Behavior may change with time.
Ideal detection takes place at the time and place of taking the medication.
Indirect measures:
Self-reports and interview: simplest, but overestimates compliance. “Most people have trouble
remembering to take their medicine. Do you have trouble remembering to take yours?”
Pill count: commonly used in clinical studies. Pill dumping is a common problem (study participants try
to deceive physicians). Overestimate compliance. Change of weight of MDI can be used.
Achievement of treatment goal: examples: normal BP, BG, intraocular pressure. However, patients
may load-up on medication or use other regimens (diet) before doctor visit. This is called toothbrush
effect (people toothbrush before dentist visit).
Computerized compliance monitors: most reliable indirect method. Started with electronic eye-drop
dispensers. A microprocessor is located in the cap of the container. Time and date are recorded every
time the patient removes the cap. Very useful in clinical studies.
Refill rate: commonly used in community pharmacy settings.
Direct measured:
Direct methods are more reliable. Use of at least 2 methods is recommended.
Biological markers and tracer compounds: indicate patient compliance over extended period.
Example: glycosylated hemoglobin assesses BG control over the preceding 3-months.
Tracer compounds: small amounts of agents such as Phenobarbital or digoxin (long half life, indicate
compliance for past weeks) are added to drugs and measured in biological fluids.
Drug concentration in biological fluids: limited usefulness due to variability between individuals, does
not indicate the timing of the dose, can be fooled by loading-up prior to biological fluid sampling.
The noncompliant patient
No consistent pattern has been observed regarding noncompliance with certain age, education,
occupation, socioeconomic status, personality, race, severity or type of illness, etc.
Intentional noncompliance is more common in patients who used two or more drugs or two or more
physicians.
Health Belief Model: developed initially to explain preventative health behaviors such as immunizations
and prophylactic dental care. It also applies to compliance with prescribed medical regimen.
Third Generation Model: focuses on health decisions.
Health Decision Model: combines decision analysis, behavioral decision theory, and health beliefs to
give a model for health decisions and resultant behavior.
Compliance and health beliefs: patient has to believe that: he has the illness diagnosed, illness can
cause severe consequences to daily functioning, treatment will ↓ present and future severity of condition,
benefits or regimen outweigh perceived disadvantages and costs.
Stimulus to trigger positive health behavior can be internal (patient’s concern) or external (interaction
with physician or pharmacist).
Myths: “need to take medication only when experiencing symptoms”, “need to d/c medication
occasionally to prevent dependence and maintain efficacy”.
Other factors: patient who live alone are more noncompliant. Patient may have fear of dependence for
any drug that is used chronically. They may d/c or ↓ dose occasionally to prevent this or to prove to
themselves that is not the case.
Factors associated with noncompliance
Disease
Psychiatric patient are more noncompliance due to an attitude or inability to cooperate.
Patients with chronic asymptomatic disease are more noncompliant (hypertension, hypercholesterolemia,
tuberculosis).
Occurrence of significant symptoms upon d/c may ↑ compliance.
↑ disability caused by the disease  ↑ compliance.
No general correlation between disease severity and compliance.
Therapeutic regimen
Multiple drug therapy: ↑ number of drugs  ↑ noncompliance (e.g. in geriatrics). The similarity in
appearance of drugs may lead to confusion. Combination drugs may help but therapy should start with
individual drugs and then switched to the combo when optimum dose is reached.
Frequency of administration: may cause interruption of normal routine or work schedule 
inconvenience, embarrassment, forget. Very critical factor in compliance. However, patient may be
skeptical about the effective of a QD drug.
Duration of therapy: rate of noncompliance ↑ as duration ↑.
Adverse effects: change dosage or use alternative drugs if possible. Big problem when the medication
makes the patient feel worse than before (e.g., BP drugs). Sexual dysfunction is common cause (e.g.
with antipsychotics, antihypertensives). Just communicating potential SE may cause the patient not to
take the drug.
Asymptomatic conditions: includes lack of symptoms before the drug, lack of appearance of symptoms
if drug is d/c, disappearance of symptoms (antibiotics).
Cost: ↑ cost  Rx not filled, ↓dose is taken, ↓frequency, prematurely d/c.
Administration: for example, incorrect measure of liquid medications, MDI use, oral antibiotic drops for
ear infection instilled in the ear, using suppository by the oral route.
Taste: common for oral liquid in children (e.g. liquid KCl).
Patient/pharmacist interaction
Psychological support should be provided in a compassionate manner.
Patients are ↑ compliance with a physician they know and respect.
Not appreciating importance of therapy: if therapy does not meet their own or taught expectations 
noncompliance.
Poor understanding of instructions: “as directed” should be avoided on label. “every 8 hours” is more
specific than “three times a day”. Auxiliary instructions are also key. Example: apply one nitroglycerin
patch a day, patient got confused and added a new patch without removing the old ones.
Improving compliance
Identification of risk factors
All patients should be viewed as potential noncomlpiers. Evaluate the probability of being noncompliant
based on the risk factors.
Development of treatment plan
Recommend longer acting drugs or dosage forms.
The more actively participating patient in the plan is more compliant.
Plan should be individualized.
Tailor regimen to ↓ inconvenience and forgetfulness by fitting it to regular activities in the patient’s
schedule. Indicate specific times of the day to take medications if possible.
Patient education
Effective communication is the key for ↑ compliance.
Patients should be asked to repeat the instructions to show understanding.
Key points: name of medication, action, how much to take, when, for how long, food interactions, possible
SE, what to do about SE, information sheet.
Oral communication / counseling: more important than written, as it gives patient a chance to interact
and ask questions. Ensure privacy and ↓ distractions. Separate consultation area is ideal. Call the
patient if possible if face to face is not possible.
Written communication: important is a future reference for the patient as he is not expected to
remember all details. Written info ↑ compliance only for short term therapy (e.g. antibiotics).
Audiovisual materials: very useful in certain situations (e.g. insulin, sumatriptan, MDI).
Controlled therapy: it is recommended that patients start self-medication before hospital discharge to
transition them from complete dependence in the hospital to complete independence at home.
Special compliance programs: example: behavioral program for schizophrenics. Training include
learning on obtaining information about drug benefits, correct self-administration and evaluation of effects,
identify SE, talking about issue with professionals. Programs may be useful also for sight or hearing
impaired patients.
Patient motivation
Good knowledge about the illness and medication does not necessarily translate to ↑ compliance.
Patients need to be motivated not only educated.
Information must be presented in a manner that is not coercive, threatening, or demeaning. Use special
packaging or reminder systems if possible. A contract approach may be useful with some patients where
agreement is reached on specific actions.
Compliance aids
Labeling / auxiliary: must be clear, accurate and specific
Calendars / Reminder charts: helps the patient understand which medication to take and when to take it.
Special containers / caps: for example, system with four compartments for different time periods
(morning, noon, evening, bedtime) for each day of the week. Special caps can display the time of the day
when the last dose was taken. It flashes / beeps when it is time for the next dose.
Compliance packaging: defined as pre-packaged unit that provides one treatment cycle of the
medication. Usually based on blister packages. A good example is special packaging for birth control
pills. Another example: prednisone decreasing dose regimen. Child-proof caps may be a problem for the
elderly or patients with arthritis.
Dosage forms: for example ER, XR and transdermal patches.
Monitoring therapy
Self monitoring: by the patient of the treatment regimen, response parameters.
Pharmacist monitoring: based on inadequate frequency of refills, follow up by phone or mail reminders.
Automatic phone call reminder systems have been used. Brown bag program: elderly pull all
medications in a bag and take them to a professional for review.
Directly observed treatment: watch patient swallow drug (e.g. in TB).
112. Pharmacoeconomics
Innovative roles for pharmacists: home IV therapy, drug level monitoring, parenteral nutrition
management, self-care counseling.
Pharmacy services may provide positive outcomes by ↓ morbidity, ↑ therapeutic control, ↓ cost of
treatment by using efficient therapy, ↓ # of physician visits, ↓ rate of drug related hospitalization, ↓
incidence and intensity of SE.
Extra years of life for a patient population can be converted to dollars for society.
Economic methods
Technique
Inputs
Outputs
Classical operations analysis
Units (e.g. pharmacy hrs)
Units (e.g. patients monitored)
Cost effectiveness analysis
Dollars
Natural units
Cost benefit analysis
Dollars
Dollars
Cost utility analysis
Dollars
Utiles/preferences
Cost minimization analysis
Dollars
Assumed equal
Cost benefit analysis
Medical care is an investment good (in human capital) and a consumption good.
Measure of investment benefit: present value of a person’s lifetime productivity.
Both inputs (costs) and outputs (benefits) have to be quantified in dollars.
Both $ amounts are discounted to their present value at a certain interest rate.
Economic value = present value of benefits – present value of costs.
Benefits may be difficult to measure or to convert to $, or both.
Benefits
Benefits: defined as the ↓ in costs realized due to program implementation. Can be direct, indirect, or
intangible.
Direct benefits: savings on direct costs in medical care. Easy to measure.
Indirect benefits: savings on indirect costs in the medical care. Difficult to measure. It’s avoidance of
earnings and productivity losses which would have been incurred without the health program.
Intangible benefits: difficult, if not impossible, to measure. Intangible costs are psychological (pain,
suffering and grief).
Discount rates
Discount rate is the conversion of dollar amount to present values through the use of interest rate.
↑ discount rate: favors projects with benefits occurring in distant future.
↓ discount rate: favors projects with costs occurring in distant future.
Commonly used discount rate is the yield rate on long term gov bonds.
Mathematical models are used to calculate benefit/cost ratio.
Net Present Value (NPV): a new model for calculating benefits-costs. Very popular and currently
recommended by many economists.
Rate of Return on Investment: calculates the interest rate from an initial program investment over a
potential stream of benefits over time.
Cost effectiveness analysis
Alternative ways are compared for achieving results (↓BP, life expectancy).
Similar output measurements must be achieved to compare programs.
Cost Benefit Analysis
Cost Effectiveness Analysis
Output: dollar values
Output: units not dollars
Determines maximum benefit or investment
Determines least cost combination
Assumes limited resources
Assumes adequate resources
Fast comparison of programs
Different ways to reach same objectives
Less flexible
More flexible
Economic perspectives
A pharmacy service with positive benefit/cost ratio may be good for the society as a whole but not to
every segment of the society. Example: drug regiment that ↓ # of patient days in acute care is good for
the society but may not be good for the hospital that depends on patient stays for revenue.
Always consider who pays the costs and who receives the benefits.
Quality of life outcomes and patient decisions
Quality of life and satisfaction with service are critical. Elements may include: probability of success,
associated pain, likely outcomes, etc.
Example: the quality of years within life extension (healthy years?).
Example: untreated hypertension may not critical affect daily life, but a MI would ↓ quality of life.
Health-related quality of life (HRQL) is a humanistic outcome.
Using decision-analysis techniques, a decision tree can be made of what happens to the patient from
diagnosis to cure.
The FDA has been leery of drugs that ↑ quality but ↓ life expectancy.
Diseases are associated with physical, mental and social impairments (which can be difficult to measure).
Pharmacy Management (PDF files)
Basic accounting
Accounting: process of collecting, recording, summarizing, using financial data
Auditing: accounting that deals with verifying that records are kept and computations are made.
Bookkeeping: process that documents flow of resources ($$, goods) into / out of the business, and
claims of creditors / owners to those resources
Dual effects of accounting: most transactions are recorded twice with the result of a balanced sheet.
T Account: with debt on the left and credit on the right. Debits = Credits.
Transactions: fiscal / financial events that are recorded.
Accounting period: period of time over which transactions are recorded, at the end of which income is
measured. Usually 1 year. Not always a calendar year.
Methods of recording transactions: Accrual: transactions are recorded at the time they occur. Cash:
transactions are recorded when cash transfers hands.
Revenue: measurement of goods sold or services rendered for which the business receives cash or the
promise of cash.
Expenses: resources used up during a period of time to earn revenue.
Types of accounts: owner equity = assets - liabilities.
Assets: resources owned by the business, e.g. cash, account receivable, buildings, inventory, equipment,
furniture, prepaid insurance.
Liabilities: debt owned by the business to creditors. It arises when business borrows cash (e.g. bank
loan) or purchases goods or services on credit. Examples: accounts payable, notes payable.
Owner equity (Net Worth): claim of the owners to the assets of the business after all creditors have
been paid. It ↑ when owners make investments in business or when revenue is earned. It ↓ when
expenses are paid. Examples: contributed capital, sales revenue, service revenue, expense accounts.
Expenses: not a liability because they are used up resources that require the immediate payment of cash
for the amount in full, otherwise  liability. Prepaid expenses are assets because they’re resources that
have not yet been used up.
Income = revenues – expenses.
Cost of Goods on Hand: on last day of accounting period  physical inventory to determine cost of
inventory not sold. No physical inventory is needed if perpetual inventory is kept by computer systems.
Fixed assets: tangible, long-lived resources used in business operation, e.g. building, machinery, fixtures,
equipment, etc.
Current assets: resources owned by the business which are expected to be realized in cash, sold or
consumed in one year, e.g. account receivable, inventory, etc.
Depreciation: wear and tear that occurs on fixed assets calculated as an expense. Most fixed assets,
except land, are depreciated.
Contra (offset) accounts: reside directly below the fixed asset account to which they pertain.
Income statement
Summary of operations, income earned during accounting period.
Constructed using revenue and expense account balances.
Revenue: sales of good and services
Cost of goods sold: such as inventory and transportation expenses.
Gross margin = revenue – cost of goods sold.
Net profit (income) = revenue – all expenses.
Net income = net profit – income tax
Balance sheet
Presents the financial position of the business at a certain point in time
Constructed using all asset account, liability accounts, OE accounts
Retained earnings: link income statement and balance sheet.
Purchasing and inventory
Inventory management
Involves planning, organizing, controlling inventory for profitability
Inventory control objectives: ↓ investment, ↓ purchasing / carrying costs, balance supply and demand.
Inventory is the largest pharmacy investment  critical to manage.
Total inventory costs = acquisition costs + stock out costs + carrying costs + procurement costs.
Acquisition costs: amount the pharmacy pay for the product.
Stock out costs: cost of not having the product available when needed
Carrying costs: storage, handling, insurance, loss/theft, damage, capital
Procurement costs: cost of placing orders, receiving items, stocking shelves, processing documentation
Objective of holding inventory: to guard against fluctuations in demand and later delivery, take
advantage of bulk discount.
Goals of inventory management: minimize investment in carrying and procuring inventory by balancing
supply and demand.
Inventory costs  significant impact on financials. ↓ procurement and carrying costs, ↑ sales by
avoiding stock-outs
Cash flow: prompt payment, ↓ COGS, ↑ gross margin
Inventory turn-over rate (ITOR) = COGS/average inventory. Target: ↑ ITOR to ↑ return on investment in
inventory, ↓ investment in inventory to free up capital for other ventures.
Inventory return on investment = net profit/average inventory.
What to buy? product, manufacturer, competitor consideration.
Where to buy? consider order cycle time, minimum order required.
How much and when to buy? difficult to determine.
Cycle stock: inventory kept on hand to fulfill orders
Buffer/safety stock: inventory for case of supply/demand fluctuations.
Anticipatory/speculative stock: inventory for expected ↑ in demand
Steps of purchasing
Cost of goods sold (COGS): have dramatic effect on profits
Purchasing objectives: right product / variety, quality, quantity, price, time
1. Market research: to determine needs/wants of patients / prescribers, identify pharmacy image and
business goals, space limitations, potential sales. Determining needs: usage reports, other pharmacies,
pharmacy employees, questionnaires, sales reps, published top X drugs, formularies. Example: area with
young families  children items, older families  elderly items. Consider special disease management
areas, e.g. asthma, diabetes.
2. Effective purchasing policies: Use “open-to-buy purchase budget”. Control total $ investment in
inventory. Use prior year data to forecast purchase budget for each month in the upcoming year, based
on sales and COSG. Adjust (↑ / ↓) each month purchases based on previous month sales and purchases.
Gross margin = sales – COGS.
3. Selecting supply sources: must be dependable, prompt, frequent delivery, good return policy, ↓
frequency of out-of-stock, customer service, price, financing arrangement. Options: wholesales,
manufactures, buying groups, rack jobbers, etc. Wholesales: advantages include storage of good until
needed, rapid delivery, financing options, help with advertising promotions, store layout and design. Rack
jobbers: stock and maintain a specified assortment of goods (e.g. eyeglasses) in a fixture in the
pharmacy. Manufacturers: not common, large minimum purchases. Central purchasing groups: pool
buying power of independent pharmacies for better terms.
4. Negotiating terms: price, discounts, dating, return policy. Pharmacy margin = suggested retail price
– pharmacy cost. Quantity discounts: cumulative (generic rebate) or non-cumulative ($ or % per
quantity). Cash discount: for prompt payment (typical: 2% if paid in 10 days, net amount due in 30 days),
or discount for Electronic Fund Transfer. Final price is calculated after subtracting trade, quantity and
cash discounts. Dating: time for discount and payment (prepayment, collect-on-delivery (COD), delayed).
Returned goods policy: full credit within x days, partial credit after y days, non-returnable after z days.
Check shelves regularly for items not sold. Consider using a returned goods service company (charge a
fee).
5. Transferring merchandise title (?)
6. Receiving, marking, stocking: count shipment, check for damage, check invoices, mark prices
(merchandise, computer), stock.
Stock depth considerations: average demand, review time, lead time, safety stock. Inventory control
includes the following:
1. Visual: look at # of units in inventory and compare with how many should be carried, order more if
needed.
2. Periodic: count stock on hand at certain intervals, compare to minimum target levels, order more if
needed.
3. Perpetual: monitor inventory all the time (usually using a computer).
Computer systems: sales, analysis, trends, perpetual, automatic ordering, interface inventory and
dispensing systems at point of sale.
Financial analysis / planning
Comparative analysis: express each financial statement component as percent of sales, and compare
with Digest data.
Ratio analysis: compare financial ratios with ratios for the same company during recent years, and
similar group of pharmacies in NCPA Pharmacia Digest.
Solvency: overall ability to pay legal debts. Calculate Current and Acid Test ratio
Current Ratio = current assets / current liabilities. Target > 2
Acid Test Ratio = (Cash + account receivable) / current liabilities. Target > 1
Other solvency ratios: current liabilities / inventory, total liabilities / net worth, long-term liabilities / net
working capital, fixed assets / net worth,
Efficiency: how well available capital is used. Inventory turnover ratio.
Inventory turn over ratio = COGS / average inventory. Target: 5-6.
Other efficiency ratios: net sales / inventory, account receivable and account payable collection period,
net working capital turnover.
Profitability: the bottom line, important but not the only measure of success.
Return on net worth = net profit / net worth. Target 25%.
Net worth = total assets – total liabilities.
Net profit / net sales: target 5%.
Net profit / total assets. Target 15%.
Net profit / inventory. Target 20%.
Expenses: salaries, wages, rent, utilities, accounting / legal fees, taxes, licenses, insurance, interest,
equipment, depreciation.
Balance sheet: includes assets and liabilities. Current assets: cash, account receivables, inventory.
Current liabilities: account payable, accrued expenses.
Pricing
Components of price = ingredient cost + service cost (dispensing) + income.
Actual Acquisition Cost (AAC): price the pharmacy pays for the product. Varies depending on source,
volume, incentives and deals, type of pharmacy
Average Wholesale Price (AWP): NOT (?) the average price the wholesalers sell the product at. Cost
assigned to product by manufacturer, overstates AAC
Estimated Acquisition Cost (EAC): established by third party payers to estimate AAC. Usually a
percentage of AWP (e.g. 90%).
Service cost: average or per unit cost of providing a service. Covers expenses such as salaries, rent,
utilities, depreciation. Includes cost to dispense.
Direct costs: results directly from providing the service. No direct cost if service is not provided.
Dispensing direct costs: labels, containers, computer, delivery costs, patient education materials,
pharmacy licenses.
Indirect costs: costs shared by all services, e.g. rent, utilities, salaries, benefits, advertising, etc.
Cost of providing a service = all direct costs + “fair share” of indirect costs.
Cost allocation: determining the fair share of indirect costs. Difficult. Estimate % of employees time and
facility space devoted to dispensing.
Cost to dispense (COD): total dispensing costs / expected Rx volume. It is an estimation of the average
cost to dispense Rx. Sensitive to volume.
Differential costs; differ among alternative courses of action, i.e. additional costs the pharmacy incurs for
providing a new service.
Non-cost factors: demand, competition, image, quality signaling, goals, non-monetary costs.
Demand: quantity consumers will be at a certain price. Function of price.
Elasticity of demand: measures sensitivity of demand to price ∆.
Elastic demand: small ↓ in price results in big ↑ in demand. Sellers make money by lowering the price.
Inelastic demand is opposite (↑ price  ↑ profit)
Consumers are more sensitive to price when: cost of product is large part of total cost, ↓ differences
among products, comparisons are easy, consumers can judge quality, switching costs are small,
commodity.
Image: consumers can select based on perceptions of pharmacy image. Image is affected by: prices,
size, location, services offered, personnel, promotions, etc
Price as a signal of quality: more likely when consumers cannot judge quality, more for services than
products.
Penetration pricing: ↓ price to ↑ sales volume. Loss leader pricing: ↓ Rx prices to ↑ OTC sales. Price
skimming: ↑ price for superior service.
Basic Management
Management components: self, controllable surroundings, uncontrollable surroundings, external
environment.
Management activities: satisfy various entities, deal with emergencies, purchasing, recruiting,
accounting, training, planning, negotiating, sales, dealing with regulatory officials.
Management actions: identify tasks, organize resources, monitor performance / task completion, plan for
future requirements, deal with problems.
Functions of management actions: target setting, problem solving, leadership, team building, dealing
with emergencies.
Management functions: controlling, directing, organizing, planning, staffing
Controlling: establish standards based on objectives, measure / report performance, take corrective /
preventative actions.
Directing: motivation, communication, performance appraisal, discipline, conflict resolution.
Organizing: division of labor, delegation of authority, departmentalization, span of control, coordination.
Planning: vision, mission, objectives, coals
Staffing: recruiting, selecting, hiring, training, retaining
Know self, who we are, what we aspire to become, new info, what we need to know, who else need to
work with us, etc.
Manager’s skills: intellectual, technical, ethical, interactive, emotional.
Intellectual skills: logical thinking, problem solving
Ethical skills: define right from wrong
Interactive skills: communicate intelligently and create an atmosphere that facilitates communication.
Most problematic issues: poor communication, developing people, empowerment, lack of alignment,
entitlement, balancing work / personal life, confronting poor performance, coaching senior management,
cross-functional strife, fascination with programs.
Decision making: identify objectives, analyze relevant factors, consider all alternatives, selection best
option, implement the decision, evaluate the results
Management style: depends on organization, situation, personal values, personality, chance.
Self-development methods: observation, reflection, guided readings, attachments / visits, seeking
feedback, seeking challenges.
Strategic planning: must complement strategic thinking / acting. Includes where we are going (mission)
and how we get there (strategy).
SWOT analysis: strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, threats.
Vision of success: mission, basic philosophy, core values, goals, strategies, performance criteria,
decision rules, ethical standards.
Environment: stability, complexity, market diversity, hostility, competition
Cascade of information: should flow not only downward, but also upward
Project management failures: lack of focus / attention, inability to cope with different project
characteristics, feeling being used / exploited, lack of experience
Project management process: develop ideas and proposals, approve the project, project kick-off / start,
monitoring / reporting / managing, termination.
Project management 10 commandments: concentrate on interfacing, organize project team, plan
strategically / technically, remember Murphy’s law, identify stakeholders, manage conflict, expect the
unexpected, listen to intuition, apply behavioral skills, take corrective actions.
Project management functions: scope / quality / time / cost management
PDCA Cycle: Plan, DO, Check, Act
Problem solving: define the problem  identify the criteria  weight importance of criteria  generate
alternatives  rate alternatives on each criterion  compute the optimal decision
Continuous Quality Improvement (CQI): philosophical / structural / healthcare-specific elements. Use
PDCA cycle.
Philosophical elements: strategic focus (mission, values, objectives), customer focus (patient, provider,
payer), systems focus.
Structural elements: process improvement teams, top management commitment, statistical analysis,
customer satisfaction measures, benchmarking, seven tools (flow charts cause/effect diagrams, check
sheets, histograms, etc).
Healthcare specific elements: epidemiological studies, governance processes (QA, committees, peer
review), risk-adjusted outcome measures, cost-effectiveness analysis.
Barrier to quality transformation: lack of constancy of purpose, emphasis on short-term profits,
personal view system, management mobility, using only visible figures, ↑↑ cost of employee healthcare,
↑↑ cost of warranty / insurance.
5. Extemporaneous Prescription Compounding
18. Nuclear Pharmacy
19. Pharmaceutical Care and Disease Management
21. Adverse Reactions and Post Market Surveillance
34. Clinical PK and Therapeutic Drug Monitroing
53. Renal Failure
57. Immunosuppressants in organ transplantation
58. Outcomes Research and Pharmacoeconomics
Health care system
Preferred Provider Organization (PPO): Broad network of providers available, generally management is
less strict. 52%
Point of Service (POS): HMO plan with the option of going outside the narrow provider network if willing
to pay higher cost-sharing. 18%
HMO: Narrow choice of providers, tighter management. 26%
Types of outcomes:
Humanistic outcomes: Health Related Quality of Life, Patient Satisfaction, Caregiver Impact, Patient
Preferences, Functional Status
Economic: Cost Analysis, Cost-of-Illness, Cost-Minimization, Cost-Benefit, Cost-Effectiveness, CostUtility
Clinical: Efficacy, Safety, Impact of therapy on “natural history” of the disease
Methods for setting health insurance rates
Experience rating: everyone in a specific area is charged the same premium based on the average cost
of providing health services to all people in the area
Community rating: premium adjusted individually according to a person’s or group’s average health
history, risk, and past claim experience